ANZ 2020 Half Year Results Documents
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522
Half Year
31 March 2020
Consolidated Financial Report
Dividend Announcement
and Appendix 4D
The Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement contains information required by Appendix 4D of the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules. It should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s 2019 Annual Report, and is lodged with the ASX under listing rule
4.2A.
RESULTS FOR ANNOUNCEMENT TO THE MARKET APPENDIX 4D
2
Name of Company: Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
ABN 11 005 357 522
Report for the half year ended 31 March 2020
Operating Results
1
AUD million
Statutory operating income from continuing operations -4% to 8,893
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders -51% to 1,545
Cash profit
2
-62% to 1,323
Cash profit from continuing operations
2
-60% to 1,413
Dividends
Cents
Franked
per
amount
share
per share
Proposed interim dividend
TBD
3
TBD
3
Record date for determining entitlements to the proposed 2020 interim dividend
TBD
3
Payment date for the proposed 2020 interim dividend
TBD
3
Dividends
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (ANZ), with consideration to the current uncertainties in the economic outlook and the letter issued by
the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) to all Authorised Deposit Taking Institutions (ADIs) on 7 April 2020, on capital management and
the ongoing Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, has deferred the decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend until the economic outlook is
clearer. Decisions in relation to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan will also be made at that time as applicable.
The Board will continue to deliberate and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
1
Unless otherwise noted, all comparisons are to the half year ended 31 March 2019.
2
Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the result of the core business activities of the Group. The non-core
items are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments, and fall into one of the three categories: gains or losses included
in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the core operations of the Group; treasury shares, revaluation of policy
liabilities, economic hedging and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that will reverse through earnings in the future; and accounting reclassifications between
individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as credit risk on impaired derivatives. Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash basis. The net
after tax adjustment was a reduction to statutory profit of $222 million (all attributable to continuing operations) made up of several items. Refer pages 71 to 75 for further details.
3
The decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend has been deferred until the economic outlook is clearer and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522
3
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL REPORT, DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT AND APPENDIX 4D
Half year ended 31 March 2020
CONTENTS PAGE
Disclosure Summary 5
Summary 7
Group Results 19
Divisional Results 47
Profit Reconciliation 71
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 77
Supplementary Information 127
Definitions 139
ASX Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index 142
Alphabetical Index 143
This Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D has been prepared for Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
(the “Company” or “Parent Entity”) together with its subsidiaries which are variously described as “ANZ”, “Group”, “ANZ Group”, “the consolidated entity”,
“the Bank”, “us”, “we” or “our”.
All amounts are in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated. The Company has a formally constituted Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were approved by resolution of a Committee of the Board of Directors on 29 April 2020.
When used in this Results Announcement the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as
they relate to ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions
to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED ABN 11 005 357 522
4
This page has been left blank intentionally
DISCLOSURE SUMMARY
5
SUMMARY OF 2020 HALF YEAR RESULTS AND ASSOCIATED DISCLOSURE MATERIALS
The following disclosure items were lodged separately with the ASX and NZX and can be accessed via the ANZ Shareholder Centre on the Group
website http://www.shareholder.anz.com within the disclosures for 2020 Half Year Results.
Consolidated Financial Report, Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4D
Half Year Results Investor Discussion Pack
News Release
APS 330 Pillar III Disclosure as at 31 March 2020
Key Financial Data Summary
United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules Submission
DISCLOSURE SUMMARY
6
This page has been left blank intentionally
SUMMARY
7
CONTENTS Page
Guide to Half Year Results 8
Statutory Profit Results 9
Cash Profit Results 10
Financial Performance Summary – Total and continuing operations 11
Key Balance Sheet Metrics 12
Large/Notable Items – continuing operations 13
Full Time Equivalent Staff 17
Other Non-Financial Information 17
SUMMARY
8
Guide to Half Year Results
CORONAVIRUS (COVID-19)
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has increased the estimation uncertainty in the preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
While pervasive across the financial statements, the estimation uncertainty is predominantly related to expected credit losses where the Group
recognised a credit impairment charge of $1.7bn pre-tax in the March 2020 half, and the fair value measurement and recoverable amount assessments
of non-financial assets where the Group recognised an impairment loss of $815 million in respect of two of the Group’s Asian associate investments. For
further details of these estimation uncertainties refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED
During the period, the Group adopted AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) and applied a modified retrospective transition approach in recognising all leases
(except for leases of low value assets and short term leases) on the balance sheet based on the present value of remaining lease payments as of 1
October 2019. Consequently on 1 October 2019 the Group recognised an increase in lease liabilities of $1.7 billion, a right-of-use lease asset of $1.6
billion, an increase in deferred tax assets of $37 million and a net reduction to opening retained earnings of $88 million. For further details on key
requirements and impacts of the changes refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Group early adopted AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform from 1 October 2019. The
standard modifies certain hedge accounting requirements to provide relief from the potential effects of the uncertainty caused by interest rate benchmark
reform.
NON-IFRS INFORMATION
Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &
Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian
Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.
Cash Profit
Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to
assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included
in statutory profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash
profit is not subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been
determined on a consistent basis across each period presented.
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit. Refer to
pages 71 to 75 for adjustments between statutory and cash profit.
Large/Notable items within cash profit - The Group’s cash profit result from continuing operations includes a number of items collectively referred
to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit, given their nature and significance, they have been presented separately with
comparative information, where relevant, to provide transparency and aid comparison. Refer to pages 13 to 16 for details of large/notable items.
DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The financial results of the divested Wealth Australia businesses and associated Group reclassification and consolidation impacts are treated as
discontinued operations from a financial reporting perspective. The Group Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income show
discontinued operations separately from continuing operations in a separate line item ‘Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations’.
Sale to IOOF Holdings Limited (IOOF)
In October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath P&I) business and Aligned Dealer
Groups (ADGs) businesses to IOOF. The sale of the ADG business completed on 1 October 2018 and the OnePath P&I business completed on 31
January 2020.
Sale to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich)
In December 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its life insurance business to Zurich and the transaction completed on 31 May 2019.
Included in the ‘Cash loss from discontinued operations’ is:
A $16 million loss on disposal ($11 million loss after tax) was recognised in the March 2020 half attributable to sale comple
tion costs. The
September 2019 half included a $23 million loss ($81 million loss after tax) attributable to sale related adjustments and write-downs, the
reversal of the life-to-date cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold to Zurich, partially offset by the recycling on sale
completion of gains previously deferred in equity reserves; and
Customer remediation which includes provisions for expected refunds to customers and related remediation costs associated with
inappropriate advice or services not provided in the pensions and investments and life insurance businesses, as follows:
Half Year
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Customer remediation (pre-tax)
124 166 75
Customer remediation (post-tax)
94 154 53
SUMMARY
9
Statutory Profit Results
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income
7,222 7,040 7,299
3% -1%
Other operating income
1,671 2,452 1,994
-32% -16%
Operating income
8,893 9,492 9,293
-6% -4%
Operating expenses
(4,605) (4,706) (4,365)
-2% 5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
4,288 4,786 4,928
-10% -13%
Credit impairment charge
(1,674) (402) (392)
large large
Profit before income tax
2,614 4,384 4,536
-40% -42%
Income tax expense
(978) (1,325) (1,284)
-26% -24%
Non-controlling interests
(1) (6) (9)
-83% -89%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing operations
1,635 3,053 3,243
-46% -50%
Profit/(Loss) from discontinued operations
(90) (273) (70)
-67% 29%
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company
1,545 2,780 3,173
-44% -51%
Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)
Half Year
Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Basic
96
54.6 98.3 111.7
-44% -51%
Diluted 96
51.5 94.7 106.4 -46% -52%
Half Year
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Ordinary Share Dividends (cents)
Interim
- fully franked
1,2,3
95 TBD N/A 80
- partially franked
1
95 TBD N/A N/A
Final (partially franked)
3,4
95 N/A 80 N/A
Total 95
TBD 80 80
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
5
95 TBD 81.6% 71.4%
Profitability Ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
6
5.1% 9.3% 10.8%
Return on average assets
7
0.30% 0.56% 0.65%
Net interest margin
1.69% 1.72% 1.79%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
7
3.96% 4.03% 4.23%
Efficiency Ratios
Operating expenses to operating income 53.8% 51.8% 48.6%
Operating expenses to average assets
7
0.92% 1.00% 0.94%
Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)
Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 626 398 379
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M)
1,048 4 13
Total credit impairment charge ($M) 102
1,674 402 392
Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
7,8
0.20% 0.13% 0.12%
Total credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
7,8
0.53% 0.13% 0.13%
1.
The decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend has been deferred until the economic outlook is clearer and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
2.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) for the 2019 interim dividend.
3.
Carry New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the 2019 interim and final dividend.
4.
Partially franked at 70% for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate).
5.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2020 half will be determined when the decision on the 2020 interim dividend has been made. The dividend payout ratio for the September 2019 half
and March 2019 half are calculated using the 2019 final and 2019 interim dividends respectively.
6.
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.
7.
Average assets, average gross loans and advances and average credit RWAs include assets held for sale.
8.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
SUMMARY
10
Cash Profit Results
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income
7,222 7,040 7,299
3% -1%
Other operating income
1,357 2,243 2,447
-40% -45%
Operating income
8,579 9,283 9,746
-8% -12%
Operating expenses
(4,605) (4,706) (4,365)
-2% 5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,974 4,577 5,381
-13% -26%
Credit impairment charge
(1,674) (402) (393)
large large
Profit before income tax
2,300 4,175 4,988
-45% -54%
Income tax expense
(886) (1,263) (1,415)
-30% -37%
Non-controlling interests
(1) (6) (9)
-83% -89%
Cash profit from continuing operations
1,413 2,906 3,564
-51% -60%
Cash profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
(90) (259) (50)
-65% 80%
Cash profit
1,323 2,647 3,514
-50% -62%
Earnings Per Ordinary Share (cents)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Basic
46.7 93.6 123.0
-50% -62%
Diluted
44.7 90.3 116.8 -50% -62%
Half Year
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Ordinary Share Dividends
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
2
TBD 85.7% 64.5%
Profitability Ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
3
4.4% 8.9% 11.9%
Return on average assets
4
0.26% 0.53% 0.72%
Net interest margin
1.69% 1.72% 1.79%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
4
3.96% 4.03% 4.23%
Efficiency Ratios
Operating expenses to operating income 55.2% 52.9% 46.4%
Operating expenses to average assets
4
0.92% 1.00% 0.94%
Credit Impairment Charge/(Release)
Individually assessed credit impairment charge ($M) 29 626 398 380
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) ($M) 29
1,048 4 13
Total credit impairment charge ($M) 29
1,674 402 393
Individually assessed credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
4,5
0.20% 0.13% 0.12%
Total credit impairment charge as a % of average gross loans and advances
4,5
0.53% 0.13% 0.13%
Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,214 1,492 1,703 -19% -29%
Institutional
610 816 1,012 -25% -40%
New Zealand
567 646 753 -12% -25%
Pacific
20 26 33 -23% -39%
TSO and Group Centre
(998) (74) 63 large large
Discontinued Operations
(90) (259) (50) -65% 80%
Cash profit
1,323 2,647 3,514 -50% -62%
1.
Cash profit excludes non-core items included in statutory profit and is provided to assist readers in understanding the results of the core business activities of the Group. Refer to pages 71 to
75 for the reconciliation between statutory and cash profit. Refer to pages 13 to 16 for information on large/notable items included in continuing cash profit.
2.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2020 half will be determined when the decision on the 2020 interim dividend has been made. The dividend payout ratio for the September 2019 half
and March 2019 half are calculated using the 2019 final and 2019 interim dividends respectively.
3.
Average ordinary shareholders’ equity excludes non-controlling interests.
4.
Average assets, average gross loans and advances and average credit RWAs include assets held for sale.
5.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
SUMMARY
11
Financial Performance Summary – Total and continuing operations
For financial reporting purposes the results of discontinued op
erations are shown in a separate line item ‘Profit/(Loss) from
discontinued operations’. In the table below, Total cash profit
- inclusive of discontinued operations and Cash
profit - continuing operations are shown. For the purpose of un
derstanding the impact of discontinued operations across variou
s Income Statement categories, Total cash profit - inclusive of
discontinued operations is presented such that
each Income Statement line item is inclusive of discontinued op
erations.
Total cash profit - incl
usive of discontinued
operations
Movement
Cash profit - continuing operations
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income
7,217
7,021
7,242
3%
0%
7,222
7,040
7,299
3%
-1%
Other operating income
1,349
2,299
2,651
-41%
-49%
1,357
2,243
2,447
-40%
-45%
Operating income
8,566
9,320
9,893
-8%
-13%
8,579
9,283
9,746
-8%
-12%
Operating expenses
(4,725)
(4,934)
(4,586)
-4%
3%
(4,605)
(4,706)
(4,365)
-2%
5%
Profit before credit im
pairment and income tax
3,841
4,386
5,307
-12%
-28%
3,974
4,577
5,381
-13%
-26%
Credit impairment charge
(1,674)
(402)
(392)
316%
327%
(1,674)
(402)
(393)
316%
326%
Profit before income tax
2,167
3,984
4,915
-46%
-56%
2,300
4,175
4,988
-45%
-54%
Income tax expense
(843)
(1,331)
(1,392)
-37%
-39%
(886)
(1,263)
(1,415)
-30%
-37%
Non-controlling interests
(1)
(6)
(9)
-83%
-89%
(1)
(6)
(9)
-83%
-89%
Cash Profit
1,323
2,647
3,514
-50%
-62%
1,413
2,906
3,564
-51%
-60%
Average interest earning assets
856,652
814,831
811,528
5%
6%
856,652
814,831
811,528
5%
6%
Average deposits and other borrowings
669,342
642,448
635,822
4%
5%
669,342
642,448
635,822
4%
5%
Funds under management
1
35,665
84,171
83,164
-58%
-57%
35,665
35,754
33,816
0%
5%
Earnings per share (basic)
46.7
93.6
123.0
-50%
-62%
49.9
102.7
124.8
-51%
-60%
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
2
TBD
86%
65%
TBD
78.0%
63.6%
Profitability Ratios
Return on average ordinary shareholders' equity
3
4.4%
8.9%
11.9%
4.7%
9.8%
12.0%
Return on average assets
0.26%
0.53%
0.72%
0.28%
0.59%
0.77%
Net interest margin
1.68%
1.72%
1.79%
1.69%
1.72%
1.80%
Net interest income to average credit RWAs
3.96%
4.03%
4.23%
3.96%
4.04%
4.26%
Efficiency Ratios
Operating expenses to operating income
55.2%
52.9%
46.4%
53.7%
50.7%
44.8%
Operating expenses to average assets
0.92%
1.00%
0.94%
0.90%
0.96%
0.94%
FTE
4
38,939
39,060
39,359
0%
-1%
37,834
37,588
37,364
1%
1%
1.
Funds under management for continuing operations relates to retained wealth management operations in the New Zealand division
and Australia Retail and Commercial division.
2.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2020 half will be deter
mined when the decision on the 2020 interim dividend has been m
ade. The dividend payout ratio for the September 2019 half and March 2019 half are calculated using the 2019 final and 2019 int
erim dividends respectively.
3.
Average ordinary
shareholders’ equity excludes
non-controlling interests.
4.
The discontinued operations FTE is based on an estimate of the staff working in the divested businesses using an allocation me
thodology and includes staff retained in the Group working on transitioning the sold businesses to the purchasers.
SUMMARY
12
Key Balance Sheet Metrics
1
As at Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Capital Management
Common Equity Tier 1 (Level 2)
- APRA Basel 3 42
10.8% 11.4% 11.5%
- Internationally Comparable Basel 3
2
42 15.5% 16.4% 16.9%
Credit risk weighted assets ($B) 130
386.0 358.1 345.5 8% 12%
Total risk weighted assets ($B) 42
449.0 417.0 396.3 8% 13%
APRA Leverage Ratio 44
5.0% 5.6% 5.4%
Balance Sheet: Key Items
Gross loans and advances ($B) 661.3 618.8 613.8 7% 8%
Net loans and advances ($B)
656.6 615.3 610.2 7% 8%
Total assets ($B)
1,150.0 981.1 980.3 17% 17%
Customer deposits ($B)
566.5 511.8 493.4 11% 15%
Total equity ($B)
61.4 60.8 60.0 1% 2%
As at Movement
Liquidity Risk
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (half year average) 40 139% 143% 137% -4% 2%
Net Stable Funding Ratio 41
118% 116% 115% 2% 3%
As at Movement
Reference
Page
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Impaired Assets
Gross impaired assets ($M) 33
2,599 2,029 2,128 28% 22%
Gross impaired assets as a % of gross loans and advances
0.39% 0.33% 0.35%
Net impaired assets ($M) 33
1,506 1,215 1,237 24% 22%
Net impaired assets as a % of shareholders' equity
2.5% 2.0% 2.0%
Individually assessed provision ($M) 31 1,093 814 891 34% 23%
Individually assessed provision as a % of gross impaired assets
42.1% 40.1% 41.9%
Collectively assessed provision ($M) 31
4,501 3,376 3,378 33% 33%
Collectively assessed provision as a % of credit risk weighted assets
1.17% 0.94% 0.98%
Net Tangible Assets
Net tangible assets attributable to ordinary shareholders ($B)
3
56.4 55.5 53.7 2% 5%
Net tangible assets per ordinary share ($)
19.89 19.59 18.94 2% 5%
As at Movement
Net Loans And Advances By Division (Excluding Held for Sale)
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 329.8 331.9 336.6 -1% -2%
Institutional
4
199.4 164.5 151.7 21% 31%
New Zealand
5
125.2 116.7 118.8 7% 5%
Pacific
2.2 2.1 2.1 5% 5%
TSO and Group Centre
- 0.1 0.1 -100% -100%
Net loans and advances by division
656.6 615.3 609.3 7% 8%
1.
Balance Sheet amounts and metrics include assets and liabilities held for sale unless otherwise stated.
2.
See page 43 for further details regarding the differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 standards.
3.
Equals total shareholders’ equity less total non-controlling interests, goodwill and other intangible assets.
4.
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, the Institutional division Net loans and advances increased 17% compared to September 2019 and 25% compared to March 2019.
5.
Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation, the New Zealand division Net loans and advances increased 2% compared to September 2019 and 4% compared to March 2019.
SUMMARY
13
Large/Notable Items – continuing operations
Large/notable items included in cash profit from continuing operations are described below.
Divestment impacts
No divestments were announced or completed in the March 2020 half.
In the September 2019 half and March 2019 half, the Group completed the following divestments. As these divestments did not qualify as discontinued
operations under accounting standards they form part of continuing operations. The financial impacts from these divestments are summarised below
including the business results for those divestments that have completed:
Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments Completed divestment business results
Half Year Half Year
Cash Profit Impact
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Paymark - 37 - 4
Cambodia JV 10 - 10 21
OPL NZ 7 197 - 14
PNG Retail, Commercial and SME 1 - 4 5
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 18 234 14 44
Income tax benefit/(expense) and non-controlling interests - (47) (7) (19)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 18 187 7 25
Paymark Limited (Paymark)
In January 2018, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its 25% shareholding in Paymark Limited to Ingenico Group. The transaction was
completed on 11 January 2019. The Group recognised a net gain on sale of $37 million during the March 2019 half.
ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV)
In May 2018, the Group announced it had reached an agreement to sell its 55% stake in Cambodia JV to J Trust, a Japanese diversified financial
holding company. The transaction completed on 19 August 2019 and the Group recognised a $10 million net gain on sale, comprising a $30 million
release from foreign currency translation reserve, partially offset by a $17 million dividend withholding tax associated with the sale completion and $3
million of asset write-offs in the September 2019 half.
OnePath Life (NZ) Ltd (OPL NZ)
In May 2018, the Group announced that it had agreed to sell OPL NZ to Cigna Corporation. The transaction completed on 30 November 2018 and
the Group recognised a $197 million net gain on sale in the March 2019 half, comprising a $115 million gain on the reversal of the life-to-date cash
profit adjustments on the revaluation of policy liabilities sold, a $56 million gain on sale, and a $26 million release from the foreign currency
translation reserve. In the September 2019 half a $7 million surplus provision was released.
Papua New Guinea Retail, Commercial and Small-Medium Sized Enterprise businesses (PNG Retail, Commercial and SME)
In June 2018, the Group announced it had entered into an agreement to sell its Retail, Commercial and Small-Medium Sized Enterprise (SME)
banking businesses in Papua New Guinea to Kina Bank. The transaction completed on 23 September 2019 and the Group recognised a gain of $1
million net of costs associated with the sale.
Other large/notable items
Customer remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Customer remediation charges of $129 million have been recognised in the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $485 million; Mar 19 half: $100 million).
$58 million relates to customer remediation impacting operating income (Sep 19 half: $148 million; Mar 19 half: $64 million), and $71 million relates
to customer remediation impacting operating expenses (Sep 19 half: $337 million; Mar 19 half: $36 million).
Royal Commission legal costs
External legal costs associated with responding to the Banking Royal Commission, which completed in February 2019, were nil for the March 2020
half (Sep 19 half: $2 million; Mar 19 half: $13 million).
Restructuring
The Group recognised restructuring expenses of $105 million in the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $26 million; Mar 19 half: $51 million) largely
relating to business and property changes in Australia Retail and Commercial division.
Lease-related items
In the March 2020 half, the Group recognised $83 million of additional charges associated with the adoption of the new lease accounting standard on
1 October 2019. Comparative information has not been restated for the adoption of the new lease accounting standard.
Asian associate impairments
During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised a $815 million impairment in respect of two of the Group’s equity accounted investments to adjust
their carrying values in line with their value-in-use calculations (refer Note 1 (iv) of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements). AMMB
Holdings Berhad (AmBank) was impaired by $595 million and PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) was impaired by $220 million.
SUMMARY
14
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
Cash Profit Results
Ma
rch 2020 Half Year vs
March 2019 Half Yea
r
March 2020 Half Year vs
September 2019 Half Year
Mar 20
Large/
notables
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables Mar 19
Large/
notables
Mar 19
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
Mar 20
Large/
notables
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables Sep 19
Large/
notables
Sep 19
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
%
Net interest income
7,222
(43)
7,265
7,299
7
7,292
0%
7,222
(43)
7,265
7,040
(98)
7,138
2%
Other operating income
1,357
(839)
2,196
2,447
231
2,216
-1%
1,357
(839)
2,196
2,243
3
2,240
-2%
Operating income
8,579
(882)
9,461
9,746
238
9,508
0%
8,579
(882)
9,461
9,283
(95)
9,378
1%
Operating expenses
(4,605)
(250)
(4,355)
(4,365)
(125) (4,240)
3%
(4,605)
(250)
(4,355)
(4,706)
(384)
(4,322)
1%
Profit before credit im
pairment and income tax
3,974
(1,132)
5,106
5,381
113
5,268
-3%
3,974
(1,132)
5,106
4,577
(479)
5,056
1%
Credit impairment charge
(1,674)
-
(1,674)
(393)
1
(394)
large
(1,674)
-
(1,674)
(402)
(2)
(400)
large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
2,300
(1,132)
3,432
4,988
114
4,874
-30%
2,300
(1,132)
3,432
4,175
(481)
4,656
-26%
Income tax benefit/(expense)
and non-controlling interests
(887)
94
(981)
(1,424)
(17) (1,407)
-30%
(887)
94
(981)
(1,269)
82
(1,351)
-27%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,413
(1,038)
2,451
3,564
97
3,467
-29%
1,413
(1,038)
2,451
2,906
(399)
3,305
-26%
Cash Profit/(Loss) By Division
March 2020 Half Year vs March 20
19 Half Year
March 2020 Half Y
ear vs September 2019 Half Year
Mar 20
Large/
notables
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables Mar 19
Large/
notables
Mar 19
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
Mar 20
Large/
notables
Mar 20
ex. Large/
notables Sep 19
Large/
notables
Sep 19
ex. Large/
notables
Movt
ex. Large/
notables
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
%
$M
$M
$M $M $M $M %
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,214
(153)
1,367
1,703
(83)
1,786
-23%
1,214
(153)
1,367
1,492
(303)
1,795
-24%
Institutional
610
(12)
622
1,012
8
1,004
-38%
610
(12)
622
816
(32)
848
-27%
New Zealand
567
(28)
595
753
14
739
-19%
567
(28)
595
646
(58)
704
-15%
Pacific
20
(3)
23
33
-
33
-30%
20
(3)
23
26
(14)
40
-43%
TSO and Group Centre
1
(998)
(842)
(156)
63
158
(95)
64%
(998)
(842)
(156)
(74)
8
(82)
90%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,413
(1,038)
2,451
3,564
97
3,467
-29%
1,413
(1,038)
2,451
2,906
(399)
3,305
-26%
1.
TSO and Group Centre includes the Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments in the September 2019 half and March 2019 half. It also
includes the divested business results for the completed sales of Paymark in the March 2019 half.
SUMMARY
15
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
Within continuing cash profit, the Group has recognised some la
rge/notable items. These items are shown in the tables below.
March 2020 Half Year
March 2019 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
$M
Asian
associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss) on
sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
1
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Royal
Commission
legal costs
$M
Restructuring
$M
Total
$M
Cash Profit
Net interest income
(22)
-
(21)
-
(43)
-
29
(22)
-
-
7
Other operating income
(36)
-
12
(815)
(839)
234
39
(42)
-
-
231
Operating income
(58)
-
(9)
(815)
(882)
234
68
(64)
-
-
238
Operating expenses
(71)
(105)
(74)
-
(250)
-
(25)
(36)
(13)
(51)
(125)
Profit before credit im
pairment and income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
234
43
(100)
(13)
(51)
113
Credit impairment charge
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
1
Profit before income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
234
44
(100)
(13)
(51)
114
Income tax benefit
/(expense) and
non-controlling interests
38
31
25
-
94
(47)
(19)
30
4
15
(17)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(91)
(74)
(58)
(815)
(1,038)
187
25
(70)
(9)
(36)
97
March 2020 Half Year
Se
ptember 2019 Half Year
Large/notable items in
cluded in continuing
cash profit
Large/n
otable items included in
continuing cash profit
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
$M
Asian
associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss) on
sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
1
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Royal
Commission
legal costs
$M
Restructuring
$M
Total
$M
Cash Profit
Net interest income
(22)
-
(21)
-
(43)
-
21
(119)
-
-
(98)
Other operating income
(36)
-
12
(815)
(839)
18
14
(29)
-
-
3
Operating income
(58)
-
(9)
(815)
(882)
18
35
(148)
-
-
(95)
Operating expenses
(71)
(105)
(74)
-
(250)
-
(19)
(337)
(2)
(26)
(384)
Profit before credit im
pairment and income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
18
16
(485)
(2)
(26)
(479)
Credit impairment charge
-
-
-
-
-
-
(2)
-
-
-
(2)
Profit before income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
18
14
(485)
(2)
(26)
(481)
Income tax benefit
/(expense) and
non-controlling interests
38
31
25
-
94
-
(7)
80
1
8
82
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(91)
(74)
(58)
(815)
(1,038)
18
7
(405)
(1)
(18)
(399)
1.
Relates to business results
for completed divestments.
SUMMARY
16
Large/Notable items - continuing operations
Within continuing cash profit, the Group has recognised some la
rge/notable items. The impact of these items on the divisional
results are shown in the tables below.
March 2020 Half Year
March 2019 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
$M
Asian
associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss) on
sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
1
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Royal
Commission
legal costs
$M
Restructuring
$M
Total
$M
Profit before income tax
Australia Retail and Commercial
(101)
(85)
(32)
-
(218)
-
-
(100)
-
(19)
(119)
Institutional
-
(4)
(11)
-
(15)
-
29
-
-
(7)
22
New Zealand
(26)
(11)
(3)
-
(40)
-
20
-
-
(2)
18
Pacific
(2)
-
(2)
-
(4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSO and Group Centre
2
-
(5)
(35)
(815)
(855)
234
(5)
-
(13)
(23)
193
Profit before income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
234
44
(100)
(13)
(51)
114
Income tax benefit/(expens
e) and non-controlling
interests
38
31
25
-
94
(47)
(19)
30
4
15
(17)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(91)
(74)
(58)
(815)
(1,038)
187
25
(70)
(9)
(36)
97
March 2020 Half Year
September 2019 Half Year
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Large/notable items include
d in continuing cash profit
Customer
remediation
$M
Restructuring
$M
Lease-related
items
$M
Asian
associate
impairments
$M
Total
$M
Gain/(Loss) on
sale from
divestments
$M
Divested
business
results
1
$M
Customer
remediation
$M
Royal
Commission
legal costs
$M
Restructuring
$M
Total
$M
Profit before income tax
Australia Retail and Commercial
(101)
(85)
(32)
-
(218)
-
-
(347)
-
(1)
(348)
Institutional
-
(4)
(11)
-
(15)
-
17
(49)
-
(9)
(41)
New Zealand
(26)
(11)
(3)
-
(40)
-
-
(75)
-
(6)
(81)
Pacific
(2)
-
(2)
-
(4)
-
-
(14)
-
-
(14)
TSO and Group Centre
2
-
(5)
(35)
(815)
(855)
18
(3)
-
(2)
(10)
3
Profit before income tax
(129)
(105)
(83)
(815)
(1,132)
18
14
(485)
(2)
(26)
(481)
Income tax benefit
/(expense) and
non-controlling interests
38
31
25
-
94
-
(7)
80
1
8
82
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
(91)
(74)
(58)
(815)
(1,038)
18
7
(405)
(1)
(18)
(399)
1.
Relates to business results
for completed divestments.
2.
TSO and Group Centre includes the Gain/(Loss) on sale from divestments in the September 2019 half and March 2019 half. It also
includes the divested business results for the completed sales of Paymark in the March 2019 half.
SUMMARY
17
Full Time Equivalent Staff
As at 31 March 2020, ANZ employed 38,939 staff (Sep 19: 39,060; Mar 19: 39,359) on a full-time equivalent (FTE) basis.
Division
As at
Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 14,061 13,903 13,660 1% 3%
Institutional
1
5,350 5,468 6,085 -2% -12%
New Zealand
6,103 6,121 6,003 0% 2%
Pacific
1,108 1,086 1,096 2% 1%
TSO and Group Centre
11,212 11,010 10,520 2% 7%
Total FTE from continuing operations
37,834 37,588 37,364 1% 1%
Discontinued operations
2
1,105 1,472 1,995 -25% -45%
Total FTE
38,939 39,060 39,359 0% -1%
Average FTE 39,154 39,147 39,571 0% -1%
Geography
As at
Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia 18,823 18,874 18,652 0% 1%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
1
12,584 12,695 13,396 -1% -6%
New Zealand
7,532 7,491 7,311 1% 3%
Total FTE
38,939 39,060 39,359 0% -1%
1.
Institutional division FTE reduced by 606 as a result of the Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME divestments completed in the September 2019 half.
2.
The discontinued operations FTE is based on an estimate of the staff working in the divested businesses based on an allocation methodology and includes staff retained in the Group
working on transitioning the sold businesses to the purchasers.
Other Non-Financial Information
Half Year
Movement
Shareholder value - ordinary shares
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Share price ($)
- high
28.79 29.30 28.36 -2% 2%
- low
14.10 25.36 22.98 -44% -39%
- closing
16.96 28.52 26.03 -41% -35%
Closing market capitalisation of ordinary shares ($B)
48.1 80.8 73.7 -40% -35%
Total shareholder returns (TSR)
-38.7% 12.9% -4.8% large large
As at Mar 20
Credit Ratings
Short-
Term
Long-
Term Outlook
Moody's Investor Services P1 Aa3 Stable
Standard & Poor's A-1+ AA- Stable
Fitch Ratings F1+ AA- Negative
On 7 April 2020 Fitch Ratings downgraded the Short-term credit rating to F1 and the Long-term credit rating to A+. The outlook remains negative.
On 8 April 2020 Standard & Poor’s revised the outlook to negative.
SUMMARY
18
This page has been left blank intentionally
GROUP RESULTS
19
CONTENTS Page
Cash Profit 20
Net Interest Income - continuing operations 21
Other Operating Income - continuing operations 23
Operating Expenses - continuing operations 26
Software Capitalisation - continuing operations 28
Credit Risk - continuing operations 29
Income Tax Expense - continuing operations 35
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations 36
Earnings Related Hedges - continuing operations 37
Earnings per Share - continuing operations 37
Dividends - continuing operations 38
Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations 39
Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations 40
Funding - including discontinued operations 41
Capital Management - including discontinued operations 42
Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations 44
Capital Management - Other Developments 45
GROUP RESULTS
20
Non-IFRS Information
Statutory profit is prepared in accordance with recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards, which comply with
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report &
Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in Australian
Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this information.
Cash Profit
Cash profit, a non-IFRS measure, represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to
assess Group and Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items
from statutory profit (refer to Definitions on pages 139 to 140 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory
profit which is subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not
subject to review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a
consistent basis across each period presented.
This Group Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations unless otherwise stated. For information on
discontinued operations please refer to the Guide to Half Year Results on page 8.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from continuing
operations
1,635 3,053 3,243 -46% -50%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
1
Revaluation of policy liabilities - - 77 n/a -100%
Economic hedges
(340) (67) 185 large large
Revenue and expense hedges
120 (79) 60 large 100%
Structured credit intermediation trades
(2) (1) (1) 100% 100%
Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from
continuing operations
(222) (147) 321 51% large
Cash profit from continuing operations 1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
1.
Refer to pages 71 to 75 for analysis of the adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit.
Group performance - cash profit
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 7,222 7,040 7,299 3% -1%
Other operating income
1,357 2,243 2,447 -40% -45%
Operating income
8,579 9,283 9,746 -8% -12%
Operating expenses (4,605) (4,706) (4,365) -2% 5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,974 4,577 5,381 -13% -26%
Credit impairment charge (1,674) (402) (393) large large
Profit before income tax
2,300 4,175 4,988 -45% -54%
Income tax expense (886) (1,263) (1,415) -30% -37%
Non-controlling interests
(1) (6) (9) -83% -89%
Cash profit from continuing operations
1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
Half Year Movement
Cash profit/(loss) by Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,214 1,492 1,703
-19% -29%
Institutional
610 816 1,012 -25% -40%
New Zealand
567 646 753 -12% -25%
Pacific
20 26 33 -23% -39%
TSO and Group Centre
(998) (74) 63 large large
Cash profit from continuing operations
1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
GROUP RESULTS
21
Net Interest Income - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Group
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Cash net interest income
1
7,222 7,040 7,299 3% -1%
Average interest earning assets
2
856,652 814,831 811,528 5% 6%
Average deposits and other borrowings
2
669,342 642,448 635,822 4% 5%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
1.69 1.72 1.80 -3 bps -11 bps
Group (excluding Markets business unit)
Cash net interest income
1
6,822 6,829 7,019 0% -3%
Average interest earning assets
2
576,494 566,907 563,579 2% 2%
Average deposits and other borrowings
2
477,861 462,283 459,478 3% 4%
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.37 2.40 2.50 -3 bps -13 bps
Half Year
Movement
Cash profit net interest margin by major division
1
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.65 2.58 2.61
7 bps 4 bps
Average interest earning assets
305,981 309,684 314,215
-1% -3%
Average deposits and other borrowings
210,214 204,791 202,765
3% 4%
Institutional
Net interest margin (%) - cash
0.78 0.80 0.85
-2 bps -7 bps
Average interest earning assets
2
415,490 375,573 372,270
11% 12%
Average deposits and other borrowings
2
305,506 290,948 281,770
5% 8%
New Zealand
Net interest margin (%) - cash
2.31 2.27 2.39
4 bps -8 bps
Average interest earning assets
2
121,955 118,714 116,201
3% 5%
Average deposits and other borrowings
2
90,329 86,970 86,244 4% 5%
1.
Includes large/notable items of -$43 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: -$98 million; Mar 19 half: $7 million). Refer to pages 13 to 16 for further details on large/notable items. Also
includes the major bank levy of -$196 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: -$185 million; Mar 19 half: -$178 million).
2.
Average balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities classified as held for sale from continuing operations in the September 2019 half and the March 2019 half.
Group net interest margin - March 2020 Half Year v March 2019 Half Year
1.
Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.
March 2020 v March 2019
Net interest margin (-11 bps)
Asset mix and funding mix (-2 bps): unfavourable asset mix from the impacts of customer switching from interest only to principal and interest
home loans in the Australia Retail and Commercial division, unfavourable mix impacts from a higher proportion of Institutional lending, partly
offset by favourable deposit mix.
Wholesale funding costs (+3 bps): favourable short term funding spreads and broadly stable long term funding costs.
Deposit pricing (-9 bps): margin compression from lower interest rates in all divisions.
Assets pricing (+5 bps): re-pricing of home loans in the Australia Retail and Commercial division, partially offset by increased competition in all
divisions.
Treasury (-6 bps): lower earnings on capital and replicated deposits reflecting a lower interest rate environment.
GROUP RESULTS
22
Markets Balance Sheet activities (-1 bps): growth in lower interest margin Markets Balance Sheet trading activities and the impact of flattening
yield curve. This was partially offset by higher net interest income from Rates and Balance Sheet activity.
Large/notable items (-1 bps): the impact of lease-related items in the Mar 2020 half and divested businesses in the Mar 2019 half.
Average interest earning assets (+$45.1 billion or +6%)
Average net loans and advances (+$18.7 billion or +3%): increase primarily driven by growth in Institutional lending, home loan growth in the
New Zealand division, and foreign currency translation movements.
Average trading and investment securities (+$12.1 billion or +11%): increase primarily driven by higher liquid assets and trading securities in
Markets and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Average cash and other liquids (+$14.3 billion or +13%): increase primarily driven by higher central bank cash balances, higher collateral
balances and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$33.5 billion or +5%)
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$33.5 billion or +5%): increase driven by growth in deposits in all divisions, but particularly in
Institutional division, and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Group net interest margin - March 2020 Half Year v September 2019 Half Year
1. Markets Balance Sheet activities includes the impact of discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet activities.
March 2020 v September 2019
Net interest margin (-3 bps)
Asset mix and funding mix (0 bps): unfavourable product mix from the impacts of customer switching from interest only to principal and interest
home loans in the Australia Retail and Commercial division, unfavourable mix impacts from a higher proportion of Institutional lending offset by
favourable deposit mix.
Wholesale funding costs (+1 bps): favourable short term funding spreads and broadly stable long term funding costs.
Deposit pricing (-5 bps): margin compression from lower rates in all divisions.
Assets pricing (+4 bps): re-pricing in Australia Retail and Commercial and New Zealand divisions, partially offset by increased competition
applying to all divisions.
Treasury (-4 bps): lower earnings on capital and replicated deposits reflecting a lower interest rate environment.
Markets Balance Sheet activities (0 bps): growth in the lower margin Markets Balance Sheet trading activities offset by higher net interest income
from Rates and Balance Sheet activity.
Large/notable (+1 bps): the impact of higher customer remediation in the September 2019 half.
Average interest earning assets (+$41.8 billion or 5%)
Average net loans and advances (+$14.7 billion or +2%): increase primarily driven by growth in Institutional lending, home loans in the New
Zealand division, and the impact of foreign currency translation movements. This was partially offset by a reduction in lending in the Australia
Retail and Commercial division.
Average trading and investment securities (+$8.1 billion or +7%): increase primarily driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets and the
impact of foreign currency translation movements.
Average cash and other liquids (+$19.0 billion or 18%): increase primarily driven by higher central bank cash balances, and the impact of foreign
currency translation movements.
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$26.9 billion or +4%)
Average deposits and other borrowings (+$26.9 billion or +4%): increase driven predominantly by growth in the Institutional division, and the
impact of foreign currency translation movements.
GROUP RESULTS
23
Other Operating Income - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net fee and commission income
1
1,135 1,275 1,218 -11% -7%
Markets other operating income
764 619 667 23% 15%
Share of associates' profit
1
135 131 131 3% 3%
Other
1,2
(677) 218 431 large large
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
3
1,357 2,243 2,447 -40% -45%
Half Year Movement
Other operating income by division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
595 696 651 -15% -9%
Institutional
1,167 1,066 1,126 9% 4%
New Zealand
247 278 302 -11% -18%
Pacific
50 54 50 -7% 0%
TSO and Group Centre
(702) 149 318 large large
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
3
1,357 2,243 2,447 -40% -45%
1.
Excluding Markets.
2.
Includes foreign exchange earnings, net income from insurance business and impairment of Asian associates.
3.
Includes large/notable items of -$839 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $3 million; Mar 19 half: $231 million). Refer to items on pages 13 to 16 for further details on large/notable
items.
Other operating income - March 2020 Half Year v March 2019 Half Year
Markets income
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 400 211 280 90% 43%
Other operating income
764 619 667 23% 15%
Total cash Markets income from continuing operations
1,164 830 947 40% 23%
GROUP RESULTS
24
Other operating income (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net fee and commission income
1
1,164 1,293 1,244 -10% -6%
Markets other operating income
764 618 665 24% 15%
Share of associates' profit
1
135 131 131 3% 3%
Other
1,2
133 198 176 -33% -24%
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
2,196 2,240 2,216 -2% -1%
Other operating income by division (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
625 704 693 -11% -10%
Institutional
1,163 1,064 1,109 9% 5%
New Zealand
255 287 280 -11% -9%
Pacific
50 54 50 -7% 0%
TSO and Group Centre
103 131 84 -21% 23%
Total cash other operating income from continuing operations
2,196 2,240 2,216 -2% -1%
1.
Excluding Markets.
2.
Includes foreign exchange earnings and net income from insurance business.
March 2020 v March 2019
Other operating income decreased by $1,090 million (-45%).
Net fee and commission income (-$83 million or -7%)
$56 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division was primarily driven by the full period impact of fees removed in the prior
period and lower volume related fees.
$28 million decrease in the New Zealand division primarily due to an increase in commission costs and a reduction in rebates.
$1 million increase due to other small items including lower customer remediation in the March 2020 half and higher commitment fees in the
Transaction Banking business, partially offset by decreases due to the impact of divested business results and the slowdown of loan syndication
activities.
Markets income (+$217 million or +23%)
$48 million increase in Franchise Sales due to demand from large corporate customers and financial institutions for FX, Commodities and Rates
products.
$187 million increase in Franchise Trading across all asset classes primarily attributable to improved trading conditions, increased volumes,
particularly in International, and favourable derivative valuation adjustments.
$18 million decrease in Balance Sheet trading primarily attributable to cuts in the Official Cash Rate in Australia.
Share of associates’ profit (+$4 million or +3%)
$4 million increase in profits from associates of which $4 million relates to PT Panin and $5 million relates to AmBank, partially offset by a $4
million reduction following the sale of Paymark.
Other (-$1,108 million)
$815 million decrease due to the impairment of PT Panin of $220 million and AmBank of $595 million.
$259 million decrease due to gains on sale ($234 million) from One Path Life NZ and Paymark in the March 2019 half and the impact of divested
business results ($25 million) in the March 2019 half.
$34 million decrease in Institutional division due to widening credit spread impacts on loans measured at fair value.
Other small items including a gain on sale of an investment security in the March 2019 half and higher customer remediation in the March 2020
half were offset by the gross up of sublease income on adoption of the new leasing standard (comparatives not restated).
Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $20 million (-1%).
GROUP RESULTS
25
March 2020 v September 2019
Other operating income decreased by $886 million (-40%).
Net fee and commission income (-$140 million or -11%)
$84 million decrease in the Australia Retail and Commercial division was primarily driven by seasonality of unsecured portfolio rebates and
incentives, and lower volume related fees.
$38 million decrease in the New Zealand division due to lower insurance commissions and higher commission costs.
$18 million decrease due to other small items including the impact of divested business results and a decrease in the Institutional division due to
higher merchant scheme fees in the March 2020 half.
Markets income (+$334 million or +40%)
$46 million increase in Franchise Sales due to demand from large corporate customers and financial institutions for FX, Commodities and Rates
products.
$240 million increase in Franchise Trading across all asset classes. Trading conditions supported the franchise from the start of the half, and
then the increase in volatility in the second quarter drove higher risk premiums, which was combined with trading volume growth across all asset
classes. This was partially offset by lower derivative valuation adjustments.
$48 million increase in Balance Sheet trading driven by steepening of yield curves.
Share of associates’ profit (+$4 million or +3%)
$4 million increase in profits from associates of which a $11 million increase relates to PT Panin partially offset by a decrease of $9 million
relating to AmBank.
Other (-$895 million)
$815 million decrease due to the impairment of PT Panin of $220 million and AmBank of $595 million.
$44 million decrease in the Institutional division primarily due to widening credit spread impacts on loans measured at fair value.
$27 million decrease due to dividend income from Bank of Tianjin in the September 2019 half.
$21 million decrease due to gains on sale ($18 million) from Cambodia and OnePath Life (NZ) in the September 2019 half and the impact of
divested business results ($3 million) in the September 2019 half.
$12 million increase due to other smaller items including an increase from the gross up of sublease income on the adoption of the new leasing
standard and higher incentive receipts, partially offset by higher customer remediation in the March 2020 half.
Excluding large/notable items, other operating income decreased $44 million (-2%).
GROUP RESULTS
26
Operating Expenses - continuing operations
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Personnel 2,465 2,395 2,370 3% 4%
Premises
405 389 406 4% 0%
Technology (excluding personnel)
839 770 764 9% 10%
Restructuring
105 26 51 large large
Other
791 1,126 774 -30% 2%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
1
4,605 4,706 4,365 -2% 5%
Full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,834 37,588 37,364 1% 1%
Average full time equivalent staff (FTE) from continuing operations 37,759 37,405 37,558 1% 1%
Half Year
Movement
Expenses by division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
2,065 2,161 1,913
-4% 8%
Institutional
1,290 1,347 1,320
-4% -2%
New Zealand
690 674 612
2% 13%
Pacific
76 80 70
-5% 9%
TSO and Group Centre
484 444 450
9% 8%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
1
4,605 4,706 4,365 -2% 5%
Half Year
Movement
FTE by division
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
14,061 13,903 13,660
1% 3%
Institutional
5,350 5,468 6,085
-2% -12%
New Zealand
6,103 6,121 6,003
0% 2%
Pacific
1,108 1,086 1,096
2% 1%
TSO and Group Centre
11,212 11,010 10,520
2% 7%
Total FTE from continuing operations
37,834 37,588 37,364 1% 1%
Average FTE from continuing operations 37,759 37,405 37,558 1% 1%
1.
Includes large/notable items of $250 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $384 million; Mar 19 half: $125 million). Refer to items on pages 13 to 16 for further details on large/notable
items.
Operating expenses - March 2020 Half Year v March 2019 Half Year
GROUP RESULTS
27
Expenses (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Personnel 2,413 2,341 2,352 3% 3%
Premises
379 387 403 -2% -6%
Technology (excluding personnel)
790 768 762 3% 4%
Restructuring
- - - n/a n/a
Other
773 826 723 -6% 7%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
4,355 4,322 4,240 1% 3%
Expenses by division (excluding large/notable items)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial
1,887 1,885 1,858
0% 2%
Institutional
1,275 1,282 1,293
-1% -1%
New Zealand
671 650 604
3% 11%
Pacific
74 73 70
1% 6%
TSO and Group Centre
448 432 415
4% 8%
Total cash operating expenses from continuing operations
4,355 4,322 4,240 1% 3%
March 2020 v March 2019
Operating expenses increased by $240 million (+5%).
Personnel expenses increased $95 million (+4%) largely driven by higher investment spend in the New Zealand and Australia Retail and
Commercial divisions, along with wage inflation, higher customer remediation ($48 million) and adverse foreign currency translation movements.
This was partially offset by lower variable remuneration and business as usual personnel expenses.
Premises expense decreased $1 million largely driven by the consolidation of our property footprint offset by a change in accounting treatment
associated with the new leasing standard (comparatives not restated).
Technology expenses increased $75 million (+10%) largely as a result of a change in accounting treatment associated with the new leasing
standard (comparatives not restated) and an increase in investment spend.
Restructuring expenses increased $54 million largely relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division.
Other expenses increased $17 million (+2%) largely due to higher investment spend offset by lower customer remediation ($13 million).
Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses increased $115 million (+3%).
March 2020 v September 2019
Operating expenses decreased by $101 million (-2%).
Personnel expenses increased $70 million (+3%) largely driven by wage inflation, higher customer remediation ($18 million), higher investment
spend in the New Zealand and Australia Retail and Commercial divisions and adverse foreign currency translation movements. This was
partially offset by lower variable remuneration and business as usual personnel expenses.
Premises expenses increased $16 million (+4%) largely as a result of a change in accounting treatment associated with the new leasing
standard (comparatives not restated). This was partially offset by lower premises expense in our International network.
Technology expenses increased $69 million (+9%) largely as a result of a change in accounting treatment associated with the new leasing
standard (comparatives not restated) and higher investment spend.
Restructuring expenses increased $79 million largely relating to business and property changes in the Australia Retail and Commercial division.
Other expenses decreased $335 million (-30%) largely driven by lower customer remediation ($284 million), a reduction in consulting spend and
lower marketing spend which is typically higher in the September half.
Excluding large/notable items, operating expenses increased $33 million (+1%).
GROUP RESULTS
28
Software Capitalisation - continuing operations
As at 31 March 2020, the Group’s intangible assets included $1,263 million of costs incurred to acquire and develop software. Details are presented in
the table below:
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Balance at start of period 1,323 1,368 1,421 -3% -7%
Software capitalised during the period
181 222 199 -18% -9%
Amortisation during the period
(241) (265) (252) -9% -4%
Software impaired/written-off
(2) (1) (3) 100% -33%
Foreign currency translation movements
2 (1) 3 large -33%
Total capitalised software from continuing operations
1,263 1,323 1,368 -5% -8%
Net book value by division As at
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 209 260 306 -20% -32%
Institutional
196 223 246 -12% -20%
New Zealand
8 7 14 14% -43%
TSO and Group Centre
850 833 802 2% 6%
Total from continuing operations
1,263 1,323 1,368 -5% -8%
GROUP RESULTS
29
Credit Risk – continuing operations
The tables below provide information about the credit provision of the Group.
The impact and duration of COVID-19 on the global economy and how governments, businesses and consumers respond is uncertain. The Expected
Credit Loss (ECL) charge for the half year and ECL provisions as at 31 March 2020 are therefore largely based on management judgement with respect
to the impacts of COVID-19 on the Group’s credit exposures. The judgements and assumptions made by management are based on a variety of internal
and external information, as well as the Group’s experience with respect to the performance of the portfolio under previous stressed conditions. The
Group also considers applying temporary adjustments to the ECL for recent and transitory conditions applying to segments of the portfolio.
Credit impairment charge/(release)
Collectively assessed
Half Year Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 525 (39) 46 large large
Institutional 369 33 (23) large large
New Zealand
144 17 (5) large large
Pacific
10 (6) (6) large large
TSO and Group Centre
- (1) 1 -100% -100%
Total 1,048 4 13 large large
Individually assessed
Half Year Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 318 355 350 -10% -9%
Institutional 272 - (12) n/a large
New Zealand
35 40 35 -13% 0%
Pacific
1 3 8 -67% -88%
TSO and Group Centre
- - (1) n/a -100%
Total 626 398 380 57% 65%
Total
Half Year Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 843 316 396 large large
Institutional 641 33 (35) large large
New Zealand
179 57 30 large large
Pacific
11 (3) 2 large large
TSO and Group Centre
- (1) - -100% n/a
Total 1,674 402 393 large large
GROUP RESULTS
30
Credit impairment charge/(release), cont'd
March 2020 Half Year Collectively assessed
Individually assessed
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Stage 3 -
New and
increased
Stage 3 -
Recoveries
and write-
backs Total Total
Division
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Australia Retail and Commercial
105 395 25 525 511 (193) 318 843
Institutional
203 177 (11) 369 327 (55) 272 641
New Zealand
39 86 19 144 59 (24) 35 179
Pacific
7 3 - 10 3 (2) 1 11
TSO and Group Centre
- - - - - - - -
Total
354 661 33 1,048 900 (274) 626 1,674
September 2019 Half Year Collectively assessed
Individually assessed
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Stage 3 -
New and
increased
Stage 3 -
Recoveries
and write-
backs Total Total
Division
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Australia Retail and Commercial (14) (69) 44 (39) 637 (282) 355 316
Institutional 8 22 3 33 37 (37) - 33
New Zealand 5 15 (3) 17 71 (31) 40 57
Pacific (3) (2) (1) (6) 5 (2) 3 (3)
TSO and Group Centre (1) - - (1) - - - (1)
Total (5) (34) 43 4 750 (352) 398 402
March 2019 Half Year Collectively assessed
Individually assessed
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Stage 3 -
New and
increased
Stage 3 -
Recoveries
and write-
backs Total Total
Division
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Australia Retail and Commercial (21) 43 24 46 536 (186) 350 396
Institutional 19 (35) (7) (23) 18 (30) (12) (35)
New Zealand (4) (5) 4 (5) 60 (25) 35 30
Pacific (1) (4) (1) (6) 11 (3) 8 2
TSO and Group Centre 1 - - 1 - (1) (1) -
Total (6) (1) 20 13 625 (245) 380 393
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge
March 2020 v March 2019
The collectively assessed credit impairment charge increased by $1,035 million primarily driven by a $479 million increase in the Australia Retail and
Commercial division, a $392 million increase in the Institutional division and a $149 million increase in the New Zealand division. The significant
increases across all divisions are primarily due to forward-looking impact of material deterioration in the economic outlook due to the COVID-19
pandemic.
March 2020 v September 2019
The collectively assessed credit impairment charge increased by $1,044 million primarily driven by a $564 million increase in the Australia Retail and
Commercial division, a $336 million increase in the Institutional division and a $127 million increase in the New Zealand division. The significant
increases across all divisions are primarily due to forward-looking impact of material deterioration in the economic outlook due to the COVID-19
pandemic.
GROUP RESULTS
31
Individually assessed credit impairment charge
March 2020 v March 2019
The individually assessed credit impairment charge increased by $246 million primarily due to a small number of new single name impairments in the
Institutional division. This was partially offset by improved mortgage delinquencies in the Australia retail portfolios combined with ongoing lower
portfolio growth in the unsecured portfolio.
March 2020 v September 2019
The individually assessed credit impairment charge increased by $228 million primarily due to a small number of new single name impairments in the
Institutional division. This was partially offset by improved mortgage delinquencies in the Australia retail portfolios combined with ongoing lower
portfolio growth in the unsecured portfolio.
Allowance for expected credit losses
1,2
Collectively assessed
As at Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,320 1,795 1,834 29% 26%
Institutional 1,590 1,169 1,132 36% 40%
New Zealand
541 374 369 45% 47%
Pacific
50 38 43 32% 16%
Total 4,501 3,376 3,378 33% 33%
Individually assessed
As at Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 582 558 586 4% -1%
Institutional 406 160 208 large 95%
New Zealand
79 72 73 10% 8%
Pacific
26 24 24 8% 8%
Total 1,093 814 891 34% 23%
Total provision
As at Movement
Division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,902 2,353 2,420 23% 20%
Institutional 1,996 1,329 1,340 50% 49%
New Zealand
620 446 442 39% 40%
Pacific
76 62 67 23% 13%
Total 5,594 4,190 4,269 34% 31%
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances – at amortised cost, Investment securities – debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -
undrawn and contingent facilities.
2.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
GROUP RESULTS
32
Allowance for expected credit losses, cont'd
1,2
As at Mar 20
Collectively assessed
Individually
assessed
Division
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 474 1,477 369 2,320 582 2,902
Institutional
1,115 444 31 1,590 406 1,996
New Zealand
200 279 62 541 79 620
Pacific
26 13 11 50 26 76
Total
1,815 2,213 473 4,501 1,093 5,594
As at Sep 19
Collectively assessed
Individually
assessed
Division
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 370 1,082 343 1,795 558 2,353
Institutional 872 257 40 1,169 160 1,329
New Zealand 152 182 40 374 72 446
Pacific 18 9 11 38 24 62
Total 1,412 1,530 434 3,376 814 4,190
As at Mar 19
Collectively assessed
Individually
assessed
Division
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Stage 3
$M
Total
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 384 1,150 300 1,834 586 2,420
Institutional 859 234 39 1,132 208 1,340
New Zealand 152 173 44 369 73 442
Pacific 20 11 12 43 24 67
Total 1,415 1,568 395 3,378 891 4,269
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances – at amortised cost, Investment securities – debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -
undrawn and contingent facilities.
2.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
GROUP RESULTS
33
Long-Run Loss Rates
Management believe that disclosure of modelled long-run historical loss rates for individually assessed provisions assists in assessing the longer term
expected loss rates of the lending portfolio as it removes the volatility of reported earnings created by the use of accounting losses. The long-run loss
methodology used for economic profit is an internal measure and is not based on the credit loss principles of AASB 9 Financial Instruments. In addition,
given it is based on an average historical long-run loss rate it does not reflect the potential forward looking impacts associated with COVID-19.
As at
Long-run loss as a % of gross lending assets
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Australia Retail and Commercial division
0.28% 0.29% 0.29%
New Zealand division
0.19% 0.18% 0.19%
Institutional division
0.25% 0.25% 0.27%
Total Group
0.26% 0.26% 0.27%
Gross Impaired Assets
1
As at
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Impaired loans
2
2,209 1,711 1,803 29% 23%
Restructured items
3
226 267 264 -15% -14%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
2
164 51 61 large large
Gross impaired assets
2,599 2,029 2,128 28% 22%
Individually assessed provisions
Impaired loans
(1,055) (791) (865) 33% 22%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
(38) (23) (26) 65% 46%
Net impaired assets
1,506 1,215 1,237 24% 22%
Gross impaired assets by division
Australia Retail and Commercial 1,544 1,468 1,463 5% 6%
Institutional
742 265 373 large 99%
New Zealand
264 245 238 8% 11%
Pacific
49 51 53 -4% -8%
TSO and Group Centre
- - 1 n/a -100%
Gross impaired assets
2,599 2,029 2,128 28% 22%
Gross impaired assets by size of exposure
Less than $10 million 1,680 1,593 1,611 5% 4%
$10 million to $100 million
349 247 328 41% 6%
Greater than $100 million
570 189 189 large large
Gross impaired assets
2,599 2,029 2,128 28% 22%
1.
Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
2.
Impaired loans and non-performing commitments and contingencies do not include exposures which are included in collectively assessed Stage 3 ECL, which comprise unsecured retail
exposures greater than 90 days past due and defaulted but well secured exposures.
3.
Restructured items are facilities where the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the customer. Restructuring may consist of
reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.
March 2020 v March 2019
Gross impaired assets increased $471 million (22%) driven by the Institutional division ($369 million), Australia Retail and Commercial division ($81
million) and New Zealand division ($26 million). The increase in the Institutional division relates to impairments on a small number of single name
exposures. The Australia Retail and Commercial division increase was driven by the implementation of a more market responsive collateral valuation
methodology for the Australian home loan portfolio combined with a single name exposure in the commercial portfolio. The increase in New Zealand
is driven by impairments on a small number of single name commercial exposures.
March 2020 v September 2019
Gross impaired assets increased $570 million (28%) driven by the Institutional division ($477 million), Australia Retail and Commercial division ($76
million) and New Zealand division ($19 million). The increase in the Institutional division relates to impairments on a small number of single name
exposures. The Australia Retail and Commercial division increase was driven by the implementation of a more market responsive collateral valuation
methodology for the Australian home loan portfolio combined with a single name exposure in the commercial portfolio.
The Group’s individually assessed provision coverage ratio on impaired assets was 42.1% at 31 March 2020 (Sep 19: 40.1%; Mar 19: 41.9%).
GROUP RESULTS
34
New Impaired Assets
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Impaired loans
1,407 1,070 857
31% 64%
Restructured items
23 29 13
-21% 77%
Non-performing commitments and contingencies
140 18 20 large large
Total new impaired assets
1,570 1,117 890 41% 76%
New impaired assets by division
Australia Retail and Commercial 870 916 715 -5% 22%
Institutional
571 37 41 large large
New Zealand
125 158 120 -21% 4%
Pacific
4 6 14 -33% -71%
TSO and Group Centre
- - - n/a n/a
Total new impaired assets
1,570 1,117 890 41% 76%
1.
Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
March 2020 v March 2019
New impaired assets increased $680 million (76%) with increases in Institutional division ($530 million) related to a small number of impairments of
single name exposures. Australia Retail and Commercial division increases ($155 million) driven by the implementation of a more market responsive
collateral valuation methodology for the Australian home loan portfolio combined with a single name exposure in the commercial portfolio.
March 2020 v September 2019
New impaired assets increased by $453 million (41%) with increases in Institutional division ($534 million) related to a small number of impairments
of single name exposures. This was partially offset by Australia Retail and Commercial division (-$46 million) driven by ongoing lower growth in the
unsecured and small business banking portfolio.
Ageing analysis of net loans and advances that are past due but not impaired
1,2,3
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
1-29 days 9,114 8,383 9,558 9% -5%
30-59 days
2,772 2,255 2,993 23% -7%
60-89 days
1,368 1,369 1,436 0% -5%
>90 days
3,621 3,744 3,328 -3% 9%
Total
16,875 15,751 17,315 7% -3%
1.
Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
2.
In the September 2019 half, ANZ implemented a more market responsive collateral valuation methodology for the home loan portfolio in Australia which increased the number of home loans
being classified as impaired rather than past due. Comparative information was not restated for the change in methodology.
3.
Excludes eligible customers that applied and were granted or are in the process of being granted a 6 month repayment deferral package provided to customers impacted by COVID-19 as at
31 March 2020. Customers who were 30 days past due or greater were not eligible for the 6 month repayment deferral packages.
March 2020 v March 2019
Net loans and advances past due but not impaired decreased $440 million primarily driven by Australia Retail and Commercial division home loan
portfolio in the 1-29 days segment.
March 2020 v September 2019
Net loans and advances past due but not impaired increased $1,124 million primarily driven by Australia Retail and Commercial division and New
Zealand division home loan portfolio in the 1-29 days and 30-59 days segments due to seasonality.
GROUP RESULTS
35
Income Tax Expense - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Income tax expense on cash profit
886 1,263 1,415 -30% -37%
Effective tax rate (cash profit)
38.5% 30.3% 28.4%
March 2020 v March 2019
The effective tax rate has increased from 28.4% to 38.5%. The increase of 1,010 bps is primarily due to the non-tax deductible impairment of
investments in AmBank and PT Panin (+1,065 bps).
March 2020 v September 2019
The effective tax rate has increased from 30.3% to 38.5%. The increase of 820 bps is primarily due to non-tax deductible impairment of investments
in AmBank and PT Panin (+1,065 bps) partially offset by the impact of customer remediation (-146 bps) in the September 2019 half.
GROUP RESULTS
36
Impact of Foreign Currency Translation - continuing operations
The following tables present the Group’s cash profit results and net loans and advances neutralised for the impact of foreign currency translation
movements. Comparative data has been adjusted to remove the translation impact of foreign currency movements by retranslating prior period
comparatives at current period foreign exchange rates.
Cash Profit - March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Half Year Movement
Actual
FX
unadjusted
FX
impact
FX
adjusted
FX
unadjusted
FX
adjusted
Mar 20
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 7,222 7,299 55 7,354 -1% -2%
Other operating income
1,357 2,447 41 2,488 -45% -45%
Operating income
8,579 9,746 96 9,842 -12% -13%
Operating expenses (4,605) (4,365) (57) (4,422) 5% 4%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,974 5,381 39 5,420 -26% -27%
Credit impairment charge (1,674) (393) 2 (391) large large
Profit before income tax
2,300 4,988 41 5,029 -54% -54%
Income tax expense (886) (1,415) (7) (1,422) -37% -38%
Non-controlling interests
(1) (9) (1) (10) -89% -90%
Cash profit from continuing operations
1,413 3,564 33 3,597 -60% -61%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances
1
656,609 610,169 10,585 620,754 8% 6%
Cash Profit - March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Half Year Movement
Actual
FX
unadjusted
FX
impact
FX
adjusted
FX
unadjusted
FX
adjusted
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Net interest income 7,222 7,040 29 7,069 3% 2%
Other operating income
1,357 2,243 22 2,265 -40% -40%
Operating income
8,579 9,283 51 9,334 -8% -8%
Operating expenses (4,605) (4,706) (30) (4,736) -2% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
3,974 4,577 21 4,598 -13% -14%
Credit impairment charge (1,674) (402) (2) (404) large large
Profit before income tax
2,300 4,175 19 4,194 -45% -45%
Income tax expense (886) (1,263) (6) (1,269) -30% -30%
Non-controlling interests
(1) (6) - (6) -83% -83%
Cash profit from continuing operations
1,413 2,906 13 2,919 -51% -52%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances
1
656,609 615,258 11,760 627,018 7% 5%
1.
Balance sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing and discontinued operations.
GROUP RESULTS
37
Earnings Related Hedges – continuing operations
Where it is considered appropriate, the Group takes out economic hedges against larger foreign exchange denominated revenue streams (primarily New
Zealand Dollar, US Dollar and US Dollar correlated). New Zealand Dollar exposure relates to the New Zealand geography and USD exposures relate to
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America. Details of these hedges are set out below.
Half Year
NZD Economic hedges
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Net open NZD position (notional principal)
1
3,165 3,451 3,361
Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)
2
(156) 115 (105)
Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)
3
(13) (18) (25)
USD Economic hedges
Net open USD position (notional principal)
1
662 769 561
Amount taken to income (pre-tax statutory basis)
2
(39) (37) (2)
Amount taken to income (pre-tax cash basis)
3
(15) (8) -
1.
Value in AUD at contracted rate.
2.
Unrealised valuation movement plus realised revenue from matured or closed out hedges.
3.
Realised revenue from closed out hedges.
As at 31 March 2020, the following hedges were in place to partially hedge future earnings against adverse movements in exchange rates:
NZD 3.3 billion at a forward rate of approximately NZD 1.05/AUD.
USD 0.4 billion at a forward rate of approximately USD 0.67/AUD.
During the March 2020 half:
NZD 1.1 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised loss of $13 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.
USD 0.2 billion of economic hedges matured and a realised loss of $15 million (pre-tax) was recorded in cash profit.
An unrealised loss of $167 million (pre-tax) on the outstanding NZD and USD economic hedges were recorded in the statutory Income Statement
during the year. This unrealised loss has been treated as an adjustment to statutory profit in calculating cash profit as these are hedges of future
NZD and USD revenues.
Earnings per Share - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Cash earnings per share (cents) from continuing operations
Basic
49.9 102.7 124.8 -51% -60%
Diluted
47.5 98.7 118.4 -52% -60%
Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares (M)
1
Basic 2,830.6 2,829.3 2,856.9 0% -1%
Diluted
3,238.6 3,075.5 3,125.8 5% 4%
Cash profit from continuing operations ($M) 1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
Cash profit from continuing operations used in calculating diluted
cash earnings per share ($M)
1,537 3,037 3,701 -49% -58%
1.
Cash weighted average number of ordinary shares for the comparative periods includes ANZ shares previously held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations as treasury shares. These
shares ceased to be treasury shares on completion of the successor fund transfer on 13 April 2019 in preparation for the disposal of discontinued operations.
GROUP RESULTS
38
Dividends - continuing operations
Half Year
Movement
Dividend per ordinary share (cents) - continuing operations
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Interim
- fully franked
1,2,3
TBD N/A 80
- partially franked
1
TBD N/A N/A
Final (partially franked)
3,4
N/A 80 N/A
Total
TBD 80 80
Ordinary share dividends used in payout ratio ($M)
5
TBD 2,268 2,267
Cash profit from continuing operations ($M)
1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio (cash basis)
5
TBD 78.0% 63.6%
1.
The decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend has been deferred until the economic outlook is clearer and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
2.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) for the 2019 interim dividend.
3.
Carries New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the 2019 interim and final dividend.
4.
Partially franked at 70% for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate).
5.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2020 half will be determined when the decision on the 2020 interim dividend has been made. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2019 half
and March 2019 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $2,268 million and $2,267 million respectively.
With consideration to the current uncertainties in the economic outlook and the letter issued by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) to
all Authorised Deposit Taking Institutions (ADIs) on 7 April 2020, on capital management and the ongoing Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the ANZ
board has deferred the decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend until the economic outlook is clearer. Decisions in relation to the Dividend
Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan will also be made at that time as applicable.
The Board will continue to deliberate and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
GROUP RESULTS
39
Condensed Balance Sheet - including discontinued operations
As at
Movement
Assets
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Cash / Settlement balances owed to ANZ / Collateral paid 166.8 100.3 109.9 66% 52%
Trading and investment securities
135.0 126.9 121.8 6% 11%
Derivative financial instruments
173.7 120.7 79.4 44% large
Net loans and advances
656.6 615.3 609.3 7% 8%
Assets held for sale
- 1.8 43.5 -100% -100%
Other
17.9 16.1 16.4 11% 9%
Total assets
1,150.0 981.1 980.3 17% 17%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ / Collateral received 39.8 18.8 18.1 large large
Deposits and other borrowings
726.9 637.7 635.0 14% 14%
Derivative financial instruments
167.4 121.0 80.9 38% large
Liabilities held for sale
- 2.1 46.6 -100% -100%
Debt issuances
140.2 129.7 129.7 8% 8%
Other
14.3 11.0 10.0 30% 43%
Total liabilities
1,088.6 920.3 920.3 18% 18%
Total equity 61.4 60.8 60.0 1% 2%
March 2020 v March 2019
Cash/Settlement balances owed to ANZ/Collateral paid increased $56.9 billion (+52%) driven by an increase in balances with central banks in
Markets, increased overnight bank deposits in Treasury, increase in short term reverse repurchase agreements in Markets and Treasury,
increase in collateral paid associated with higher derivative liability position and foreign currency translation movements.
Trading and investment securities increased $13.2 billion (+11%) driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets and the impact of foreign
currency translation movements.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $94.3 billion and $86.5 billion respectively as interest rate and foreign exchange movements
resulted in higher derivative volumes and fair values, particularly in interest rate and foreign exchange swap products.
Net loans and advances increased $47.3 billion (+8%), driven by lending growth in the Institutional division (+$39.3 billion), growth in home loans
in the New Zealand division (+$4.6 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially offset by the decrease in Australia
Retail and Commercial division (-$6.8 billion) across home loans and unsecured portfolios.
Assets and liabilities held for sale decreased $43.5 billion (-100%) and $46.6 billion (-100%) respectively driven by the sale completion of the life
insurance business to IOOF and Zurich, Cambodia JV and PNG Retail, Commercial and SME.
Settlement balances owed by ANZ/Collateral received increased $21.7 billion driven by higher cash clearing account balances in the Institutional
division, an increase in collateral received associated with higher derivative asset position and foreign currency translation movements.
Deposits and other borrowings increased $91.9 billion (+14%) driven by increased customer deposits in the Institutional division (+$37.5 billion),
Australia Retail and Commercial division (+$9.6 billion) and New Zealand division (+$4.4 billion), an increase in deposits from banks and
repurchase agreements (+$10.9 billion), an increase in commercial paper issued (+$6.3 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation
movements. This was partially offset by reduction in certificates of deposit (-$6.2 billion).
Debt issuances increased $10.5 billion (+8%) driven by senior debt issuances and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
March 2020 v September 2019
Cash/Settlement balances owed to ANZ/Collateral paid increased $66.5 billion (+66%) driven by an increase in balances with central banks in
Markets, increased overnight bank deposits in Treasury, increase in short term reverse repurchase agreements in Markets and Treasury,
increase in collateral paid associated with higher derivative liability position and foreign currency translation movements.
Trading and investment securities increased $8.1 billion (+6%) driven by an increase in liquid assets in Markets and the impact of foreign
currency translation movements.
Derivative financial assets and liabilities increased $53.0 billion (+44%) and $46.4 billion (+38%) respectively as interest rate and foreign
exchange movements resulted in higher derivative volumes and fair values, particularly in interest rate and foreign exchange swap products.
Net loans and advances increased $41.3 billion (+7%), driven by lending growth in the Institutional division (+$29.2 billion), growth in home loans
in the New Zealand division (+$2.8 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation movements, partially offset by the decrease in Australia
Retail and Commercial division (-$2.1 billion) across home loans and unsecured portfolios.
Settlement balances owed by ANZ/Collateral received increased $21.0 billion driven by higher cash clearing account balances in the Institutional
division, an increase in collateral received associated with higher derivative asset position and foreign currency translation movements.
Deposits and other borrowings increased $89.2 billion (+14%) driven by increased customer deposits in the Institutional division (+$29.2 billion),
Australia Retail and Commercial division (+$5.0 billion) and New Zealand division (+$3.5 billion), an increase in deposits from banks and
repurchase agreements (+$20.2 billion), an increase in commercial paper issued (+$9.8 billion) and the impact of foreign currency translation
movements.
Debt issuances increased $10.5 billion (+8%) driven by senior debt issuances and the impact of foreign currency translation movements.
GROUP RESULTS
40
Liquidity Risk - including discontinued operations
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due, including repaying depositors or maturing wholesale
debt, or that the Group has insufficient capacity to fund increases in assets. The timing mismatch of cash flows and the related liquidity risk is inherent in
all banking operations and is closely monitored by the Group and managed in accordance with the risk appetite set by the Board.
The Group’s approach to liquidity risk management incorporates two key components:
Scenario modelling of funding sources
ANZ’s liquidity risk appetite is defined by the ability to meet a range of regulatory requirements and internal liquidity metrics mandated by the Board.
The metrics cover a range of scenarios of varying duration and level of severity. The objective of this framework is to:
Provide protection against shorter term extreme market dislocation and stress.
Maintain structural strength in the balance sheet by ensuring that an appropriate amount of longer-term assets are funded with longer-term
funding.
Ensure that no undue timing concentrations exist in the Group’s funding profile.
A key component of this framework is the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which is a severe short term liquidity stress scenario mandated by banking
regulators including APRA. As part of meeting LCR requirements, ANZ has a Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF) with the Reserve Bank of Australia
(RBA). The CLF has been established to offset the shortage of available High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA) in Australia and provides an alternative
form of contingent liquidity. The total amount of the CLF available to a qualifying Authorised Deposit-taking Institution (ADI) is set annually by APRA.
From 1 January 2020, ANZ’s CLF is $35.7 billion (2019 calendar year end: $48.0 billion).
Liquid assets
The Group holds a portfolio of high quality unencumbered liquid assets in order to protect the Group’s liquidity position in a severely stressed
environment, as well as to meet regulatory requirements. High Quality Liquid Assets comprise three categories, with the definitions consistent with
Basel 3 LCR:
Highest-quality liquid assets (HQLA1): Cash, highest credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities eligible for repurchase
with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
High-quality liquid assets (HQLA2): High credit quality government, central bank or public sector securities, high quality corporate debt securities
and high quality covered bonds eligible for repurchase with central banks to provide same-day liquidity.
Alternative liquid assets (ALA): Assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF and other eligible securities listed by the Reserve Bank of New
Zealand (RBNZ).
The Group monitors and manages the size and composition of its liquid assets portfolio on an ongoing basis in line with regulatory requirements and
the risk appetite set by the Board.
COVID-19 has impacted the normal operations of financial markets including funding markets, however the actions of governments globally and central
banks including; the RBA, RBNZ and the US Federal Reserve have provided significant liquidity support to the system and financial markets generally.
ANZ’s liquidity measures have remained above management targets throughout this period and have strengthened further following the actions of central
banks.
Half Year Average
Movement
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Market Values Post Discount
1
HQLA1 159.3 131.5 134.5
21% 18%
HQLA2
9.6 9.5 7.6
1% 26%
Internal Residential Mortgage Backed Securities
27.7 34.5 34.2
-20% -19%
Other ALA
2
12.8 12.2 12.9
5% -1%
Total liquid assets
209.4 187.7 189.2 12% 11%
Cash flows modelled under stress scenario
Cash outflows 191.9 176.6 176.3 9% 9%
Cash inflows
41.2 45.4 38.6 -9% 7%
Net cash outflows
150.7 131.2 137.7 15% 9%
Liquidity Coverage Ratio
3
139% 143% 137% -4% 2%
1.
Half year average basis, calculated as prescribed per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard (APS 210 Liquidity) and consistent with APS 330 requirements.
2.
Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the CLF, excluding internal residential mortgage backed securities, up to approved facility limit; and any liquid assets contained in the
RBNZ's Liquidity Policy - Annex: Liquidity Assets - Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A12.
3.
All currency Level 2 LCR.
GROUP RESULTS
41
Funding - including discontinued operations
ANZ targets a diversified funding base, avoiding undue concentrations by investor type, maturity, market source and currency.
$11.9 billion of term wholesale debt with a remaining term greater than one year as at 31 March 2020 was issued during the half year ended 31 March
2020.
The following table shows the Group’s total funding composition:
As at Movement
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Customer deposits and other liabilities
Australia Retail and Commercial 213.0 208.0 203.4 2% 5%
Institutional
258.5 217.3 205.4 19% 26%
New Zealand
91.2 83.4 85.4 9% 7%
Pacific
3.8 3.5 3.5 9% 9%
TSO and Group Centre
1
- (0.4) (4.3) -100% -100%
Customer deposits
566.5 511.8 493.4 11% 15%
Other funding liabilities
2,3
11.1 9.6 8.6 16% 29%
Total customer liabilities (funding)
577.6 521.4 502.0 11% 15%
Wholesale funding
Debt issuances 119.1 113.1 113.4 5% 5%
Subordinated debt
21.1 16.6 16.3 27% 29%
Certificates of deposit
37.9 36.6 43.6 4% -13%
Commercial paper
21.8 11.7 14.7 86% 48%
Other wholesale borrowings
4,5
130.0 92.3 100.1 41% 30%
Total wholesale funding
329.9 270.3 288.1 22% 15%
Shareholders' equity 61.4 60.8 60.0 1% 2%
Total funding 968.9 852.5 850.1 14% 14%
1.
Includes term deposits, other deposits and an adjustment recognised in prior periods in Group Centre to eliminate Wealth Australia discontinued operations investments in ANZ deposit
products.
2.
Includes interest accruals, payables and other liabilities, provisions and net tax provisions, excluding other liabilities in Wealth Australia discontinued operations.
3.
Excludes liability for acceptances as they do not provide net funding.
4.
Includes borrowings from banks, securities sold under repurchase agreements, net derivative balances, special purpose vehicles and other borrowings.
5.
Includes RBA open repurchase arrangement netted down by the exchange settlement account cash balance.
Net Stable Funding Ratio
The following table shows the Level 2 Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) composition:
As at Movement
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Required Stable Funding
1
Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans <35% risk weight
2
187.4 182.2 182.9 3% 2%
Retail & small and medium enterprises, corporate loans >35% risk weight
2
193.2 180.7 189.1 7% 2%
Other lending
3
26.9 27.6 23.2 -3% 16%
Liquid assets
16.0 12.4 10.7 29% 50%
Other assets
4
45.3 40.0 40.2 13% 13%
Total Required Stable Funding
468.8 442.9 446.1 6% 5%
Available Stable Funding
1
Retail & small and medium enterprise customer deposits 257.3 241.3 236.6 7% 9%
Corporate, public sector entities & operational deposits
110.0 93.5 91.5 18% 20%
Central bank & other financial institution deposits
5.5 6.2 6.1 -11% -10%
Term funding
95.8 95.6 101.2 0% -5%
Short term funding & other liabilities
1.4 2.0 3.7 -30% -62%
Capital
82.1 76.9 73.9 7% 11%
Total Available Stable Funding
552.1 515.5 513.0 7% 8%
Net Stable Funding Ratio 118% 116% 115% 2% 3%
1.
NSFR factored balance as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 210 Liquidity.
2.
Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential Regulatory Standard APS 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk.
3.
Includes financial institution and central bank loans.
4.
Includes off-balance sheet items, net derivatives and other assets.
GROUP RESULTS
42
Capital Management - including discontinued operations
As at
APRA Basel 3 Internationally Comparable Basel 3
1
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19 Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Capital Ratios (Level 2)
Common Equity Tier 1 10.8% 11.4% 11.5% 15.5% 16.4% 16.9%
Tier 1
12.5% 13.2% 13.4% 17.8% 18.8% 19.3%
Total capital
15.5% 15.3% 15.3% 21.5% 21.4% 21.7%
Risk weighted assets ($B)
449.0 417.0 396.3 353.7 330.4 310.9
1.
Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).
APRA Basel 3 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1 ratio) - March 2020 v September 2019
1.
Excludes large/notable items for the purposes of Regulatory Capital Management attribution which are included in ‘other’ with the exception of Asian associate impairments which are nil
impact to capital since it results in an equivalent reduction in capital deductions. Refer to pages 13 to 16.
March 2020 v September 2019
ANZ’s CET1 ratio decreased 60 bps to 10.8% during the March 2020 half. Key drivers of the movement in the CET1 ratio were:
Cash NPAT (excluding large/notable items and credit impairment charge or CIC) increased the CET1 ratio by +87 bps
The above however was offset by :
The impact from increases in CIC including the associated deferred tax assets (DTA) increase, along with the impact of RWA risk migration, which
totalled -43 bps. These increases were primarily driven by the COVID-19 impact.
Higher underlying RWA usage (excluding foreign currency translation movements, regulatory changes and other one-offs) from strong lending
growth, mainly within the Institutional division.
Capital deductions reduced the CET1 ratio by -5 bps, representing the movements in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities, capitalised
software and other intangible movements during the half.
Payment of the September 2019 final dividend (net of BOP issuance, neutralised DRP) which reduced the CET1 ratio by 53 bps.
Other impacts of -2 bps. This included the capital benefits from sale of the Pension and Investment business to IOOF (+19 bps), but was more
than offset by the impacts from net increase in RWA imposts (-5 bps) which included the implementation of AASB 16, large/notable adjustments
(-7 bps) and various other movements (-9 bps).
Total Risk Weighted Assets As at Movement
Mar 20
$B
Sep 19
$B
Mar 19
$B
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Credit RWA 386.0 358.1 345.5 8% 12%
Market risk and IRRBB RWA
15.1 12.3 13.1 22% 15%
Operational RWA
47.9 46.6 37.7 3% 27%
Total RWA
449.0 417.0 396.3 8% 13%
GROUP RESULTS
43
Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWA) - March 2020 v September 2019
March 2020 v September 2019
Total RWA increased by $32.0 billion. Excluding the impact of foreign currency translation movements and other non-recurring CRWA changes,
underlying CRWAs (divisional lending and risk migration) increased by $16.9 billion, mainly driven by lending growth in the Institutional division.
Other CRWA changes are mainly net impacts from RWA imposts including the impacts from implementation of AASB 16. The total increase in non-
CRWA was $4.1 billion, of which of $2.8 billion mainly reflects increase in Market Risk RWA as a result of increased market volatility and IRRBB
RWA due to a deterioration in embedded gains. The increase in Operational Risk RWA of $1.3 billion is due to impacts of foreign exchange
movements.
APRA to Internationally Comparable
1
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1 ratio) as at 31 March 2020
1.
ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011)
and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards” (June 2006). Also includes differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled “International Capital
Comparison Study” (13 July 2015).
The above provides a reconciliation of the CET1 ratio under APRA’s Basel 3 prudential capital standards to Internationally Comparable Basel 3
standards. APRA views the Basel 3 reforms as a minimum requirement and hence has not incorporated some of the concessions proposed in the Basel
3 rules and has also set higher requirements in other areas. As a result, Australian banks’ Basel 3 reported capital ratios will not be directly comparable
with international peers. The International Comparable Basel 3 CET1 ratio incorporates differences between APRA and both the Basel Committee Basel
3 framework (including differences identified in the March 2014 Basel Committee’s Regulatory Consistency Assessment Programme (RCAP) on Basel 3
implementation in Australia) and its application in major offshore jurisdictions.
The material differences between APRA Basel 3 and Internationally Comparable Basel 3 ratios include:
Deductions
Investments in insurance and banking associates - APRA requires full deduction against CET1. On an Internationally Comparable basis, these
investments are subject to a concessional threshold before a deduction is required.
Deferred tax assets - A full deduction is required from CET1 for deferred tax assets (DTA) relating to temporary differences. On an Internationally
Comparable basis, this is first subject to a concessional threshold before the deduction is required.
Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)
Mortgages RWA - APRA imposes a floor of 20% on the downturn Loss Given Default (LGD) used in credit RWA calculations for residential
mortgages. The Internationally Comparable Basel 3 framework requires a downturn LGD floor of 10%. Additionally, from July 2016, APRA requires a
higher correlation factor than the Basel framework.
IRRBB RWA - APRA requires inclusion of Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB) within the RWA base for the CET1 ratio calculation. This
is not required on an Internationally Comparable basis.
Specialised lending - APRA requires the supervisory slotting approach to be used in determining credit RWA for specialised lending exposures. The
Internationally Comparable basis allows for the advanced internal ratings based approach to be used when calculating RWA for these exposures.
Unsecured Corporate Lending LGD - an adjustment to align ANZ’s unsecured corporate lending LGD to 45% to be consistent with banks in other
jurisdictions. The 45% LGD rate is also used in the Foundation Internal Ratings-Based approach (FIRB).
Undrawn Corporate Lending Exposure at Default (EAD) - an adjustment to ANZ’s credit conversion factors (CCF) for undrawn corporate loan
commitments to 75% (used in FIRB approach) to align with banks in other jurisdictions.
GROUP RESULTS
44
Leverage Ratio - including discontinued operations
At 31 March 2020, the Group’s APRA Leverage Ratio was 5.0% which is above the 3.5% APRA proposed minimum for internal ratings-based approach
ADI (IRB ADI) which includes ANZ. The following table summarises the Group’s Leverage Ratio calculation:
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Tier 1 Capital (net of capital deductions) 56,295 55,221 53,075 2% 6%
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transaction
exposures)
899,411 810,644 810,915 11% 11%
Derivative exposures
42,868 34,258 31,439 25% 36%
Securities financing transaction exposures
67,443 36,923 37,287 83% 81%
Other off-balance sheet exposures
114,677 107,400 105,942 7% 8%
Total exposure measure
1,124,399 989,225 985,583 14% 14%
APRA Leverage Ratio 5.0% 5.6% 5.4%
Internationally Comparable Leverage Ratio 5.6% 6.2% 6.0%
March 2020 v September 2019
APRA leverage ratio decreased 57 bps during the half. Key drivers of the movement were:
On balance sheet exposures growth primarily from higher liquids and loan growth in the Institutional business (-32 bps).
Growth in securities financing transactions further decreased the leverage ratio by 15 bps.
Increase in derivatives exposures and non-market other off-balance sheet exposures reduced the leverage ratio by 6 bps.
Net other impacts of -4 bps. This included the benefits from sale of the Pension and Investment business to IOOF (+8 bps) but is more than
offset by impacts from increased deferred tax assets (-4 bps), large and notable adjustments (-3 bps), impact from implementation of AASB 16 (-
2 bps) and other items (-3 bps).
GROUP RESULTS
45
Capital Management – Other Developments
Capital Requirements – Unquestionably Strong
The Australian Government completed a comprehensive inquiry into Australia’s financial system in 2014 which included a number of key
recommendations that may have an impact on regulatory capital levels. APRA initiatives in support of the recommendations are:
In July 2017, APRA released an information paper outlining its assessment on the additional capital required for the Australian banking sector to
be considered ‘unquestionably strong’ as originally outlined in the FSI final report in December 2014. APRA indicated that “in the case of the four
major Australian banks, this equated to a benchmark CET1 capital ratio, under the current capital adequacy framework, of at least 10.5 percent
from 1 January 2020”.
APRA is consulting on a number of proposals in relation to risk-weighting framework revisions to credit risk, operational risk, market risk and
interest rate risk in the banking book requirements. While the final forms of these proposals is not yet determined, the Group expects the
implementation of any revisions to the current requirements will result in further changes to the risk weighting framework for certain asset classes
and other risk types (such as market and operational risk). APRA has announced that it does not expect that the changes to the risk weights will
necessitate further increases in capital for ADIs, although this could vary by ADIs depending on the final requirements.
APRA released a discussion paper in August 2018 on adjustments to the overall design of the capital framework to improve transparency,
international comparability and flexibility of the ADIs capital framework. The focus of the proposals is on the presentation of the capital ratios to
facilitate comparability whilst recognising the relative capital strength of ADIs and measures to enhance supervisory flexibility in times of financial
stress.
APRA’s consultation for the above is ongoing. In response to the challenging economic environment resulting from the COVID-19 disruptions, APRA
has:
Announced a temporary change to its expectations with regards to ADIs maintaining bank capital ratios at the Unquestionably Strong benchmark
of 10.5% for CET1. During the period of disruption, APRA would not be concerned if ADIs are not meeting this benchmark as the current large
buffers may be needed to facilitate ongoing lending to the Australian economy.
Deferred its scheduled implementation of changes to ADIs risk-weighting framework by one year. The majority of the capital reforms were initially
due for implementation on 1 January 2022, but these have now been revised to 1 January 2023. The deferral also includes APRA proposals on
improving transparency, international comparability and flexibility of the ADIs capital framework.
Given the number of items that are yet to be finalised by APRA, the final outcome of the FSI including any further changes to APRA’s prudential
standards or other impacts on the Group remains uncertain.
APRA Guidance on Capital Management
As a result of the COVID-19 disruption, on 7 April 2020, APRA wrote to ADIs and provided additional guidance to ADIs on the factors to consider
when making decisions on discretionary capital distributions such as the Group’s ordinary share dividend. APRA has also indicated that during the
period of the disruption (and at least in the next two months from the date of the guidance), APRA expects ADIs to seriously consider deferring
decisions on the appropriate level of dividends until the outlook is clearer. However, where a Board is confident that they are able to approve a
dividend before this, on the basis of robust stress testing results that have been discussed with APRA, this should nevertheless be at a materially
reduced level. Dividend payments should be offset to the extent possible through the use of dividend reinvestment plans and other capital
management initiatives.
APRA Total Loss Absorbing Capacity Requirements
In July 2019, APRA announced its decision on loss-absorbing capacity in which it will require domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs),
including ANZ, to increase their Total Capital by 3% of risk-weighted assets by January 2024. Based on ANZ’s capital position as at 31 March 2020,
this represents an incremental increase in the Total Capital requirement of approximately $9 billion, with an equivalent decrease in other senior
funding. APRA has stated that it anticipates that D-SIBs would satisfy the requirement predominantly with Tier 2 capital.
Revisions to Related Entities Framework
APRA announced in August 2019 that it will implement its proposal to reduce limits for Australian ADIs’ exposure to related entities, reducing limits
from 50% of Level 1 Total capital to 25% of Level 1 Tier 1 capital. As exposures are measured net of capital deductions, the proposed changes to
APRA’s capital regulations (contained in APS111 below) would affect the measurement of ADIs exposures. On the basis that the APS111 revisions
are implemented as currently proposed, the reduction in the above limits is not expected to have a material impact on ANZ and its subsidiaries. The
implementation date for changes to the related entities framework has been deferred by APRA to 1 January 2022 (12 month deferral from initial
implementation date of 1 January 2021).
GROUP RESULTS
46
Revisions to APS111 Capital Adequacy
In October 2019, APRA released a discussion paper on draft revisions to the prudential standards APS111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of
Capital for consultation. The most material change from APRA’s proposal is in relation to the treatment of capital investments for each banking and
insurance subsidiary at Level 1 with the tangible component of the investment changing from 400% risk weighting to:
250% risk weighting up to an amount equal to 10% of ANZ’s net Level 1 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1); and
the remainder of the investment will be treated as a CET1 capital deduction.
ANZ is reviewing the implications for its current investments. The net impact on the Group is unclear and will depend upon a number of factors
including the capitalisation of the affected subsidiaries at the time of implementation, the final form of the prudential standard, as well as the effect of
management actions being pursued that have the potential to materially offset the impact of these proposals. Based on ANZ’s current investment in
its affected subsidiaries and in the absence of any offsetting management actions, the above proposals implies a reduction in ANZ’s Level 1 CET1
capital ratio of up to approximately $2.5bn (~75 basis points). However, ANZ believes that this outcome is unlikely and, post implementation of
management actions, the net capital impact could be minimal. There is no impact on ANZ’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio arising from these proposed
changes. The proposed implementation date of 1 January 2021 for these changes is currently under review by APRA in line with their
announcements to suspend public consultation on revisions to prudential standards that are currently underway or upcoming, with no plans for
recommencement before 30 September 2020.
The Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) review of capital requirements
On 5 December 2019, ANZBGL provided an update on the impacts of the release of RBNZ’s final capital requirements. The key changes to the
RBNZ final capital requirements relative to the consultation paper:
No change in total Tier 1 capital required for ANZ New Zealand of 16%, the transition period is longer at seven years, and there is a reduced
impact on CET1 capital for the Group;
A greater proportion of the increase is in AT1 capital (2.5% compared to the initial proposal of 1.5%), decreasing the amount of CET1 capital
required; and
Redeemable preference shares are allowable as AT1 capital. It is anticipated that ANZ New Zealand will be able to refinance existing internal
AT1 securities to external counterparties.
At the time of the RBNZ announcement the net impact on the Group is an increase in CET1 capital of approximately A$3.0 billion by July 2027 over
the seven year transition period (based on the Group’s 30 September 2019 balance sheet), which includes an approximately A$1.0 billion
management buffer.
The RBNZ has delayed the commencement date of the increased capital requirements by 12 months to 1 July 2021 (from 1 July 2020) in response
to the uncertainties from the COVID-19 pandemic.
RBNZ announcement on actions to support the banking system
With effect from 2 April 2020, the RBNZ amended ANZ New Zealand's Conditions of Registration to (among other things) prohibit ANZ New Zealand
from making distributions other than discretionary payments payable to holders of Additional Tier 1 capital instruments. This restriction applies to all
New Zealand-incorporated banks, and is intended to support the stability of the financial system during the COVID-19 pandemic. These requirements
prevent ANZ New Zealand from redeeming its NZ$500 million Capital Notes in May 2020, although ANZ New Zealand can continue making coupon
payments on those Capital Notes. The terms of the Capital Notes provide for their conversion into a variable number of ANZBGL shares in May 2020
(ANZ New Zealand option) or May 2022 subject to certain conditions. Conversion would result in an increase in the Group’s CET1
capital (~12bps at
Level 2). ANZ New Zealand has announced that it will not be exercising its option to convert in May 2020.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
47
CONTENTS Page
Divisional Performance - continuing operations 48
Australia Retail and Commercial - continuing operations 53
Institutional - continuing operations 57
New Zealand - continuing operations 64
Pacific - continuing operations 69
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre - continuing operations 69
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
48
Divisional Performance - continuing operations
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and
Technology, Services & Operations (TSO) and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions, refer to the Definitions on page 141.
The Divisional Results section is reported on a cash profit basis for continuing operations. For information on discontinued operations please
refer to the Guide to Half Year Results on page 8.
The divisions reported are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
49
Cash profit by division - March 2020 Half Year v March 2019 Half Year
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 7,222
Other operating income
595 1,167 247 50 (702) 1,357
Operating income
4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 8,579
Operating expenses (2,065) (1,290) (690) (76) (484) (4,605)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,578 1,501 967 39 (1,111) 3,974
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
1,735 860 788 28 (1,111) 2,300
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (521) (250) (221) (8) 113 (887)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,214 610 567 20 (998) 1,413
March 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,092 1,579 1,385 68 175 7,299
Other operating income 651 1,126 302 50 318 2,447
Operating income 4,743 2,705 1,687 118 493 9,746
Operating expenses (1,913) (1,320) (612) (70) (450) (4,365)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,830 1,385 1,075 48 43 5,381
Credit impairment (charge)/release (396) 35 (30) (2) - (393)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 2,434 1,420 1,045 46 43 4,988
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (731) (408) (292) (13) 20 (1,424)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,703 1,012 753 33 63 3,564
March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income -1% 3% 2% -4% -57% -1%
Other operating income -9% 4% -18% 0% large -45%
Operating income -2% 3% -2% -3% large -12%
Operating expenses 8% -2% 13% 9% 8% 5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -9% 8% -10% -19% large -26%
Credit impairment charge/(release) large large large large n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -29% -39% -25% -39% large -54%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -29% -39% -24% -38% large -38%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations -29% -40% -25% -39% large -60%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
50
Cash profit by division - March 2020 Half Year v September 2019 Half Year
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 7,222
Other operating income
595 1,167 247 50 (702) 1,357
Operating income
4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 8,579
Operating expenses (2,065) (1,290) (690) (76) (484) (4,605)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,578 1,501 967 39 (1,111) 3,974
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
1,735 860 788 28 (1,111) 2,300
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (521) (250) (221) (8) 113 (887)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,214 610 567 20 (998) 1,413
September 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,000 1,501 1,351 60 128 7,040
Other operating income 696 1,066 278 54 149 2,243
Operating income 4,696 2,567 1,629 114 277 9,283
Operating expenses (2,161) (1,347) (674) (80) (444) (4,706)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,535 1,220 955 34 (167) 4,577
Credit impairment (charge)/release (316) (33) (57) 3 1 (402)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 2,219 1,187 898 37 (166) 4,175
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (727) (371) (252) (11) 92 (1,269)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,492 816 646 26 (74) 2,906
March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income 1% 8% 4% 8% -41% 3%
Other operating income -15% 9% -11% -7% large -40%
Operating income -1% 9% 2% 1% large -8%
Operating expenses -4% -4% 2% -5% 9% -2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2% 23% 1% 15% large -13%
Credit impairment charge/(release) large large large large -100% large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -22% -28% -12% -24% large -45%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -28% -33% -12% -27% 23% -30%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations -19% -25% -12% -23% large -51%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
51
Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items
1
) - March 2020 Half Year v March 2019 Half Year
The Group cash profit results include a number of items collectively referred to as large/notable items. While these items form part of cash profit they
have been excluded from the tables below given their nature and significance.
1.
Refer to pages 13 to 16 for a description of large/notable items.
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,058 1,628 1,423 67 89 7,265
Other operating income
625 1,163 255 50 103 2,196
Operating income
4,683 2,791 1,678 117 192 9,461
Operating expenses (1,887) (1,275) (671) (74) (448) (4,355)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,796 1,516 1,007 43 (256) 5,106
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
1,953 875 828 32 (256) 3,432
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (586) (253) (233) (9) 100 (981)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,367 622 595 23 (156) 2,451
March 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,114 1,548 1,381 68 181 7,292
Other operating income 693 1,109 280 50 84 2,216
Operating income 4,807 2,657 1,661 118 265 9,508
Operating expenses (1,858) (1,293) (604) (70) (415) (4,240)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,949 1,364 1,057 48 (150) 5,268
Credit impairment (charge)/release (396) 34 (30) (2) - (394)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 2,553 1,398 1,027 46 (150) 4,874
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (767) (394) (288) (13) 55 (1,407)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,786 1,004 739 33 (95) 3,467
March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income -1% 5% 3% -1% -51% 0%
Other operating income -10% 5% -9% 0% 23% -1%
Operating income -3% 5% 1% -1% -28% 0%
Operating expenses 2% -1% 11% 6% 8% 3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -5% 11% -5% -10% 71% -3%
Credit impairment charge/(release) large large large large n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -24% -37% -19% -30% 71% -30%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -24% -36% -19% -31% 82% -30%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations -23% -38% -19% -30% 64% -29%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
52
Cash profit by division (excluding large/notable items
1
) - March 2020 Half Year v September 2019 Half Year
1.
Refer to pages 13 to 16 for a description of large/notable items.
March 2020 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income
4,058 1,628 1,423 67 89 7,265
Other operating income
625 1,163 255 50 103 2,196
Operating income
4,683 2,791 1,678 117 192 9,461
Operating expenses (1,887) (1,275) (671) (74) (448) (4,355)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,796 1,516 1,007 43 (256) 5,106
Credit impairment (charge)/release (843) (641) (179) (11) - (1,674)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
1,953 875 828 32 (256) 3,432
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (586) (253) (233) (9) 100 (981)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations
1,367 622 595 23 (156) 2,451
September 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial
$M
Institutional
$M
New Zealand
$M
Pacific
$M
TSO and
Group Centre
$M
Group
$M
Net interest income 4,064 1,477 1,399 67 131 7,138
Other operating income 704 1,064 287 54 131 2,240
Operating income 4,768 2,541 1,686 121 262 9,378
Operating expenses (1,885) (1,282) (650) (73) (432) (4,322)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 2,883 1,259 1,036 48 (170) 5,056
Credit impairment (charge)/release (316) (31) (57) 3 1 (400)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 2,567 1,228 979 51 (169) 4,656
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (772) (380) (275) (11) 87 (1,351)
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations 1,795 848 704 40 (82) 3,305
March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional New Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group Centre Group
Net interest income 0% 10% 2% 0% -32% 2%
Other operating income -11% 9% -11% -7% -21% -2%
Operating income -2% 10% 0% -3% -27% 1%
Operating expenses 0% -1% 3% 1% 4% 1%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -3% 20% -3% -10% 51% 1%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large large -100% large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -24% -29% -15% -37% 51% -26%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -24% -33% -15% -18% 15% -27%
Cash profit/(loss) from continuing operations -24% -27% -15% -43% 90% -26%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial – continuing operations
Mark Hand
53
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 16 and pages 51 to 52 for details.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 4,048 4,000 4,092
1% -1%
Other operating income
595 696 651
-15% -9%
Operating income
4,643 4,696 4,743
-1% -2%
Operating expenses (2,065) (2,161) (1,913)
-4% 8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
2,578 2,535 2,830
2% -9%
Credit impairment charge (843) (316) (396)
large large
Profit before income tax
1,735 2,219 2,434
-22% -29%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (521) (727) (731)
-28% -29%
Cash profit
1,214 1,492 1,703
-19% -29%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 329,812 331,871 336,584
-1% -2%
Other external assets
3,836 4,350 4,151
-12% -8%
External assets
333,648 336,221 340,735
-1% -2%
Customer deposits 212,990 208,005 203,366
2% 5%
Other external liabilities 9,478 9,610 9,665
-1% -2%
External liabilities
222,468 217,615 213,031
2% 4%
Risk weighted assets 161,758 162,060 159,310
0% 2%
Average gross loans and advances 333,617 336,302 341,282
-1% -2%
Average deposits and other borrowings
210,214 204,791 202,765
3% 4%
Ratios
Return on average assets 0.72% 0.88% 0.99%
Net interest margin 2.65% 2.58% 2.61%
Operating expenses to operating income 44.5% 46.0% 40.3%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.23% 1.28% 1.12%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 318 355 350
-10% -9%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
0.19% 0.21% 0.21%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 525 (39) 46
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
1
0.31% (0.02%) 0.03%
Gross impaired assets 1,544 1,468 1,463
5% 6%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.46% 0.44% 0.43%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 14,061 13,903 13,660
1% 3%
1.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2020 v March 2019
Performance March 2020 v March 2019
Lending volumes declined particularly in home loans due to faster
principal reductions in a low rate environment and competition. This
was partially offset by recovery in volumes following the launch of a
number of marketing campaigns and improvements in operational
processes.
Net interest margin increased driven by lower funding costs and home
loan repricing benefits largely offset by headwinds of official cash rate
decreases on low rate deposits and earnings on capital.
Other operating income decreased driven by the full period impact of
fees removed in the prior period and lower volumes.
Operating expenses increased driven by higher restructuring
expenses, additional charges for lease-related items, higher
remediation expenses and higher investment spend. Inflation increases
were offset by productivity benefits.
Credit impairment charges increased driven by an additional
collectively assessed credit impairment charge for COVID-19 impacts.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial – continuing operations
Mark Hand
54
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 156 186 195 -16% -20%
Home Loans
28 36 45 -22% -38%
Cards and Personal Loans
122 144 147 -15% -17%
Deposits and Payments
1
6 6 3 0% 100%
Commercial
162 169 155 -4% 5%
Business Banking
72 73 57 -1% 26%
Small Business Banking
90 96 98 -6% -8%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
318 355 350 -10% -9%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 275 (24) 35 large large
Home Loans
239 35 49 large large
Cards and Personal Loans
34 (57) (16) large large
Deposits and Payments
1
2 (2) 2 large 0%
Commercial
250 (15) 11 large large
Business Banking
137 (15) 4 large large
Small Business Banking
113 (3) 5 large large
Private Bank
- 3 2 -100% -100%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
525 (39) 46 large large
Net loans and advances As at
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 272,696 274,797 279,483 -1% -2%
Home Loans
263,580 264,981 269,020 -1% -2%
Cards and Personal Loans
8,370 8,958 9,574 -7% -13%
Deposits and Payments
1
61 69 42 -12% 45%
Advice
685 789 847 -13% -19%
Commercial
57,116 57,074 57,101 0% 0%
Business Banking
41,759 41,275 40,805 1% 2%
Small Business Banking
13,030 13,803 14,265 -6% -9%
Private Bank
2,327 1,996 2,031 17% 15%
Net loans and advances
329,812 331,871 336,584 -1% -2%
Customer deposits
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail
123,435 120,880 117,374 2% 5%
Home Loans
2
28,133 27,078 26,915 4% 5%
Cards and Personal Loans
254 265 240 -4% 6%
Deposits and Payments
95,048 93,537 90,219 2% 5%
Commercial
89,555 87,125 85,992 3% 4%
Business Banking
20,630 19,731 19,797 5% 4%
Small Business Banking
43,773 41,799 40,614 5% 8%
Private Bank
25,152 25,595 25,581 -2% -2%
Customer deposits
212,990 208,005 203,366 2% 5%
1.
Net loans and advances for the deposits and payments business represent amounts in overdraft.
2.
Customer deposit amounts for the home loans business represent balances in offset accounts.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial – continuing operations
Mark Hand
55
March 2020 Half Year
Retail
$M
Commercial
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
2,754 1,294 4,048
Other operating income
385 210 595
Operating income
3,139 1,504 4,643
Operating expenses (1,403) (662) (2,065)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,736 842 2,578
Credit impairment (charge)/release (431) (412) (843)
Profit before income tax
1,305 430 1,735
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (392) (129) (521)
Cash profit
913 301 1,214
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 156 162 318
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
275 250 525
Net loans and advances
272,696 57,116 329,812
Customer deposits
123,435 89,555 212,990
Risk weighted assets
108,238 53,520 161,758
March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 2,739 1,353 4,092
Other operating income 425 226 651
Operating income 3,164 1,579 4,743
Operating expenses (1,289) (624) (1,913)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,875 955 2,830
Credit impairment (charge)/release (230) (166) (396)
Profit before income tax 1,645 789 2,434
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (493) (238) (731)
Cash profit 1,152 551 1,703
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 195 155 350
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 35 11 46
Net loans and advances 279,483 57,101 336,584
Customer deposits 117,374 85,992 203,366
Risk weighted assets 107,288 52,022 159,310
March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 1% -4% -1%
Other operating income -9% -7% -9%
Operating income -1% -5% -2%
Operating expenses 9% 6% 8%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -7% -12% -9%
Credit impairment (charge)/release 87% large large
Profit before income tax -21% -46% -29%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -20% -46% -29%
Cash profit -21% -45% -29%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -20% 5% -9%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large
Net loans and advances -2% 0% -2%
Customer deposits 5% 4% 5%
Risk weighted assets 1% 3% 2%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Australia Retail and Commercial – continuing operations
Mark Hand
56
March 2020 Half Year
Retail
$M
Commercial
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
2,754 1,294 4,048
Other operating income
385 210 595
Operating income
3,139 1,504 4,643
Operating expenses (1,403) (662) (2,065)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,736 842 2,578
Credit impairment (charge)/release (431) (412) (843)
Profit before income tax
1,305 430 1,735
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (392) (129) (521)
Cash profit
913 301 1,214
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 156 162 318
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
275 250 525
Net loans and advances
272,696 57,116 329,812
Customer deposits
123,435 89,555 212,990
Risk weighted assets
108,238 53,520 161,758
September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 2,774 1,226 4,000
Other operating income 460 236 696
Operating income 3,234 1,462 4,696
Operating expenses (1,585) (576) (2,161)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 1,649 886 2,535
Credit impairment (charge)/release (162) (154) (316)
Profit before income tax 1,487 732 2,219
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (507) (220) (727)
Cash profit 980 512 1,492
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 186 169 355
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (24) (15) (39)
Net loans and advances 274,797 57,074 331,871
Customer deposits 120,880 87,125 208,005
Risk weighted assets 109,168 52,892 162,060
March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income -1% 6% 1%
Other operating income -16% -11% -15%
Operating income -3% 3% -1%
Operating expenses -11% 15% -4%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 5% -5% 2%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large
Profit before income tax -12% -41% -22%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -23% -41% -28%
Cash profit -7% -41% -19%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -16% -4% -10%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large
Net loans and advances -1% 0% -1%
Customer deposits 2% 3% 2%
Risk weighted assets -1% 1% 0%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
57
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 16 and pages 51 to 52 for details.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 1,624 1,501 1,579
8% 3%
Other operating income
1,167 1,066 1,126
9% 4%
Operating income
2,791 2,567 2,705
9% 3%
Operating expenses (1,290) (1,347) (1,320)
-4% -2%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,501 1,220 1,385
23% 8%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (641) (33) 35
large large
Profit before income tax
860 1,187 1,420
-28% -39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (250) (371) (408)
-33% -39%
Cash profit
610 816 1,012
-25% -40%
Balance Sheet
1
Net loans and advances 199,410 164,526 152,548
21% 31%
Other external assets
461,548 346,094 307,198
33% 50%
External assets
660,958 510,620 459,746
29% 44%
Customer deposits 258,517 217,259 205,364
19% 26%
Other deposits and borrowings 96,639 73,412 79,148
32% 22%
Deposits and other borrowings
355,156 290,671 284,512
22% 25%
Other external liabilities 229,611 157,505 119,353
46% 92%
External liabilities
584,767 448,176 403,865
30% 45%
Risk weighted assets 207,028 181,088 167,406
14% 24%
Average gross loans and advances 175,366 159,355 153,982
10% 14%
Average deposits and other borrowings
305,506 290,948 281,770
5% 8%
Ratios
1
Return on average assets 0.23% 0.33% 0.44%
Net interest margin 0.78% 0.80% 0.85%
Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 1.81% 2.02% 2.10%
Operating expenses to operating income 46.2% 52.5% 48.8%
Operating expenses to average assets 0.48% 0.54% 0.58%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 272 - (12)
n/a large
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.31% 0.00% (0.02%)
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 369 33 (23)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.42% 0.04% (0.03%)
Gross impaired assets 742 265 373
large 99%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.37% 0.16% 0.24%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 5,350 5,468 6,085
-2% -12%
1.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing operations.
2.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2020 v March 2019
Performance March 2020 v March 2019
Lending volumes increased across all businesses. Customer deposits
grew in Markets and Transaction Banking.
Net interest margin ex-Markets decreased mainly due to lower deposit
margins as a result of lower interest rates.
Other operating income increased mainly due to higher Markets income.
Operating expenses decreased as a result of automation and
simplification initiatives that resulted in lower FTE, lower discretionary
spend and lower property charges.
Credit impairment charges increased due to an additional collectively
assessed credit impairment charge for COVID-19 impacts and an
increase in individually assessed credit impairment charges in
Transaction Banking.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
58
Institutional by Geography
1
Half Year
Movement
Australia
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 920 832 874
11% 5%
Other operating income
392 518 484
-24% -19%
Operating income
1,312 1,350 1,358
-3% -3%
Operating expenses (584) (601) (606)
-3% -4%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
728 749 752
-3% -3%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (274) (15) 5
large large
Profit before income tax
454 734 757
-38% -40%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (138) (221) (227)
-38% -39%
Cash profit
316 513 530
-38% -40%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 50 (11) (1)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
224 26 (4)
large large
Net loans and advances
115,637 97,583 84,653
19% 37%
Customer deposits
90,648 75,973 71,623
19% 27%
Risk weighted assets
103,240 93,090 84,617
11% 22%
Asia, Pacific, Europe, and America
Net interest income 536 503 546
7% -2%
Other operating income
698 419 535
67% 30%
Operating income
1,234 922 1,081
34% 14%
Operating expenses (615) (624) (633)
-1% -3%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
619 298 448
large 38%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (325) (12) 31
large large
Profit before income tax
294 286 479
3% -39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (81) (103) (129)
-21% -37%
Cash profit
213 183 350
16% -39%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 215 15 (6)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
110 (3) (25)
large large
Net loans and advances
76,849 60,208 60,457
28% 27%
Customer deposits
148,602 123,468 116,080
20% 28%
Risk weighted assets
89,491 74,997 71,248
19% 26%
New Zealand
Net interest income 168 166 159
1% 6%
Other operating income
77 129 107
-40% -28%
Operating income
245 295 266
-17% -8%
Operating expenses (91) (122) (81)
-25% 12%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
154 173 185
-11% -17%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (42) (6) (1)
large large
Profit before income tax
112 167 184
-33% -39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (31) (47) (52)
-34% -40%
Cash profit
81 120 132
-33% -39%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 7 (4) (5)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
35 10 6
large large
Net loans and advances
6,924 6,735 7,438
3% -7%
Customer deposits
19,267 17,818 17,661
8% 9%
Risk weighted assets
14,297 13,001 11,541
10% 24%
1.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing operations.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
59
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Transaction Banking
227 (6) (3)
large large
Loans & Specialised Finance
46 4 (10)
large large
Markets
(1) - -
n/a n/a
Central Functions
- 2 1
-100% -100%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
272 - (12)
n/a large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Transaction Banking
52 10 6
large large
Loans & Specialised Finance
312 12 (22)
large large
Markets
5 11 (6)
-55% large
Central Functions
- - (1)
n/a -100%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
369 33 (23)
large large
Net loans and advances
1
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Transaction Banking 22,023 19,495 18,200
13% 21%
Loans & Specialised Finance
128,585 110,554 107,761
16% 19%
Markets
48,714 34,473 25,902
41% 88%
Central Functions
88 4 685
large -87%
Net loans and advances
199,410 164,526 152,548
21% 31%
Customer deposits
1
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Transaction Banking 124,159 101,766 99,479
22% 25%
Loans & Specialised Finance
971 1,013 925
-4% 5%
Markets
131,277 112,471 102,411
17% 28%
Central Functions
2,110 2,009 2,549
5% -17%
Customer deposits
258,517 217,259 205,364
19% 26%
1.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing operations.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
60
March 2020 Half Year
Transaction
Banking
$M
Loans &
Specialised
Finance
$M
Markets
$M
Central
Functions
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
456 754 400 14 1,624
Other operating income
356 31 764 16 1,167
Operating income
812 785 1,164 30 2,791
Operating expenses (404) (301) (561) (24) (1,290)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
408 484 603 6 1,501
Credit impairment (charge)/release (279) (358) (4) - (641)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
129 126 599 6 860
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (68) (34) (134) (14) (250)
Cash profit/(loss)
61 92 465 (8) 610
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 227 46 (1) - 272
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
52 312 5 - 369
Net loans and advances
22,023 128,585 48,714 88 199,410
Customer deposits
124,159 971 131,277 2,110 258,517
Risk weighted assets
29,036 109,823 67,691 478 207,028
March 2019 Half Year
1
Net interest income 531 742 280 26 1,579
Other operating income 363 77 667 19 1,126
Operating income 894 819 947 45 2,705
Operating expenses (406) (322) (550) (42) (1,320)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 488 497 397 3 1,385
Credit impairment (charge)/release (3) 32 6 - 35
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 485 529 403 3 1,420
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (133) (142) (120) (13) (408)
Cash profit 352 387 283 (10) 1,012
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (3) (10) - 1 (12)
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 6 (22) (6) (1) (23)
Net loans and advances 18,200 107,761 25,902 685 152,548
Customer deposits 99,479 925 102,411 2,549 205,364
Risk weighted assets 25,475 93,198 47,902 831 167,406
March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income -14% 2% 43% -46% 3%
Other operating income -2% -60% 15% -16% 4%
Operating income -9% -4% 23% -33% 3%
Operating expenses 0% -7% 2% -43% -2%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -16% -3% 52% 100% 8%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large large n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -73% -76% 49% 100% -39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -49% -76% 12% 9% -39%
Cash profit/(loss) -83% -76% 64% -18% -40%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a -100% large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large large -100% large
Net loans and advances 21% 19% 88% -87% 31%
Customer deposits 25% 5% 28% -17% 26%
Risk weighted assets 14% 18% 41% -42% 24%
1.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing operations.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
61
March 2020 Half Year
Transaction
Banking
$M
Loans &
Specialised
Finance
$M
Markets
$M
Central
Functions
$M
Total
$M
Net interest income
456 754 400 14 1,624
Other operating income
356 31 764 16 1,167
Operating income
812 785 1,164 30 2,791
Operating expenses (404) (301) (561) (24) (1,290)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
408 484 603 6 1,501
Credit impairment (charge)/release (279) (358) (4) - (641)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
129 126 599 6 860
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (68) (34) (134) (14) (250)
Cash profit/(loss)
61 92 465 (8) 610
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 227 46 (1) - 272
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
52 312 5 - 369
Net loans and advances
22,023 128,585 48,714 88 199,410
Customer deposits
124,159 971 131,277 2,110 258,517
Risk weighted assets
29,036 109,823 67,691 478 207,028
September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 524 740 211 26 1,501
Other operating income 361 72 619 14 1,066
Operating income 885 812 830 40 2,567
Operating expenses (407) (315) (545) (80) (1,347)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 478 497 285 (40) 1,220
Credit impairment (charge)/release (4) (16) (11) (2) (33)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 474 481 274 (42) 1,187
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (131) (132) (88) (20) (371)
Cash profit/(loss) 343 349 186 (62) 816
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (6) 4 - 2 -
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 10 12 11 - 33
Net loans and advances 19,495 110,554 34,473 4 164,526
Customer deposits 101,766 1,013 112,471 2,009 217,259
Risk weighted assets 26,120 97,361 57,373 234 181,088
March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income -13% 2% 90% -46% 8%
Other operating income -1% -57% 23% 14% 9%
Operating income -8% -3% 40% -25% 9%
Operating expenses -1% -4% 3% -70% -4%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax -15% -3% large large 23%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large -64% -100% large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -73% -74% large large -28%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -48% -74% 52% -29% -33%
Cash profit/(loss) -82% -74% large -87% -25%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a -100% n/a
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large -55% n/a large
Net loans and advances 13% 16% 41% large 21%
Customer deposits 22% -4% 17% 5% 19%
Risk weighted assets 11% 13% 18% large 14%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
62
Analysis of Markets operating income
1
Half Year Movement
Composition of Markets operating income by business activity
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Franchise Sales
2
513 467 465
10% 10%
Franchise Trading
3
413 173 226
large 83%
Balance Sheet
4
238 190 256
25% -7%
Markets operating income
1,164 830 947
40% 23%
Includes:
Derivative valuation adjustments 24 48 (10)
-50% large
1.
Markets operating income includes net interest income and other operating income.
2.
Franchise Sales represents direct client flow business on core products such as fixed income, foreign exchange, commodities and capital markets.
3.
Franchise Trading primarily represents management of the Group’s strategic positions and those taken as part of direct client sales flow. Franchise Trading also includes the impact of
valuation adjustments made when determining the fair value of derivatives (includes credit and funding adjustments, bid-offer adjustments and associated hedges).
4.
Balance Sheet represents hedging of interest rate risk on the Group’s loan and deposit books and the management of the Group’s liquidity portfolio.
Half Year
Movement
Composition of Markets operating income by geography
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia 325 292 312
11% 4%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
740 390 507
90% 46%
New Zealand
99 148 128
-33% -23%
Markets operating income
1,164 830 947
40% 23%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Institutional - continuing operations
Mark Whelan
63
Market risk
Traded market risk
Below are aggregate Value at Risk (VaR) exposures at 99% confidence level covering both physical and derivatives trading positions for the Bank’s
principal trading centres.
99% confidence level (1 day holding period)
High for Low for Avg for
High for Low for Avg for
As at period period period
As at year year year
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Foreign exchange
2.7 6.1 1.2 2.8 1.4 9.5 1.2 4.1
Interest rate
4.5 8.5 3.3 5.0 3.6 10.4 3.6 5.8
Credit
3.1 5.5 1.8 4.2 5.1 5.4 1.2 3.1
Commodities
1.4 3.4 1.3 2.2 1.6 3.9 1.4 2.2
Equity
- - - - - - - -
Diversification benefit
(4.2) n/a n/a (6.5) (5.5) n/a n/a (7.2)
Total VaR
7.5 10.8 5.7 7.7 6.2 13.4 5.1 8.0
Non-traded interest rate risk
Non-traded interest rate risk is managed by Markets and relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on future net interest
income for the Group. Interest rate risk is reported using various techniques including VaR and scenario analysis based on a 1% shock.
99% confidence level (1 day holding period)
High for Low for Avg for
High for Low for Avg for
As at period period period As at year year year
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Value at Risk at 99% confidence
Australia
21.5 26.6 18.8 23.0 22.7 22.7 16.4 18.9
New Zealand
11.4 11.4 9.4 10.2 9.6 9.6 7.1 8.0
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
21.5 23.0 17.8 20.1 17.6 17.7 12.9 16.1
Diversification benefit
(21.2) n/a n/a (21.2) (17.8) n/a n/a (14.8)
Total VaR
33.2 33.2 31.5 32.1 32.1 32.1 25.2 28.2
Impact of 1% rate shock on the next 12 months’ net interest income margin
As at
Mar 20 Sep 19
As at period end 1.09% 1.19%
Maximum exposure
1.56% 1.19%
Minimum exposure
0.60% 0.33%
Average exposure (in absolute terms)
1.06% 0.69%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
64
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 16 and pages 51 to 52 for details (in AUD).
Table reflects NZD for New Zealand (AUD results shown on page 68)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 1,479 1,428 1,464
4% 1%
Other operating income
259 294 300
-12% -14%
Net income from insurance business
1
- - 19
n/a -100%
Operating income
1,738 1,722 1,783
1% -3%
Operating expenses (724) (713) (647)
2% 12%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,014 1,009 1,136
0% -11%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (188) (61) (31)
large large
Profit before income tax
826 948 1,105
-13% -25%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (232) (265) (309)
-12% -25%
Cash profit
594 683 796
-13% -25%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 128,560 125,991 124,025
2% 4%
Other external assets
4,690 3,983 3,549
18% 32%
External assets
133,250 129,974 127,574
3% 4%
Customer deposits 93,626 90,004 89,096
4% 5%
Other deposits and borrowings 4,456 2,461 2,240
81% 99%
Deposits and other borrowings
98,082 92,465 91,336
6% 7%
Other external liabilities 28,088 25,377 23,555
11% 19%
External liabilities
126,170 117,842 114,891
7% 10%
Risk weighted assets 72,412 70,727 62,260
2% 16%
Average gross loans and advances 127,968 125,521 123,000
2% 4%
Average deposits and other borrowings
94,740 91,898 91,231
3% 4%
Net funds management income
113 109 113
4% 0%
Funds under management 32,504 34,145 31,403
-5% 4%
Average funds under management
34,472 32,726 30,389
5% 13%
Ratios
Return on average assets 0.90% 1.06% 1.26%
Net interest margin 2.31% 2.27% 2.39%
Operating expenses to operating income 41.7% 41.4% 36.3%
Operating expenses to average assets 1.10% 1.10% 1.03%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 37 42 37
-12% 0%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.06% 0.07% 0.06%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 151 19 (6)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.24% 0.03% (0.01%)
Gross impaired assets 271 265 249
2% 9%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.21% 0.21% 0.20%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE) 6,103 6,121 6,003
0% 2%
1.
Relates to OnePath Life (NZ) Limited, a controlled entity, which was sold on 30 November 2018.
2.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
Cash Profit March 2020 v March 2019
Performance March 2020 v March 2019
Lending and customer deposit volumes grew across all portfolios while
funds under management increased during the period.
Net interest margin decreased due to compressed deposit margins,
partially offset by improved lending margins.
Other operating income decreased primarily due to the loss of income
as the result of the One Path Life (NZ) divestment in the prior period and
fee reduction impacts.
Operating expenses increased primarily due to investment spend on
compliance projects.
Credit impairment charges increased due to an additional collectively
assessed credit impairment charge for COVID-19 impacts.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
65
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 20 23 24
-13% -17%
Home Loans
2 1 -
-100% -
Other
18 22 24
-18% -25%
Commercial
17 19 13 -11% 31%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
37 42 37 -12% 0%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 62 (7) 5
large large
Home Loans
50 2 4
large large
Other
12 (9) 1
large large
Commercial
89 26 (11) large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
151 19 (6) large large
Net loans and advances
As at Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 85,001 82,527 81,108
3% 5%
Home Loans
82,253 79,475 77,851
3% 6%
Other
2,748 3,052 3,257
-10% -16%
Commercial
43,559 43,464 42,917 0% 1%
Net loans and advances
128,560 125,991 124,025
2% 4%
Customer deposits
As at Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Retail 76,408 73,866 71,882
3% 6%
Commercial
17,218 16,138 17,214 7% 0%
Customer deposits
93,626 90,004 89,096
4% 5%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
66
March 2020 Half Year
Retail
NZD M
Commercial
NZD M
Central
Functions
NZD M
Total
NZD M
Net interest income
922 549 8 1,479
Other operating income
254 5 - 259
Net income from insurance business
1
- - - -
Operating income
1,176 554 8 1,738
Operating expenses (574) (146) (4) (724)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
602 408 4 1,014
Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (106) - (188)
Profit before income tax
520 302 4 826
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (146) (85) (1) (232)
Cash profit
374 217 3 594
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 20 17 - 37
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
62 89 - 151
Net loans and advances
85,001 43,559 - 128,560
Customer deposits
76,408 17,218 - 93,626
Risk weighted assets
37,200 33,914 1,298 72,412
March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 940 517 7 1,464
Other operating income 291 10 (1) 300
Net income from insurance business
1
19 - - 19
Operating income 1,250 527 6 1,783
Operating expenses (514) (128) (5) (647)
Profit before credit impairment and income tax 736 399 1 1,136
Credit impairment (charge)/release (29) (2) - (31)
Profit before income tax 707 397 1 1,105
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (197) (111) (1) (309)
Cash profit 510 286 - 796
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 24 13 - 37
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 5 (11) - (6)
Net loans and advances 81,108 42,917 - 124,025
Customer deposits 71,882 17,214 - 89,096
Risk weighted assets 29,897 31,344 1,019 62,260
March 2020 Half Year vs March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income -2% 6% 14% 1%
Other operating income -13% -50% -100% -14%
Net income from insurance business
1
-100% n/a n/a -100%
Operating income -6% 5% 33% -3%
Operating expenses 12% 14% -20% 12%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax -18% 2% large -11%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large
Profit before income tax -26% -24% large -25%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -26% -23% 0% -25%
Cash profit -27% -24% n/a -25%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -17% 31% n/a 0%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large
Net loans and advances 5% 1% n/a 4%
Customer deposits 6% 0% n/a 5%
Risk weighted assets 24% 8% 27% 16%
1.
Relates to OnePath Life (NZ) Limited, a controlled entity, which was sold on 30 November 2018.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
67
March 2020 Half Year
Retail
NZD M
Commercial
NZD M
Central
Functions
NZD M
Total
NZD M
Net interest income
922 549 8 1,479
Other operating income
254 5 - 259
Operating income
1,176 554 8 1,738
Operating expenses (574) (146) (4) (724)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
602 408 4 1,014
Credit impairment (charge)/release (82) (106) - (188)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
520 302 4 826
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (146) (85) (1) (232)
Cash profit/(Loss)
374 217 3 594
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 20 17 - 37
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
62 89 - 151
Net loans and advances
85,001 43,559 - 128,560
Customer deposits
76,408 17,218 - 93,626
Risk weighted assets
37,200 33,914 1,298 72,412
September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 881 540 7 1,428
Other operating income 287 7 - 294
Operating income 1,168 547 7 1,722
Operating expenses (564) (146) (3) (713)
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 604 401 4 1,009
Credit impairment (charge)/release (16) (45) - (61)
Profit/(Loss) before income tax 588 356 4 948
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (164) (100) (1) (265)
Cash profit/(Loss) 424 256 3 683
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) 23 19 - 42
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) (7) 26 - 19
Net loans and advances 82,527 43,464 - 125,991
Customer deposits 73,866 16,138 - 90,004
Risk weighted assets 36,645 33,153 929 70,727
March 2020 Half Year vs September 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 5% 2% 14% 4%
Other operating income -11% -29% n/a -12%
Operating income 1% 1% 14% 1%
Operating expenses 2% 0% 33% 2%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax 0% 2% 0% 0%
Credit impairment (charge)/release large large n/a large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax -12% -15% 0% -13%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests -11% -15% 0% -12%
Cash profit/(Loss) -12% -15% 0% -13%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) -13% -11% n/a -12%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) large large n/a large
Net loans and advances 3% 0% n/a 2%
Customer deposits 3% 7% n/a 4%
Risk weighted assets 2% 2% 40% 2%
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
New Zealand - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
68
Table reflects AUD for New Zealand
NZD results shown on page 64
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income
1,410 1,351 1,385
4% 2%
Other operating income
247 278 284
-11% -13%
Net income from insurance business
1
- - 18
n/a -100%
Operating income
1,657 1,629 1,687
2% -2%
Operating expenses (690) (674) (612)
2% 13%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
967 955 1,075
1% -10%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (179) (57) (30)
large large
Profit before income tax
788 898 1,045
-12% -25%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (221) (252) (292)
-12% -24%
Cash profit
567 646 753
-12% -25%
Consisting of:
Retail 357 401 482
-11% -26%
Commercial
207 242 271
-14% -24%
Central Functions
3 3 -
0% n/a
Cash profit
567 646 753
-12% -25%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 125,195 116,729 118,841
7% 5%
Other external assets
4,567 3,690 3,401
24% 34%
External assets
129,762 120,419 122,242
8% 6%
Customer deposits 91,175 83,387 85,372
9% 7%
Other deposits and borrowings 4,339 2,280 2,146
90% large
Deposits and other borrowings
95,514 85,667 87,518
11% 9%
Other external liabilities 27,353 23,512 22,571
16% 21%
External liabilities
122,867 109,179 110,089
13% 12%
Risk weighted assets 70,516 65,527 59,658
8% 18%
Average gross loans and advances 122,011 118,789 116,278
3% 5%
Average deposits and other borrowings
90,329 86,970 86,244
4% 5%
Net funds management income
107 103 107
4% 0%
Funds under management 31,653 31,633 30,090
0% 5%
Average funds under management
32,868 30,970 29,119
6% 13%
Ratios
Return on average assets
0.90% 1.06% 1.26%
Net interest margin
2.31% 2.27% 2.39%
Operating expenses to operating income
41.7% 41.4% 36.3%
Operating expenses to average assets
1.10% 1.10% 1.03%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
35 40 35
-13% 0%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.06% 0.07% 0.06%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release)
144 17 (5)
large large
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) as a % of average GLA
2
0.24% 0.03% (0.01%)
Gross impaired assets
264 245 238
8% 11%
Gross impaired assets as a % of GLA
0.21% 0.21% 0.20%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
6,103 6,121 6,003
0% 2%
1.
Relates to OnePath Life (NZ) Limited, a controlled entity, which was sold on 30 November 2018.
2.
Credit impairment charge used in the ratio relates to gross loans and advances and off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent liabilities.
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
Pacific - continuing operations
Antonia Watson
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 16 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.
69
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 65 60 68
8% -4%
Other operating income
50 54 50 -7% 0%
Operating income
115 114 118 1% -3%
Operating expenses (76) (80) (70) -5% 9%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
39 34 48 15% -19%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (11) 3 (2) large large
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
28 37 46 -24% -39%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (8) (11) (13) -27% -38%
Cash profit/(loss)
20 26 33 -23% -39%
Balance Sheet
Net loans and advances 2,176 2,120 2,135 3% 2%
Customer deposits
3,845 3,546 3,474 8% 11%
Risk weighted assets
3,547 3,400 3,840 4% -8%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
1,108 1,086 1,096 2% 1%
TSO and Group Centre - continuing operations
Divisional performance was impacted by a number of large/notable items. Refer to pages 13 to 16 and pages 51 to 52 for details of these items.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Share of associates profit 135 133 126 2% 7%
Operating income (other)
1
(762) 144 367 large large
Operating income
(627) 277 493 large large
Operating expenses
2
(484) (444) (450) 9% 8%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
(1,111) (167) 43 large large
Credit impairment (charge)/release - 1 - -100% n/a
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(1,111) (166) 43 large large
Income tax benefit and non-controlling interests 113 92 20 23% large
Cash profit/(loss)
(998) (74) 63 large large
Risk weighted assets 5,752 4,501 5,607 28% 3%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
11,212 11,010 10,520 2% 7%
1.
Includes the impairment of Asian associates of $815 million in the March 2020 half. The September 2019 half included the gain on sale from divestments of $18 million (Mar 19 half: $234
million).
2.
Includes large/notable items of $36 million in the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $12 million; Mar 19 half: $26 million).
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
70
This page has been left blank intentionally
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
71
CONTENTS Page
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 72
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations 72
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - discontinued operations 73
Reconciliation of statutory profit to cash profit 75
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
72
Non-IFRS information
The Group provides additional measures of performance in the Consolidated Financial Report & Dividend Announcement which are prepared on a basis
other than in accordance with accounting standards. The guidance provided in ASIC’s Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this
information.
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit
Cash profit represents ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and
Divisional performance against prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory
profit (refer to Definitions on pages 139 to 140 for further details). The adjustments made in arriving at cash profit are included in statutory profit which is
subject to review within the context of the external auditor’s review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash profit is not subject to
review by the external auditor. The external auditor has informed the Audit Committee that cash profit adjustments have been determined on a consistent
basis across each period presented.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the Company from
continuing operations
1,635 3,053 3,243 -46% -50%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from continuing
operations
Revaluation of policy liabilities
- - 77 n/a -100%
Economic hedges
(340) (67) 185 large large
Revenue and expense hedges
120 (79) 60 large 100%
Structured credit intermediation trades
(2) (1) (1) 100% 100%
Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from
continuing operations
(222) (147) 321 51% large
Cash profit from continuing operations 1,413 2,906 3,564 -51% -60%
Statutory loss attributable to shareholders of the Company from
discontinued operations
(90) (273) (70) -67% 29%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from discontinued
operations
Treasury shares adjustment - 7 (18) -100% -100%
Revaluation of policy liabilities
- 7 38 -100% -100%
Total adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit from
discontinued operations
- 14 20 -100% -100%
Cash loss from discontinued operations (90) (259) (50) -65% 80%
Cash profit 1,323 2,647 3,514 -50% -62%
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - continuing operations
Revaluation of policy liabilities – OnePath Life (NZ)
When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the obligation,
with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-
measurement of insurance contracts attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility
attributable to changes in market interest rates which revert to zero over the life of insurance contracts. With the sale completion of OnePath Life
(NZ) Ltd in the March 2019 half, this adjustment is no longer required.
Economic and revenue and expense hedges
The Group enters into economic hedges to manage its interest rate and foreign exchange risk which, in accordance with accounting standards, result
in fair value gains and losses being recognised within the Income Statement. ANZ removes the fair value adjustments from cash profit since the profit
or loss resulting from the hedge transactions will reverse over time to match with the profit or loss from the economically hedged item as part of cash
profit. This includes gains and losses arising from approved classes of derivatives not designated in accounting hedge relationships but which are
considered to be economic hedges, including hedges of larger foreign exchange denominated revenue and expense streams, primarily NZD and
USD (and USD correlated), as well as ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedges.
Economic hedges comprise:
Funding related swaps (primarily cross currency interest rate swaps) used to convert the proceeds of foreign currency debt issuances into
floating rate Australian dollar and New Zealand dollar debt. As these swaps do not qualify for hedge accounting, movements in the fair values
are recorded in the Income Statement. The main drivers of these fair values are currency basis spreads and Australian dollar and New Zealand
dollar fluctuations against other major funding currencies.
Economic hedges of select structured finance and specialised leasing transactions that do not qualify for hedge accounting. The main drivers of
these fair value adjustments are movements in the Australian and New Zealand term structure of interest rates.
Ineffectiveness from designated accounting hedge relationships.
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
73
In the March 2020 half, the majority of the gain on economic hedges adjusted from cash profit relates to funding related swaps, principally from
widening basis spreads on AUD/USD and NZD/USD currency pairs and from the weakening of both the AUD and NZD against USD.
The loss on revenue and expense hedges adjusted from cash profit in the March 2020 half was mainly due to the weakening of AUD against the
USD and NZD.
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Economic hedges
(480) (96) 260 large large
Revenue and expense hedges
169 (111) 85 large 99%
Increase/(decrease) to cash profit before tax (311) (207) 345 50% large
Increase/(decrease) to cash profit after tax (220) (146) 245 51% large
Structured credit intermediation trades
ANZ entered into a series of structured credit intermediation trades prior to the Global Financial Crisis with eight US financial guarantors. This
involved selling credit default swaps (CDSs) as protection over specific debt structures and purchasing CDS protection over the same structures.
ANZ has subsequently exited its positions with six US financial guarantors and is monitoring the remaining two portfolios with a view to reducing the
exposures when ANZ deems it cost effective relative to the perceived risk associated with a specific trade or counterparty.
The notional value of outstanding bought and sold CDSs at 31 March 2020 amounted to $0.4 billion (Sep 19: $0.3 billion; Mar 19: $0.3 billion). While
both the bought and sold CDSs are measured at fair value through profit and loss, the associated fair value movements do not fully offset due to the
impact of credit risk on the bought CDSs which is driven by market movements in credit spreads and AUD/USD and NZD/USD rates. The fair value
of the CDSs (excluding CVA) is $17 million (Sep 19: $19 million; Mar 19: $20 million) with CVA on the bought protection of $0.7 million (Sep 19: $3
million; Mar 19: $4 million).
The profit and loss associated with the bought and sold protection is included as an adjustment to cash profit as it relates to a legacy business where,
unless terminated early, the fair value movements are expected to reverse to zero in future periods.
Credit risk on impaired derivatives (nil profit after tax impact)
Derivative credit valuation adjustments on defaulted and impaired derivatives exposures are reclassified to cash credit impairment charges to reflect
the manner in which the defaulted and impaired derivatives are managed.
Explanation of adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit - discontinued operations
Treasury shares adjustment
ANZ shares held by the Group in Wealth Australia discontinued operations are deemed to be Treasury shares for accounting purposes. Dividends
and realised and unrealised gains and losses from these shares are reversed as they are not permitted to be recognised as income for statutory
reporting purposes. In deriving cash profit, these earnings are included to ensure there is no asymmetrical impact on the Group’s profits because the
Treasury shares are held to support policy liabilities which are revalued through the Income Statement. With the sale completion of the life insurance
business to Zurich in the September 2019 half, there are no further ANZ shares held by the Group in Wealth Australia discontinued operations (Mar
19: 15.5 million shares).
Revaluation of policy liabilities - Wealth Australia discontinued operations
When calculating policy liabilities, the projected future cash flows on insurance contracts are discounted to reflect the present value of the obligation,
with the impact of changes in the market discount rate each period being reflected in the Income Statement. ANZ includes the impact on the re-
measurement of the insurance contract attributable to changes in market discount rates as an adjustment to statutory profit to remove the volatility
attributable to changes in market interest rates which reverts to zero over the life of the insurance contract. With the sale completion of the life
insurance business to Zurich in the September 2019 half, this adjustment is no longer required.
Policyholders tax gross up (nil profit after tax impact)
For statutory reporting purposes, policyholders income tax and other related taxes paid on behalf of policyholders are included in both other
operating income and the Group’s income tax expense. The gross up of $101 million income tax recoveries for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: nil;
Mar 19 half: $19 million income tax paid) has been excluded from discontinued cash results as it does not reflect the underlying performance of the
business which is assessed on a net of policyholders tax basis.
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
74
Adjustments to sta
tutory profit
Statutory profit
Treasury
shares
adjustment
Revaluation
of policy
liabilities
Economic
hedges
Revenue and
expense
hedges
Structured
credit
intermediation
trades
Credit risk
on impaired
derivatives
Total
adjustments to
statutory profit
Cash profit
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
March 2020 Half Year
Net interest income
7,222
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,222
Net income from insurance business
47
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
47
Other
1,624
-
-
(480)
169
(3)
-
(314)
1,310
Other operating income
1,671
-
-
(480)
169
(3)
-
(314)
1,357
Operating income
8,893
-
-
(480)
169
(3)
-
(314)
8,579
Operating expenses
(4,605)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,605)
Profit before credi
t impairment and tax
4,288
-
-
(480)
169
(3)
-
(314)
3,974
Credit impairment charge
(1,674)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,674)
Profit before income tax
2,614
-
-
(480)
169
(3)
-
(314)
2,300
Income tax expense
(978)
-
-
140
(49)
1
-
92
(886)
Non-controlling interests
(1)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1)
Profit after tax from continuing operations
1,635
-
-
(340)
120
(2)
-
(222)
1,413
Profit/(Loss) after tax from
discontinued operations
(90)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(90)
Profit after tax
1,545
-
-
(340)
120
(2)
-
(222)
1,323
September 2019 Half Year Net interest income
7,040
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,040
Net income from insurance business
49
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
49
Other
2,403
-
-
(96)
(111)
(2)
-
(209)
2,194
Other operating income
2,452
-
-
(96)
(111)
(2)
-
(209)
2,243
Operating income
9,492
-
-
(96)
(111)
(2)
-
(209)
9,283
Operating expenses
(4,706)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,706)
Profit before credit impairment
and tax
4,786
-
-
(96)
(111)
(
2)
-
(209)
4,577
Credit impairment charge
(402)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(402)
Profit before income tax
4,384
-
-
(96)
(111)
(2)
-
(209)
4,17
5
Income tax expense
(1,325)
-
-
29
32
1
-
62
(1,263)
Non-controlling interests
(6)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(6)
Profit after tax from continuing operations
3,053
-
-
(67)
(79
)
(1)
-
(147)
2,906
Profit/(Loss) after t
ax from discontinued operations
(273)
7
7
-
-
-
-
14
(259)
Profit after tax
2,780
7
7
(67)
(79)
(1)
-
(133)
2,647
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
75
Adjustments to s
tatutory profit
Statutory profit
Treasury
shares
adjustment
Revaluation
of policy
liabilities
Economic
hedges
Revenue and
expense
hedges
Structured
credit
intermediation
trades
Credit risk
on impaired
derivatives
Total
adjustments to
statutory profit
Cash profit
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
$M
March 2019 Half Year Net interest income
7,299
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,299
Net income from insurance business
77
-
(7)
-
-
-
-
(7)
70
Other
1,917
-
115
260
85
(1)
1
460
2,377
Other operating income
1,994
-
108
260
85
(1)
1
453
2,447
Operating income
9,293
-
108
260
85
(1)
1
453
9,746
Operating expenses
(4,365)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(4,365)
Profit before credit impairment
and tax
4,928
-
108
260
85
(1)
1
453
5,381
Credit impairment charge
(392)
-
-
-
-
-
(1)
(1)
(393)
Profit before income tax
4,536
-
108
260
85
(1)
-
452
4,988
Income tax expense
(1,284)
-
(31)
(75)
(25)
-
-
(131)
(1,415)
Non-controlling interests
(9)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(9)
Profit after tax from conti
nuing operati
ons
3,243
-
77
185
60
(1)
-
321
3,564
Profit/(Loss) after t
ax from discontinued operations
(70)
(18)
38
-
-
-
-
20
(50)
Profit after tax
3,173
(18)
115
185
60
(1)
-
341
3,514
PROFIT RECONCILIATION
76
This page has been left blank intentionally
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - TABLE OF CONTENTS
77
CONTENTS Page
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement 79
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 80
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet 81
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 82
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 83
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements 84
Directors’ Declaration 122
Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration 124
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
78
The Directors present their report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the half year ended 31 March 2020.
Directors
The names of the Directors of the Company who held office during and since the end of the half year are:
Mr DM Gonski, AC Chairman
Mr SC Elliott Director and Chief Executive Officer
Ms IR Atlas, AO Director
Ms PJ Dwyer Director
Ms SJ Halton, AO PSM Director
Mr GR Liebelt Director
Rt Hon Sir JP Key, GNZM AC Director
Mr JT MacFarlane Director
Mr P O’Sullivan Director, appointed 4 November 2019
Result
The consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the Company was $1,545 million, and consolidated profit attributable to shareholders of the
Company from continuing operations was $1,635 million. Further details are contained in Group Results on pages 19 to 46 which forms part of this report,
and in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
Review of operations
A review of the operations of the Group during the half year and the results of those operations are contained in the Group Results on pages 19 to 46
which forms part of this report.
Lead auditor’s independence declaration
The lead auditor’s independence declaration given under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 (as amended) is set out on page 125 which forms
part of this report.
Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where
otherwise indicated, as permitted by ASIC Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
Significant events since balance date
With effect from 2 April 2020, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) amended the conditions of registration for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ
Bank NZ), a New Zealand subsidiary of ANZ Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) to (among other things) prohibit ANZ Bank NZ from making distributions
other than discretionary payments payable to holders of Additional Tier 1 capital instruments. These amendments were also applied to other locally
incorporated banks in New Zealand to further support the stability of the New Zealand banking financial system during this period of economic
uncertainty. These requirements prevent ANZ Bank NZ from redeeming its NZ$500 million Capital Notes in May 2020, although it can continue making
coupon payments on those Capital Notes. As ANZ Bank NZ has announced that it will not be exercising its option to convert in May 2020, the terms of
the Capital Notes provide for their conversion into a variable number of ANZBGL shares in May 2022 subject to certain conditions (refer to note 13).
Conversion would result in an increase in the Group’s CET1 capital (~12 bps) at Level 2. The amendments will also prevent ANZ Bank NZ from paying
dividends to ANZBGL.
Other than the matter above there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2020 to the date of signing this report that have not been
adjusted or disclosed.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott
Chairman Director
29 April 2020
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
79
Half Year
Movement
Note
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Interest income
13,800 15,107 15,970
-9% -14%
Interest expense
(6,578) (8,067) (8,671)
-18% -24%
Net interest income
2 7,222 7,040 7,299
3% -1%
Other operating income
2 1,489 2,272 1,786
-34% -17%
Net income from insurance business
2 47 49 77
-4% -39%
Share of associates' profit 2, 18
135 131 131
3% 3%
Operating income
8,893 9,492 9,293
-6% -4%
Operating expenses 3 (4,605) (4,706) (4,365)
-2% 5%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
4,288 4,786 4,928
-10% -13%
Credit impairment charge 9 (1,674) (402) (392)
large large
Profit before income tax
2,614 4,384 4,536
-40% -42%
Income tax expense 4 (978) (1,325) (1,284)
-26% -24%
Profit after tax from continuing operations
1,636 3,059 3,252
-47% -50%
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations 12 (90) (273) (70)
-67% 29%
Profit for the period
1,546 2,786 3,182
-45% -51%
Comprising:
Profit attributable to shareholders of the Company 1,545 2,780 3,173
-44% -51%
Profit attributable to non-controlling interests
1 6 9
-83% -89%
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) including discontinued
operations
Basic
6 54.6 98.3 111.7
-44% -51%
Diluted
6 51.5 94.7 106.4
-46% -52%
Earnings per ordinary share (cents) from continuing operations
Basic
6 57.8 107.9 114.1
-46% -49%
Diluted
6 54.3 103.6 108.7
-48% -50%
Dividend per ordinary share (cents)
1
5 TBD 80 80
n/a n/a
1.
The decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend has been deferred until the economic outlook is clearer and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
The notes appearing on pages 84 to 120 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
80
As at
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v Sep 19
Mar 20
v Mar 19
Profit for the period from continuing operations 1,636 3,059 3,252 -47% -50%
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Investment securities - equity securities at FVOCI (115) (131) 176 -12% large
Other reserve movements
236 56 11 large large
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve
1
1,281 (137) 834 large 54%
Other reserve movements
83 392 517 -79% -84%
Income tax attributable to the above items (76) (101) (187) -25% -59%
Share of associates' other comprehensive income
2
10 13 13 -23% -23%
Other comprehensive income after tax from continuing operations
1,419 92 1,364 large 4%
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90) (273) (70) -67% 29%
Other comprehensive income after tax from discontinued operations - (139) 42 -100% -100%
Total comprehensive income for the period
2,965 2,739 4,588 8% -35%
Comprising total comprehensive income attributable to:
Shareholders of the Company 2,965 2,729 4,578 9% -35%
Non-controlling interests
- 10 10 -100% -100%
1.
Includes foreign currency translation differences attributable to non-controlling interests of $1 million loss (Sep 19 half: $4 million gain; Mar 19 half: $1 million gain).
2.
Share of associates’ other comprehensive income includes a FVOCI reserve gain of $7 million (Sep 19 half: $15 million gain; Mar 19 half: $5 million gain), defined benefits gain of $3 million
(Sep 19 half: nil; Mar 19 half: $7 million gain), cash flow hedge reserve of nil (Sep 19 half: $2 million loss; Mar 19 half: nil)
and a foreign currency translation reserve gain of nil (Sep 19 half:
nil; Mar 19 half: $1 million gain) that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss.
The notes appearing on pages 84 to 120 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
81
As At Movement
Assets Note
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Cash and cash equivalents
1
143,093 81,621 93,996 75% 52%
Settlement balances owed to ANZ
6,961 3,739 4,041 86% 72%
Collateral paid
16,762 15,006 11,860 12% 41%
Trading securities
49,068 43,169 42,857 14% 14%
Derivative financial instruments
173,677 120,667 79,375 44% large
Investment securities
85,923 83,709 78,882 3% 9%
Net loans and advances 8
656,609 615,258 609,281 7% 8%
Regulatory deposits
804 879 944 -9% -15%
Assets held for sale 12
- 1,831 43,549 -100% -100%
Investments in associates
2,313 2,957 2,737 -22% -15%
Current tax assets
452 265 500 71% -10%
Deferred tax assets
2
1,816 1,356 1,146 34% 58%
Goodwill and other intangible assets
4,957 4,861 5,017 2% -1%
Premises and equipment
2
3,211 1,924 1,863 67% 72%
Other assets
4,309 3,895 4,222 11% 2%
Total assets
1,149,955 981,137 980,270 17% 17%
Liabilities
Settlement balances owed by ANZ 22,314 10,867 12,371 large 80%
Collateral received
17,463 7,929 5,726 large large
Deposits and other borrowings 10
726,909 637,677 634,989 14% 14%
Derivative financial instruments
167,364 120,951 80,871 38% large
Current tax liabilities
244 260 159 -6% 53%
Deferred tax liabilities
94 67 48 40% 96%
Liabilities held for sale 12
- 2,121 46,555 -100% -100%
Payables and other liabilities
2
10,536 7,968 7,641 32% 38%
Employee entitlements
635 588 567 8% 12%
Other provisions 11
2,773 2,224 1,680 25% 65%
Debt issuances 13
140,248 129,691 129,692 8% 8%
Total liabilities
1,088,580 920,343 920,299 18% 18%
Net assets 61,375 60,794 59,971 1% 2%
Shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital 16 26,440 26,490 26,048 0% 2%
Reserves 16
2,851 1,629 1,709 75% 67%
Retained earnings
2
16 32,073 32,664 32,064 -2% 0%
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
61,364 60,783 59,821 1% 3%
Non-controlling interests 16 11 11 150 0% -93%
Total shareholders' equity
61,375 60,794 59,971 1% 2%
1.
Includes settlement balances owed to ANZ that meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents.
2.
On adoption of AASB 16 on 1 October 2019, the Group recognised right-of-use assets of $1.6 billion presented within Property Plant and Equipment and lease liabilities of $1.7 billion presented
within Payables and other liabilities. This resulted in a reduction to opening retained earnings of $88 million and an increase in deferred tax assets of $37 million. Comparative information has
not been restated. Refer to Note 1 for further details.
The notes appearing on pages 84 to 120 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
82
The Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes discontinued operations. Please refer to Note 12 for cash flows associated with discontinued
operations and cash and cash equivalents reclassified as held for sale.
Half Year
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
7
Profit after income tax 1,546 2,786 3,182
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash flow from operating activities:
Provision for credit impairment charge 1,674 403 391
Impairment of investment in associates
815 - -
Depreciation and amortisation
1
613 443 428
(Profit)/loss on sale of premises and equipment
(4) (4) (1)
Net derivatives/foreign exchange adjustment
1,859 3,326 1,614
(Gain)/loss on sale from divestments
11 (19) (118)
Other non-cash movements
(99) (295) (61)
Net (increase)/decrease in operating assets:
Collateral paid (904) (2,850) (643)
Trading securities
1,761 (1,423) (6,518)
Loans and advances
(30,392) (8,336) (1,932)
Investments backing policy liabilities
- (3,331) (211)
Other assets
(687) 430 (884)
Net increase/(decrease) in operating liabilities:
Deposits and other borrowings 67,503 (2,050) 9,056
Settlement balances owed by ANZ
11,202 (1,520) 443
Collateral received
8,379 1,928 (924)
Life insurance contract policy liabilities
- (110) 110
Other liabilities
(8,630) 2,421 (281)
Total adjustments
53,101 (10,987) 469
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
2
54,647 (8,201) 3,651
Cash flows from investing activities
Investment securities:
Purchases (17,369) (10,725) (13,122)
Proceeds from sale or maturity
18,997 7,720 13,508
Proceeds from divestments, net of cash disposed
691 1,415 706
Proceeds from/(Repayment of) IOOF secured notes
(800) - 800
Other assets
(33) (112) (396)
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities
1,486 (1,702) 1,496
Cash flows from financing activities
Debt issuances:
3
Issue proceeds 11,933 8,863 17,037
Redemptions
(10,427) (12,177) (10,781)
Dividends paid
4
(2,228) (2,229) (2,242)
On market purchase of treasury shares
(122) - (112)
Repayment of lease liabilities
5
(148) - -
Share buy-back
- - (1,120)
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
(992) (5,543) 2,782
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 55,141 (15,446) 7,929
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 81,621 94,263 84,964
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
6,331 2,804 1,370
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
6
143,093 81,621 94,263
1.
Includes depreciation of right-of-use assets recognised on 1 October 2019 following the adoption of AASB 16. Comparatives have not been restated.
2.
Net cash inflows/(outflows) from operating activities includes income taxes paid of $1,480 million (Sep 19 half: $1,194 million; Mar 19 half: $1,935 million).
3.
Non-cash changes in debt issuances includes fair value hedging loss of $1,103 million (Sep 19 half: $978 million; Mar 19 half: $1,459 million) and foreign exchange losses of $8,536 million
(Sep 19 half: $2,711 million; Mar 19 half: $1,104 million).
4.
Cash outflow for shares purchased to satisfy the dividend reinvestment plan are classified in Dividends paid.
5.
Relates to repayments of lease liabilities which the Group commenced recognising on 1 October 2019 following the adoption of AASB 16. Comparative information has not been restated.
6.
Includes cash and cash equivalents recognised on the face of balance sheet of $143,093 million (Sep 19 half: $81,621 million; Mar 19 half: $93,996 million) with no amounts recorded as
part of assets held for sale. (Sep 19 half: nil; Mar 19 half: $267 million).
7.
Certain Mar 19 half items have been restated to reflect the impact from adoption of AASB 9.
The notes appearing on pages 84 to 120 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
83
Ordinary
share
capital Reserves
Retained
earnings
Share capital
and reserves
attributable to
shareholders of
the Company
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
shareholders'
equity
$M $M $M $M $M $M
As at 1 October 2018 27,205 323 31,737 59,265 140 59,405
Impact on transition to AASB 9 - 14 (624) (610) - (610)
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 3,243 3,243 9 3,252
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (70) (70) - (70)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 1,351 12 1,363 1 1,364
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - 42 - 42 - 42
Total comprehensive income for the period - 1,393 3,185 4,578 10 4,588
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
1
Dividends paid
2
- - (2,254) (2,254) - (2,254)
Dividend income on treasury shares held within the Group's
life insurance statutory funds
- - 12 12 - 12
Group share buy-back
3
(1,120) - - (1,120) - (1,120)
Other equity movements:
1
Group employee share acquisition scheme (37) - - (37) - (37)
Other items - (21) 8 (13) - (13)
As at 31 March 2019 26,048 1,709 32,064 59,821 150 59,971
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 3,053 3,053 6 3,059
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (273) (273) - (273)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 42 46 88 4 92
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - (139) - (139) - (139)
Total comprehensive income for the period - (97) 2,826 2,729 10 2,739
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
1
Dividends paid
2
- - (2,227) (2,227) (2) (2,229)
Other equity movements:
1
Treasury shares Wealth Australia adjustment
4
405 - - 405 - 405
Group employee share acquisition scheme 37 - - 37 - 37
Other items - 17 1 18 (147) (129)
As at 30 September 2019 26,490 1,629 32,664 60,783 11 60,794
Impact on transition to AASB 16 - - (88) (88) - (88)
Profit or loss from continuing operations - - 1,635 1,635 1 1,636
Profit or loss from discontinued operations - - (90) (90) - (90)
Other comprehensive income for the period from continuing operations - 1,249 171 1,420 (1) 1,419
Other comprehensive income for the period from discontinued operations - - - - - -
Total comprehensive income for the period - 1,249 1,716 2,965 - 2,965
Transactions with equity holders in their capacity as equity holders:
1
Dividends paid
2
- - (2,228) (2,228) - (2,228)
Other equity movements:
1
Group employee share acquisition scheme (50) - - (50) - (50)
Other items - (27) 9 (18) - (18)
As at 31 March 2020 26,440 2,851 32,073 61,364 11 61,375
1.
Current and prior periods include discontinued operations.
2.
No new shares were issued under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) for the 2019 final dividend (nil shares for the 2019 interim dividend; nil shares for the 2018 final dividend) as the
shares were purchased on-market and provided directly to the shareholders participating in the DRP. On-market share purchases for the DRP in the March 2020 half were $185 million (Sep
19 half: $233 million; Mar 19 half: $199 million).
3.
The Company completed a $3.0 billion on-market share buy-back of ANZ ordinary shares purchasing $1,120 million worth of shares in the Mar 2019 half resulting in 42.0 million shares
being cancelled in the March 2019 half.
4.
The successor fund transfer performed in preparation for the sale of the Group’s wealth business to Zurich and IOOF completed on 13 April 2019. As a result, the Group no longer
eliminates the ANZ shares previously held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations (treasury shares).
The notes appearing on pages 84 to 120 form an integral part of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
84
1. Basis of preparation
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:
have been prepared in accordance with the recognition and measurement requirements of Australian Accounting Standards (AASs);
should be read in conjunction with ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2019 and any public announcements made
by the Parent Entity and its controlled entities (the Group) for the half year ended 31 March 2020 in accordance with the continuous disclosure
obligations under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules;
do not include all notes of the type normally included in ANZ’s Annual Financial Report;
are presented in Australian dollars unless otherwise stated; and
were approved by the Board of Directors on 29 April 2020.
i) Statement of Compliance
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and AASB 134 which ensures
compliance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.
ii) Rounding of amounts
The amounts contained in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been rounded to the nearest million dollars, except where
otherwise indicated, as permitted by Australian Securities and Investments Commission Corporations Instrument 2016/191.
iii) Basis of measurement
The financial information has been prepared in accordance with the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their
fair value:
derivative financial instruments as well as, in the case of fair value hedges, the fair value adjustment on the underlying hedged exposure;
financial assets and liabilities held for trading;
financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss;
financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income;
assets and liabilities held for sale (except those at carrying value as per Note 12).
In accordance with AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts, life insurance liabilities are measured using the Margin on Services model.
In accordance with AASB 119 Employee Benefits, defined benefit obligations are measured using the Projected Unit Credit method.
iv) Use of estimates, assumptions and judgements
The preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements requires the use of management judgement, estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts and the application of accounting policies. Discussion of the critical accounting estimates and judgements, which include
complex or subjective decisions or assessments are provided in the 2019 ANZ Annual Financial Report. Such estimates and judgements are reviewed on
an ongoing basis.
A brief explanation of the key estimates, assumptions and judgements that have changed during the half year ended 31 March 2020 follows.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has increased the estimation uncertainty in the preparation of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
The estimation uncertainty is associated with:
the extent and duration of the disruption to business arising from the actions by governments, businesses and consumers to contain the spread of the
virus;
the extent and duration of the expected economic downturn (and forecasts for key economic factors including GDP, employment and house prices).
This includes the disruption to capital markets, deteriorating credit, liquidity concerns, increasing unemployment, declines in consumer discretionary
spending, reductions in production because of decreased demand, and other restructuring activities; and
the effectiveness of government and central bank measures that have and will be put in place to support businesses and consumers through this
disruption and economic downturn.
The Group has developed various accounting estimates in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on forecasts of economic
conditions which reflect expectations and assumptions as at 31 March 2020 about future events that the Directors believe are reasonable in the
circumstances. There is a considerable degree of judgement involved in preparing forecasts. The underlying assumptions are also subject to
uncertainties which are often outside the control of the Group. Accordingly, actual economic conditions are likely to be different from those forecast since
anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of those differences may significantly impact accounting estimates included in
these financial statements.
The significant accounting estimates impacted by these forecasts and associated uncertainties are predominantly related to expected credit losses, fair
value measurement, and recoverable amount assessments of non-financial assets.
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on each of these accounting estimates is discussed further below and/or in the relevant note to these Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements. Readers should carefully consider these disclosures in light of the inherent uncertainty described above.
Allowance for expected credit losses
The Group measures the allowance for expected credit losses (ECL) using an expected credit loss impairment model as required by AASB 9 Financial
Instruments. The Group’s accounting policy for the recognition and measurement of the allowance for expected credit losses is described at Note 13 to
ANZ’s Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2019.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
85
The table below shows the Group’s allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 9 and Note 14 for further information).
As at
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Collectively assessed 4,501 3,376 3,378
Individually assessed 1,093 814 891
Total
1,2
5,594 4,190 4,269
1.
Includes allowance for expected credit losses for Net loans and advances – at amortised cost, Investment securities – debt securities at amortised cost and Off-balance sheet commitments -
undrawn and contingent facilities.
2.
Includes assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale from continuing and discontinued operations.
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses
In estimating individually assessed ECL for Stage 3 exposures, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to expected repayments, the
realisable value of collateral, the business prospects for the customer, competing claims and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process.
Judgements and assumptions in respect of these matters have been updated to reflect the potential impact of COVID-19.
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses
During the March 2020 half the collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses increased by $1,125 million. This was attributable to changes
in economic outlook of $1,031 million, foreign exchange of $77 million and changes in portfolio composition and risk of $17 million.
In estimating collectively assessed ECL, the Group makes judgements and assumptions in relation to:
the selection of an estimation technique or modelling methodology, noting that the modelling of the Group’s ECL estimates are complex; and
the selection of inputs for those models, and the interdependencies between those inputs.
The modelling methodology applied in estimating in ECL in these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements is consistent with that applied in ANZ’s
Annual Financial Statements for the year ended 30 September 2019.
The impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and how governments, businesses and consumers respond is uncertain. This uncertainty is reflected in
the Group’s assessment of expected credit losses from its credit portfolio which are subject to a number of management judgements and estimates.
The following table summarises the key judgements and assumptions in relation to the model inputs and the interdependencies between those inputs,
and highlights significant changes during the current period.
The judgements and associated assumptions have been made within the context of the impact of COVID-19, and reflect historical experience and other
factors that are considered to be relevant, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In relation
to COVID-19, judgements and assumptions include the extent and duration of the pandemic, the impacts of actions of governments and other authorities,
and the responses of businesses and consumers in different industries, along with the associated impact on the global economy. Accordingly, the
Group’s ECL estimates are inherently uncertain and, as a result, actual results may differ from these estimates.
Judgement/Assumption Description Changes and considerations during the half year
ended 31 March 2020
Determining when a
significant increase in credit
risk (SICR) has occurred
In the measurement of ECL, judgement is involved in
setting the rules and trigger points to determine whether
there has been a SICR since initial recognition of a loan,
which would result in the financial asset moving from
‘stage 1’ to ‘stage 2’. This is a key area of judgement since
transition from stage 1 to stage 2 increases the ECL from
an allowance based on the probability of default in the next
12 months, to an allowance for lifetime expected credit
losses. Subsequent decreases in credit risk resulting in
transition from stage 2 to stage 1 may similarly result in
significant changes in the ECL allowance. The setting of
precise trigger points requires judgement which may have
a material impact upon the size of the ECL allowance.
Various initiatives, such as payment holidays and
deferrals have been offered to customers in this half
year recognising the potential detrimental impact of
COVID-19. Such offers, if accepted, are not
automatically considered to indicate SICR but are used
as necessary within the broader set of indicators used
to assess and grade customer facilities.
Measuring both 12-month
and lifetime credit losses
ECL is a function of the probability of default (PD), the loss
given default (LGD) and the exposure at default (EAD)
which are point-in-time measures reflecting the relevant
forward looking information determined by management.
Judgement is involved in determining which forward-
looking information variables are relevant for particular
lending portfolios and for determining the sensitivity of the
parameters to movements in these forward looking
variables.
The PD, EAD and LGD models are subject to the
Group’s model risk policy that stipulates periodic model
monitoring, periodic re-validation and defines approval
procedures and authorities according to model
materiality. There were no material changes to the
policies during the half year ended 31 March 2020.
In addition, judgement is required where behavioural
characteristics are applied in estimating the lifetime of a
facility to be used in measuring ECL.
There were no changes to behavioural lifetime
estimates during the half year ended 31 March 2020.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
86
Judgement/Assumption Description Changes and considerations during the half year
ended 31 March 2020
Base case economic
forecast
The Group derives a forward looking “base case”
economic scenario which reflects ANZ’s view of the most
likely future macro-economic conditions.
There have been no changes to the types of forward
looking variables (key economic drivers) used as
model inputs in the current half year.
As at 31 March 2020, the base case assumptions have
been updated to reflect the rapidly evolving situation
with respect to COVID-19. This includes an
assessment of the impact of central bank (monetary
policy), governments (wage subsidies), and institution
specific responses (such as payment holidays). These
are considered in determining the length and severity
of the forecast economic downturn.
The expected outcomes of key economic drivers for
the base case scenario as at 31 March 2020 and those
previously used as at 30 September 2019 are
described below under the heading “Forecast base
case assumptions”.
Probability weighting of
each scenario (base case,
upside
1
, downside
1
and
severe downside
2
scenarios)
Probability weighting of each scenario is determined by
management considering the risks and uncertainties
surrounding the base case scenario.
The key consideration for probability weightings in the
current period is the continuing impact of COVID-19.
In addition to the base case forecast which reflects
largely the negative economic consequences of
COVID-19, greater weighting has been applied to the
downside and severe downside scenarios given the
Group’s assessment of downside risks.
The assigned probability weightings in Australia, New
Zealand and Rest of world are subject to a high degree
of inherent uncertainty and therefore the actual
outcomes may be significantly different to those
projected. The Group considers these weightings in
each geography to provide the best estimate of the
possible loss outcomes and has analysed inter-
relationships and correlations (over both the short and
long term) within the Group’s credit portfolios in
determining them.
Management temporary
adjustments
Management temporary adjustments to the ECL allowance
are adjustments used in circumstances where it is judged
that our existing inputs, assumptions and model
techniques do not capture all the risk factors relevant to
our lending portfolios. Emerging local or global
macroeconomic, microeconomic or political events, and
natural disasters that are not incorporated into our current
parameters, risk ratings, or forward-looking information are
examples of such circumstances. The use of management
temporary adjustments may impact the amount of ECL
recognised.
Temporary adjustments have been assessed in the
context of COVID-19 and the extent that associated
credit loss exposures are captured within the modelled
economic scenarios. While changes to temporary
adjustment have been made to select industries and
portfolios, there has been no material change to the
overall temporary adjustments in the March 2020 half.
1.
The upside and downside scenarios are fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions (that is, they are not based on the economic conditions prevailing at balance date) and are
based on a combination of more optimistic (in the case of the upside) and pessimistic (in the case of the downside) economic conditions.
2.
The severe downside scenario is fixed by reference to average economic cycle conditions and accounts for the potentially severe downside impact of less likely extremely adverse
economic conditions.
Base case economic forecast assumptions
The uncertain evolution of the COVID-19 pandemic increases the risk to the forecast resulting in an understatement or overstatement of the ECL balance
due to uncertainties around:
The extent and duration of measures to stop or reduce the speed of the spread of COVID-19;
The extent and duration of the economic down turn, along with the time required for economies to recover; and
The effectiveness of government stimulus measures, in particular their impact on the magnitude of economic downturn and the extent and duration
of the recovery.
The Group’s base case economic forecast scenarios reflects a sharp deterioration in economic conditions in the second quarter with a gradual
improvement thereafter. It reflects a widespread shutdown in the 2nd quarter of calendar 2020 followed thereafter by a progressive relaxation.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
87
The economic drivers of the base case economic forecasts at 31 March 2020 and those that were used at 30 September 2019 are set out below. These
reflect ANZ’s view, at the respective reporting dates, of the most likely future macro-economic conditions.
Base case economic forecast as at 31 March 2020 Base case economic forecast as at 30 September 2019
Australia:
GDP Expected contraction in GDP in the 2020 calendar year,
with some recovery in 2021.
GDP is expected to contract 13% in the June 2020 quarter
and to recover thereafter resulting in the 2020 calendar
year GDP contracting 4.7% then growing by 4.1% in the
2021 calendar year.
Expected to improve modestly.
Unemployment rate Unemployment is expected to increase significantly over
the June quarter, recovering gradually over the remainder
of 2020 and 2021, but remaining higher than pre COVID-
19 levels.
The unemployment rate is expected to reach 13% in the
June 2020 quarter before moderate recovery in the
September 2020 quarter. It is expected to average 9.0%
for calendar year 2020 and 7.3% for calendar year 2021.
Expected to remain essentially flat.
Residential property
values
Property prices are expected to fall progressively by 4.1%
in calendar year 2020 (taking into account growth pre
COVID-19) and contract a further 6.3% in calendar year
2021.
Expected to improve after a period of decline.
Consumer price
index
CPI growth is forecast to fall moderately in 2020 from 2019
levels, returning to 2019 levels in 2021.
CPI growth is forecast at 1.2% for calendar year 2020 and
1.6% for calendar year 2021.
Growth expected to rise from current levels.
New Zealand
GDP Expected sizeable contraction in GDP in June quarter,
rebounding partially over the remainder of the year.
Moderate GDP growth is expected in 2021.
GDP is expected to contract by 17% in the June 2020
quarter, rebounding in the September 2020 quarter once
activity resumes, resulting in the 2020 calendar year GDP
contracting 6.7% then growing by 4.2% in the 2021
calendar year.
Expected to improve modestly.
Unemployment rate Unemployment is expected to increase significantly over
the June quarter, recovering gradually over the remainder
of 2020 and 2021, but remaining significantly higher than
levels of 1H20. It is expected to average 7.4% for calendar
year 2020 and 7.7% for calendar year 2021.
Expected to remain stable.
Residential property
values
Property prices are expected to contract by 1.9% in
calendar year in 2020, followed by 6.0% growth in
calendar year 2021.
Expected to achieve modest levels of growth.
Consumer price
index
CPI growth is forecast at slightly lower levels than 2019
across 2020 and 2021.
CPI growth is forecast at 1.5% for calendar year 2020 and
1.5% for calendar year 2021.
Expected to rise modestly.
Rest of world
GDP Expected contraction in GDP in the 2020 calendar year,
with modest growth in 2021.
GDP is expected to contract 3.6% over the 2020 calendar
year and then grow by 2.0% over the 2021 calendar year.
Growth is forecast to taper lower in the near term due to
uncertainty in the global outlook.
Consumer price
index
Inflation is forecast to fall significantly in 2020 from 2019
levels, increasing in 2021.
Inflation is forecast at 0.9% for calendar year 2020 and
1.7% for calendar year 2021.
Expected to remain soft.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
88
ECL - Sensitivity analysis
The uncertainty on the impact of COVID-19 introduced significant estimation uncertainty in relation to the measurement of the Group’s allowance for
expected credit losses. The rapidly evolving consequences of COVID-19 and government, business and consumer responses could result in significant
adjustments to the allowance within the current and next financial years.
Given current economic uncertainties and the judgment applied to factors used in determining the expected default of borrowers in future periods,
expected credit losses reported by the Group should be considered as a best estimate within a range of possible estimates.
The table below illustrates the sensitivity of ECL to key factors used in determining it:
ECL sensitivity - Weightings applied to forecast scenarios
Total ECL
$m
Impact
$m
100% upside scenario 1,969 (2,533)
100% base scenario 4,319 (183)
100% downside scenario 5,293 791
100% severe downside scenario 6,472 1,970
Fair Value Measurement of Financial Instruments
The majority of valuation models the Group uses to value financial instruments employ only observable market data as inputs. This has not changed as a
result of COVID-19.
For certain financial instruments, we may use data that is not readily observable in current markets where we need to exercise more management
judgement to determine fair value depending on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Generally, we derive unobservable
inputs from other relevant market data and compare them to observed transaction prices where available.
The financial instruments which are subject to valuation using unobservable inputs are disclosed in the Group’s fair value hierarchy in Note 15, and are
predominantly equity investment securities where quoted prices in active markets are not available. At 31 March 2020 the Group had $1,296m of assets
and $67m of liabilities where the valuation was primarily derived using an unobservable input (Sep 19: $1,272m assets and $52m liabilities; Mar 19:
$1,365m assets and $43m liabilities).
The Group has an investment in the Bank of Tianjin (BoT), which at 31 March 2020 has a carrying value of $1,053m (Sep 19: $1,106m; Mar 19:
$1,215m). As a result of persistent illiquidity of the quoted share price, the Group determines the fair value based on a valuation model using comparable
bank pricing multiples as determined by management. Judgement is required in both the selection of the model and inputs used. Although the
comparator group entities operate in the same industry, the nature of their business and local economic conditions may be different from the Group’s
investment. Thus where local conditions change, which impact the price-to-book ratio of the comparator group, the fair value of the asset will change
proportionately. That is, if the price-to-book ratio changed by 10%, the fair value would change by 10%. As the asset is classified as fair value through
other comprehensive income, changes in the fair value are reflected directly in equity.
Investments in associates
At 31 March 2020, the impairment assessment of non-lending assets identified that two of the Group’s associate investments AMMB Holdings Berhad
(AmBank) and PT Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin) had indicators of impairment; specifically their market value (based on share price) was below their
carrying value. The Group performed value in use (VIU) calculations to assess if the carrying value of the investments were impaired.
The VIU calculations are sensitive to a number of key assumptions, including discount rates, long term growth rates, future profitability and capital levels.
Changes in key assumptions could have a positive or adverse impact on the recoverable amount of the investment. The key assumptions used in the VIU
calculations are outlined below:
AmBank PT Panin
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 20 Sep 19
Carrying Value ($m)
1,161 1,586 1,130 1,350
Post-tax discount rate
12.4% 10.7% 13.9% 13.3%
Terminal growth rate
4.9% 4.8% 5.3% 5.3%
Expected NPAT growth (compound annual growth rate - 5 years)
1.0% 4.1% 2.6% 6.5%
Common Equity Tier 1 ratio
11.5% 11.9% to 12.7% 12.3% 11.6%
While the underlying performance of both investments continues to be strong, the assumptions in the VIU were adjusted to reflect reasonable estimates
of the impact of COVID-19 and the increased risks associated with the estimated cash flows. Accordingly in performing the VIU calculation as at 31
March 2020 expected NPAT growth estimates were reduced; higher risk weight asset growth estimates were used in the early years and a higher
discount rate was used assuming that higher risk premiums would more than offset reductions in risk free rates.
As the adjusted VIU calculations did not support the carrying value of either investment as at 31 March 2020 the Group recorded an impairment charge of
$815 million in the March 2020 half with AmBank impaired by $595 million and PT Panin impaired by $220 million. Both investments form part of the TSO
and Group Centre operating segment.
The impact of COVID-19 on the valuation of AmBank and PT Panin is uncertain. Significant management judgment is required to determine the
assumptions underpinning the VIU calculations. Changes in key assumptions could have a positive or adverse impact on the recoverable amount of the
investment.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
89
Customer remediation provision
At 31 March 2020, the Group has recognised provisions of $1,094 million (Sep 19: $1,139 million; Mar 19: $698 million) in respect of customer
remediation which includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and costs associated and related customer and
regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes.
Determining the amount of the provisions, which represent management’s best estimate of the cost of settling the identified matters, requires the exercise
of significant judgement. It will often be necessary to form a view on a number of different assumptions, including the number of impacted customers, the
average refund per customer, associated remediation project costs, and the implications of regulatory exposures and customer claims having regard to
their specific facts and circumstances.
Consequently, the appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and other relevant evidence,
including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.
Other provisions
The Group holds provisions for various obligations including restructuring costs and surplus lease space, non- lending losses, fraud and forgeries and
litigation related claims. These provisions involve judgements regarding the timing and outcome of future events, including estimates of expenditure
required to satisfy such obligations. The appropriateness of the underlying assumptions is reviewed on a regular basis against actual experience and
other relevant evidence, including expert legal advice, and adjustments are made to the provisions where appropriate.
Useful lives of software
Management judgement is used to assess the useful life of software assets. A number of factors can influence the useful lives of software assets,
including changes to business strategy, significant divestments and the pace of technological change.
The Group reassess the useful lives of software assets on a semi-annual basis.
v) Accounting policies
These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting policies and using methods of computation
consistent with those applied in the 2019 ANZ Annual Financial Report with the exception of policies associated with new standards adopted during the
period as discussed below.
Discontinued operations are separately presented from the results of the continuing operations as a single line item ‘profit/(loss) after tax from
discontinued operations’ in the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement. Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Income Statement have been
presented on a continuing basis. Assets and liabilities of discontinued operations have been presented as held for sale in the Condensed Consolidated
Balance Sheet as at 31 March 2020.
Accounting standards adopted during the period
AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16)
AASB 16 became effective for the Group from 1 October 2019 and replaced the previous standard AASB 117 Leases (AASB 117). AASB 16 primarily
impacts the Group’s property and technology leases which were previously classified as operating leases. Under AASB 117, operating leases were not
recognised on balance sheet and rent payments were expensed over the lease term.
Under AASB 16, the Group recognises all leases (except for leases of low value assets and short term leases) on balance sheet under a single
accounting model. Accordingly, the Group recognises its right to use an underlying leased asset over the lease term as a right-of-use (ROU) asset, and
its obligation to make lease payments as a lease liability. In the income statement, the Group recognises depreciation expense on the ROU asset and
interest expense on the lease liability. As a result, lease expenses will be higher in the early periods of a lease and lower in the later periods of the lease
compared to the previous standard where expenses were constant over the lease term. Cumulative expenses over the life of a lease will not change.
As permitted by the standard, the Group does not recognise ROU assets and lease liabilities for leases of low value items and short term leases (less
than 12 months). Instead, the lease payments associated with these leases are recognised as operating expense in the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the lease term.
The Group has applied the modified retrospective transition approach whereby initial lease liabilities are recognised based on the present value of
remaining lease payments as of the transition date. The initial ROU asset recognised for certain large commercial and retail leases was measured as if
AASB 16 had always been applied to the leases. For all other leases, the initial ROU asset was measured as equal to the initial lease liability.
The implementation of AASB 16 requires management to make certain key judgements including the determination of lease terms, discount rates and
identifying arrangements that contain a lease.
Based on the modified retrospective transition approach, the Group recognised lease liabilities of $1.7 billion presented within Payables and other
liabilities and right-of-use assets of $1.6 billion presented within Property Plant and Equipment. This resulted in a reduction to opening retained earnings
of $88 million and an increase in deferred tax assets of $37 million as of 1 October 2019. Comparatives have not been restated.
In addition, the Group elected to apply the following practical expedients as permitted under the modified retrospective transition approach:
a) Impairment of ROU assets at the transition date were assessed by relying on onerous lease provisions previously recognised as of 30 September
2019 under AASB 117;
b) Initial direct costs associated with entering leases prior to the transition date were excluded from the carrying value of ROU assets recognised at
transition;
c) No ROU assets or lease liabilities were recognised for certain leases with less than 12 months remaining as of the transition date; these leases were
treated as short-term leases with all lease payments recognised in rent expense as incurred; and
d) Hindsight was used to determine the lease term of contracts that contained options to extend the lease.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
90
The following table reconciles the operating lease commitments disclosed under AASB 117 as at 30 September 2019 to the opening lease liabilities
recognised under AASB 16 as at 1 October 2019.
$M
Operating Lease Commitments as of 30 September 2019
1,656
Increase in lease term for extension options
210
Exclusion of low value leases and leases of less than 12 months
(19)
Exclusion of service components
(10)
Other
(17)
Total Undiscounted Lease Payments
1,820
Effect of discounting at a weighted average incremental borrowing rate of 2.44%
(141)
Total lease liabilities under AASB 16
1,679
During the reporting period, the Group recognised the following amounts in the income statement
$M
Depreciation expense on ROU assets
203
Interest expense on lease liabilities
20
Interest expense on makegood provisions
1
Rent expense in relation to low value leases and leases of less than 12 months
11
Other Income in relation to subleases
12
The Group's accounting policies with respect to lease arrangements where it acts as lessor have not changed under AASB 16 except where the Group
subleases certain leased properties. Where the Group acts as intermediate lessor, it classifies the sublease as either a finance lease or operating lease
by reference to the ROU asset of the head lease. Income from operating subleases is recognised in Other Operating Income in the Income Statement.
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
Background
Interbank offered rates (IBORs), such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), play a critical role in global financial markets, serving as reference
rates for derivatives, loans and securities, and as parameters in the valuation of financial instruments.
Uncertainty surrounding the integrity of IBOR rates has in recent years, led regulators, central banks and market participants to work towards a transition
to alternative risk-free benchmark reference rates (RFR’s) and market-led working groups in respective jurisdictions have recommended alternative risk-
free reference rates, which are gradually being adopted. Progress in the transition to these new benchmarks has resulted in significant uncertainty in the
future of IBOR benchmarks beyond 1 January 2022.
Accounting amendments
In response to the uncertainty about the long-term viability of these benchmark rates, and LIBOR in particular, the International Accounting Standards
Board (IASB) has established a project to consider the financial reporting implications of the reform. The transition from LIBOR is expected to have an
impact on various elements of financial instrument accounting, including hedge accounting, as well as fair value methodologies and disclosures.
In October 2019, the AASB issued AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform, which amends
certain existing hedge accounting requirements to provide relief from potential effects of the uncertainty caused by the interest rate benchmark reform.
The Group elected to early adopt the amendments from 1 October 2019 which have not had a significant impact on the Group.
These amendments address the accounting effects of uncertainty in the period leading up to the reform arising from the Group’s ability to satisfy the
existing prospective hedge effectiveness requirements of AASB 139. This uncertainty arises as it is not known when the hedged items (such as debt
issuances) and associated hedging instruments (such as interest rate swaps) will be changed to reference the RFR’s, or if both the hedging item and the
associated hedging instrument will move to the new rates at the same time. The Group has applied this amendment to all hedge accounted relationships
(cash flow or fair value hedges) where the reform gives rise to uncertainties about the timing or amount of IBOR based cash flows of the hedged item or
hedging instrument.
The IASB has commenced working on Phase 2 of its IBOR Reform project, which focuses on potential issues that might affect financial reporting once
the existing rate is replaced with an alternative rate. The Group is monitoring these developments and continues to assess the expected financial impact.
Impact of IBOR reform
The Group has exposure to IBOR through its issuance of debt, the structural interest rate risk position, holdings of investment securities; products
denominated in foreign currencies and associated hedging activities in our treasury and markets businesses within TSO and Group Centre and
Institutional divisions respectively.
The Group has established an enterprise-wide Benchmark Transition Program to manage the transition. The program includes the assessment and
actions necessary to accommodate the transition to RFR’s as they apply to internal processes and systems including pricing, risk management,
documentation and hedge arrangements. The program includes management of the impact on customers.
Impact of IBOR reform on the Group’s hedging relationships
The most significant interest rate benchmarks to which the Group's hedging relationships are exposed to are USD LIBOR, Euro Interbank Offered Rate
(Euribor), Bank Bill Swap Rate (BBSW) and Bank Bill Market (BKBM).
Of these benchmarks the Group expects BBSW, BKBM and EURIBOR to exist as benchmark rates for the foreseeable future and therefore does not
believe its BBSW, BKBM or EURIBOR benchmark fair value or cash flow hedges to be directly impacted by IBOR reform.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
91
The table below details the carrying values of the Group's exposures designated in hedge accounting relationships that will be impacted by IBOR reform,
principally USD Libor. The nominal value of the associated hedging instruments are also included:
As at 31 March 20
Hedged items
USD LIBOR exposures
AUD$M
Investment securities at FVOCI 17,144
Net loans and advances 135
Debt issuances 42,935
Hedging instruments
Notional designated up to
31 December 2021
AUD$M
Notional designated beyond
31 December 2021
AUD$M
Total Notional Amount
AUD $M
Fair value hedges 22,352 34,965 57,317
Cash flow hedges - 1,212 1,212
As at 31 March, 2020 the Group also has GBP LIBOR, CHF LIBOR and JPY LIBOR exposures designated in hedge accounting relationships of $1,118
million, $1,073 million and $3,582 million respectively.
vi) Future accounting developments
AASB 9 - General hedge accounting
AASB 9 introduces new hedge accounting requirements which more closely align accounting with risk management activities undertaken when hedging
financial and non-financial risks.
AASB 9 provides the Group with an accounting policy choice to continue to apply AASB 139 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement
(AASB 139) hedge accounting requirements until the International Accounting Standards Board’s ongoing project on macro hedge accounting is
completed. The Group currently applies the hedge accounting requirements of AASB 139.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
92
2. Income
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Interest income 13,800 15,107 15,970 -9% -14%
Interest expense
(6,382) (7,882) (8,493) -19% -25%
Major bank levy
(196) (185) (178) 6% 10%
Net interest income
7,222 7,040 7,299 3% -1%
Other operating income
i) Fee and commission income
Lending fees
1
303 299 303 1% 0%
Non-lending fees
1,441 1,552 1,507 -7% -4%
Commissions
46 76 48 -39% -4%
Funds management income
139 126 128 10% 9%
Fee and commission income
1,929 2,053 1,986 -6% -3%
Fee and commission expense (752) (741) (721) 1% 4%
Net fee and commission income
1,177 1,312 1,265 -10% -7%
ii) Other income
Net foreign exchange earnings and other financial instruments income
2
1,099 898 380 22% large
Impairment of AmBank
(595) - - n/a n/a
Impairment of PT Panin
(220) - - n/a n/a
Sale of OPL NZ
- 7 82 -100% -100%
Sale of Paymark
- - 37 n/a -100%
Sale of Cambodia JV
- 10 - -100% n/a
Sale of PNG Retail, Commercial & SME
- 1 - -100% n/a
Dividend income on equity securities
- 28 - -100% n/a
Other
28 16 22 75% 27%
Other income
312 960 521 -68% -40%
Other operating income 1,489 2,272 1,786 -34% -17%
iii) Net income from insurance business 47 49 77 -4% -39%
iv) Share of associates' profit 135 131 131 3% 3%
Operating income
3
8,893 9,492 9,293 -6% -4%
1.
Lending fees exclude fees treated as part of the effective yield calculation in interest income.
2.
Includes fair value movements (excluding realised and accrued interest) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges entered into to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk
on funding instruments, ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, and fair value movements in financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss.
3.
Includes charges associated with customer remediation of $58 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $148 million; Mar 19 half: $64 million).
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
93
3. Operating expenses
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
i) Personnel
Salaries and related costs
2,177 2,122 2,127 3% 2%
Superannuation costs
169 147 146 15% 16%
Other
119 126 97 -6% 23%
Personnel
1
2,465 2,395 2,370 3% 4%
ii) Premises
Rent
2
43 218 232 -80% -81%
Depreciation
3
263 86 81 large large
Other
99 85 93 16% 6%
Premises
405 389 406 4% 0%
iii) Technology
Depreciation and amortisation
3
341 357 337 -4% 1%
Licences and outsourced services
405 339 333 19% 22%
Other
93 74 94 26% -1%
Technology (excluding personnel)
839 770 764 9% 10%
iv) Restructuring 105 26 51 large large
v) Other
Advertising and public relations
89 129 97 -31% -8%
Professional fees
293 308 229 -5% 28%
Freight, stationery, postage and communication
104 109 107 -5% -3%
Royal Commission legal costs
- 2 13 -100% -100%
Other
305 578 328 -47% -7%
Other
1
791 1,126 774 -30% 2%
Operating expenses
1
4,605 4,706 4,365 -2% 5%
1.
Includes customer remediation expenses of $71 million for the March 2020 half (Sep 19 half: $337 million; Mar 19 half: $36 million).
2.
Following the adoption of AASB16 on 1 October 2019, with the exception of low value leases and leases of less than 12 months, expenses associated with operating leases are shown as
depreciation of the right-of-use asset and interest expense associated with the lease liability (comparatives not restated).
3.
Includes depreciation and amortisation on right-of-use assets which the Group commenced recognising on the adoption of AASB 16 (comparatives not restated).
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
94
4. Income tax expense
Reconciliation of the prima facie income tax expense on pre-tax profit with the income tax expense recognised in the profit and loss.
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Profit before income tax from continuing operations 2,614 4,384 4,536
-40% -42%
Prima facie income tax expense at 30%
784 1,315 1,361
-40% -42%
Tax effect of permanent differences:
Gains or losses on sale from divestments
- (5) (20)
-100% -100%
Impairment of investment in AmBank and PT Panin
245 - -
n/a n/a
Share of associates' profit
(41) (39) (39)
5% 5%
Interest on convertible instruments
29 30 33
-3% -12%
Overseas tax rate differential
(35) (48) (64)
-27% -45%
Provision for foreign tax on dividend repatriation
14 30 9
-53% 56%
Tax provisions no longer required
- (8) (6)
-100% -100%
Other
5 71 6 -93% -17%
Subtotal
1,001 1,346 1,280 -26% -22%
Income tax (over)/under provided in previous years (23) (21) 4 10% large
Income tax expense
978 1,325 1,284 -26% -24%
Australia 580 867 815 -33% -29%
Overseas 398 458 469 -13% -15%
Income tax expense
978 1,325 1,284 -26% -24%
Effective tax rate 37.4% 30.2% 28.3%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
95
5. Di
vidends
Dividend per ordinary share (cents)
Half Year Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Interim
- fully franked
1,2,3
TBD N/A 80
- partially franked
1
TBD N/A N/A
Final
- par
tially franked
3,4
N/A 80 N/A
Total
TBD 80 80
Ordinary share dividend ($M)
5
Inte
rim dividend
- 2,267 -
Final dividend
2,268 - 2,295
Bonus option plan adjustment
(40) (40) (41) 0% -2%
Total
2,228 2,227 2,254 0% -1%
Ordinary share dividend payout ratio
(%)
6
TBD 81.6% 71.4%
1.
The decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend has been deferred until the economic outlook is clearer and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
2.
Fully franked for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate) for the 2019 interim dividend.
3.
Carries New Zealand imputation credits of NZD 9 cents for the 2019 interim and final dividend.
4.
Partially franked at 70% for Australian tax purposes (30% tax rate).
5.
Dividends paid to ordinary equity holders of the Company. Excludes dividends paid by subsidiaries of the Group to non-controlling equity holders (Sep 19 half: $1.6 million; Mar 19 half: nil).
6.
The dividend payout ratio for the March 2020 half will be determined when the decision on the 2020 interim dividend has been made. Dividend payout ratios for the September 2019 half
and March 2019 half were calculated using actual dividend paid of $2,268 million and $2,267 million respectively.
With c
onsideration to the current uncertainties in the economic outlook and the letter issued by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA)
to all Authorised Deposit Taking Institutions (ADIs) on 7 April 2020, on capital management and the ongoing Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, the
ANZ board has deferred the decision on the payment of a 2020 interim dividend until the economic outlook is clearer. Decisions in relation to the
Dividend Reinvestment Plan and Bonus Option Plan will also be made at that time as applicable.
The Board will continue to deliberate and an update will be provided at the August 2020 market update.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
96
6. Earnings per share
Half Year Movement
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Basic
Earnings Per Share (cents)
54.6 98.3 111.7 -44% -51%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations
1
57.8 107.9 114.1 -46% -49%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations
(3.2) (9.6) (2.4) -67% 33%
Earnings Per Share (EPS) - Diluted
Earnings Per Share (cents)
51.5 94.7 106.4 -46% -52%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from continuing operations
1
54.3 103.6 108.7 -48% -50%
Earnings Per Share (cents) from discontinued operations
(2.8) (8.9) (2.3) -69% 22%
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding
during the period (after eliminating ANZ shares held within the Group known as treasury shares). Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the profit or loss
attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the basic EPS calculation for the effect of dilutive potential
ordinary shares.
Reconciliation of earnings used in earnings per share calculations
Basic:
Profit for the period ($M)
1,546 2,786 3,182 -45% -51%
Less: Profit attributable to non-controlling interests ($M)
1 6 9 -83% -89%
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)
1,545 2,780 3,173 -44% -51%
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)
(90) (273) (70) -67% 29%
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share from continuing
operations ($M)
1,635 3,053 3,243 -46% -50%
Diluted:
Earnings used in calculating basic earnings per share ($M)
1,545 2,780 3,173 -44% -51%
Add: Interest on convertible subordinated debt ($M)
124 131 137 -5% -9%
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share ($M)
1,669 2,911 3,310 -43% -50%
Less: Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations ($M)
(90) (273) (70) -67% 29%
Earnings used in calculating diluted earnings per share from
continuing operations ($M)
1,759 3,184 3,380 -45% -48%
Reconciliation of weighted average number of ordinary shares
(WANOS) used in earnings per share calculations
1,2
WANOS used in calculating basic earnings per share (M)
2,830.6 2,828.4 2,841.3 0% 0%
Add: Weighted average dilutive potential ordinary shares (M)
Convertible subordinated debt (M)
401.4 237.9 260.5 69% 54%
Share based payments (options, rights and deferred shares) (M)
6.6 8.3 8.4 -20% -21%
WANOS used in calculating diluted earnings per share (M)
3,238.6 3,074.6 3,110.2 5% 4%
1.
The successor fund transfer performed in preparation for the sale of the Group’s wealth businesses to Zurich and IOOF was completed on 13 April 2019. Post this date, treasury shares held
in Wealth Australia discontinued operations ceased to be eliminated in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and are included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per
share. If the weighted average number of treasury shares held in Wealth Australia discontinued operations was included in the denominator used in calculating earnings per share from
continuing operations in the comparative periods, basic earnings per share from continuing operations for the September 2019 half and March 2019 half would have been 107.9 cents and
113.5 cents respectively and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for the September 2019 half and March 2019 half would have been 103.5 cents and 108.1 cents
respectively.
2.
Weighted average number of ordinary shares excludes the weighted average number of treasury shares held in ANZEST and Wealth Australia discontinued operations as summarised in the
table below:
Mar 20 half
(Million)
Sep 19 half
(Million)
Mar 19 half
(Million)
ANZEST Pty Ltd 4.9 4.6 4.9
Wealth Australia discontinued operations - 0.9 15.6
Total treasury shares 4.9 5.5 20.5
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
97
7. Segment analysis
i) Description of segments
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, New Zealand, Institutional, Pacific, and TSO
and Group Centre. For further information on the composition of divisions refer to the Definitions on page 141.
The presentation of divisional results has not been impacted by methodology or structural changes during the period.
The divisions reported below are consistent with internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, being the Chief Executive Officer.
ii) Operating segments
ANZ measures the performance of continuing segments on a cash profit basis. To calculate cash profit, certain non-core items are removed from
statutory profit. Details of these items are included in the ‘Other items’ section of this note. Transactions between divisions across segments within ANZ
are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and disclosed as part of the income and expenses of these segments.
For information on discontinued operations please refer to Note 12.
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
March 2020 Half Year $M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Net interest income 4,048 1,624 1,410 65 75 - 7,222
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 133 156 8 6 - - 303
- Non-lending fees 694 406 331 18 (8) - 1,441
- Commissions 25 - 21 - - - 46
- Funds management income 12 1 126 - - - 139
- Fee and commission expense (322) (178) (248) (4) - - (752)
Net income from insurance business 47 - - - - - 47
Other income 6 782 9 30 (829) 314 312
Share of associates’ profit - - - - 135 - 135
Operating income 4,643 2,791 1,657 115 (627) 314 8,893
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,214 610 567 20 (998) 222 1,635
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (90)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
1,545
1.
In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment
and are evaluated separately.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
98
7. Segment analysis, cont’d
Australia
Retail and
Commercial Institutional
New
Zealand Pacific
TSO and
Group
Centre
Other
items
1
Group
Total
September 2019 Half Year
$M $M $M $M $M $M $M
Net interest income 4,000 1,501 1,351 60 128 - 7,040
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 146 138 8 7 - - 299
- Non-lending fees 791 412 337 22 (10) - 1,552
- Commissions 35 - 40 - 1 - 76
- Funds management income 4 1 123 - (2) - 126
- Fee and commission expense (335) (170) (232) (5) 1 - (741)
Net income from insurance business 48 - - - 1 - 49
Other income 9 685 2 30 25 209 960
Share of associates’ profit (2) - - - 133 - 131
Operating income 4,696 2,567 1,629 114 277 209 9,492
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,492 816 646 26 (74) 147 3,053
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (273)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
2,780
March 2019 Half Year
Net interest income 4,092 1,579 1,385 68 175 - 7,299
Net fee and commission income
- Lending fees 144 144 8 7 - - 303
- Non-lending fees 708 435 354 20 (10) - 1,507
- Commissions 40 - 21 - (13) - 48
- Funds management income 10 1 120 - (3) - 128
- Fee and commission expense (322) (168) (227) (4) - - (721)
Net income from insurance business 52 - 18 - - 7 77
Other income 18 714 4 27 218 (460) 521
Share of associates’ profit 1 - 4 - 126 - 131
Operating income 4,743 2,705 1,687 118 493 (453) 9,293
Profit/(Loss) after tax from continuing operations 1,703 1,012 753 33 63 (321) 3,243
Profit/(Loss) after tax from discontinued operations (70)
Profit after tax attributable to shareholders
3,173
1.
In evaluating the performance of the operating segments, certain items are removed from statutory profit where they are not considered integral to the ongoing performance of the segment
and are evaluated separately.
iii) Other items
The table below sets out the profit after tax impact of other items which are removed from statutory profit to reflect the cash profit of each segment.
Half Year Movement
Item gains/(losses) Related segment
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Revaluation of policy liabilities New Zealand - - (77) n/a -100%
Economic hedges
Institutional, New Zealand, TSO and
Group Centre
340 67 (185) large large
Revenue and expense hedges TSO and Group Centre
(120) 79 (60) large 100%
Structured credit intermediation trades Institutional
2 1 1 100% 100%
Total from continuing operations
222 147 (321) 51% large
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
99
8. Net loans and advances
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia
Overdrafts 4,997 5,867 5,832 -15% -14%
Credit cards outstanding
7,383 7,781 8,168 -5% -10%
Commercial bills outstanding
6,414 6,159 6,441 4% 0%
Term loans - housing
263,596 264,786 268,766 0% -2%
Term loans - non-housing
164,346 145,538 132,733 13% 24%
Lease receivables
1,066 929 966 15% 10%
Hire purchase contracts
452 535 561 -16% -19%
Total Australia
448,254 431,595 423,467 4% 6%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Overdrafts 476 541 611 -12% -22%
Credit cards outstanding
7 7 12 0% -42%
Term loans - housing
531 504 770 5% -31%
Term loans - non-housing
1
78,803 61,491 61,405 28% 28%
Lease receivables
1
29 274 305 -89% -90%
Other
28 19 13 47% large
Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
79,874 62,836 63,116 27% 27%
New Zealand
Overdrafts 795 859 1,040 -7% -24%
Credit cards outstanding
1,389 1,453 1,552 -4% -11%
Term loans - housing
85,301 78,518 79,410 9% 7%
Term loans - non-housing
43,373 41,308 42,930 5% 1%
Lease receivables
138 146 162 -5% -15%
Hire purchase contracts
1,657 1,580 1,592 5% 4%
Total New Zealand
132,653 123,864 126,686 7% 5%
Sub-total 660,781 618,295 613,269 7% 8%
Unearned income (368) (398) (446) -8% -17%
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees
2
865 870 947 -1% -9%
Gross loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)
661,278 618,767 613,770 7% 8%
Allowance for expected credit losses (refer to Note 9) (4,669) (3,509) (3,601) 33% 30%
Net loans and advances (including assets reclassified as held for sale)
656,609 615,258 610,169 7% 8%
Net loans and advances held for sale (refer to Note 12) - - (888) n/a -100%
Net loans and advances
656,609 615,258 609,281 7% 8%
1.
During the March 2020 half, the Group reclassified certain arrangements from Lease receivables to Term loans – non-housing. Comparatives were not restated.
2.
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees are amortised over the expected life of the loan.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
100
9. Allowance for expected credit losses
The following tables present the movement in the allowance for ECL (including allowance for ECL on financial assets held for sale) for the March 2020,
September 2019 and March 2019 half year’s.
Net loans and advances - at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Net loans and advances.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2018 920 1,391 359 894 3,564
Transfer between stages 133 (228) (53) 148 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(124) 244 74 475 669
Write-backs
- - - (152) (152)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (498) (498)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
11 8 1 (2) 18
As at 31 March 2019
940 1,415 381 865 3,601
Transfer between stages 160 (253) (87) 180 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (172) 221 122 569 740
Write-backs
- - - (230) (230)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (578) (578)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
(1) (5) (3) (15) (24)
As at 30 September 2019
927 1,378 413 791 3,509
Transfer between stages 204 (270) (95) 161 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 30 840 132 718 1,720
Write-backs
- - - (164) (164)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - (469) (469)
Foreign currency translation and other movements
30 20 5 18 73
As at 31 March 2020
1,191 1,968 455 1,055 4,669
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
Allowance for ECL is included in Investment securities.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2018 9 2 - - 11
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
2 (1) - - 1
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
- - - - -
As at 31 March 2019
11 1 - - 12
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) - - - - -
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1 - - - 1
As at 30 September 2019
12 1 - - 13
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 1 - - - 1
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
1 - - - 1
As at 31 March 2020
14 1 - - 15
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
101
9. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
For FVOCI assets, the allowance for ECL does not alter the carrying amount which remains at fair value. Instead, the allowance for ECL is recognised in
Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) with a corresponding charge to profit or loss.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2018 14 - - - 14
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(3) - - - (3)
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
- - - - -
As at 31 March 2019
11 - - - 11
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 1 - - - 1
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
(4) - - - (4)
As at 30 September 2019
8 - - - 8
Transfer between stages - - - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 1 - - - 1
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
- - - - -
As at 31 March 2020
9 - - - 9
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
Allowance for ECL is included in Provisions.
Stage 3
Stage 1
$M
Stage 2
$M
Collectively
assessed
$M
Individually
assessed
$M
Total
$M
As at 1 October 2018 474 166 15 26 681
Transfer between stages 19 (19) - - -
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
(34) 3 (1) 1 (31)
Write-backs
- - - - -
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
5 2 - (1) 6
As at 31 March 2019
464 152 14 26 656
Transfer between stages 18 (20) 1 1 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) (12) 19 6 - 13
Write-backs
- - - (3) (3)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
3 - - (1) 2
As at 30 September 2019
473 151 21 23 668
Transfer between stages 20 (24) (2) 6 -
New and increased provisions (net of releases) 98 115 (2) 15 226
Write-backs
- - - (6) (6)
Bad debts written off (excluding recoveries)
- - - - -
Foreign currency translation and other movements
19 2 1 - 22
As at 31 March 2020
610 244 18 38 910
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
102
9. Allowance for expected credit losses, cont’d
Credit impairment charge/(release) analysis
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
New and increased provisions (net of releases)
1
- Collectively assessed 1,048 4 12 large large
- Individually assessed
900 750 624 20% 44%
Write-backs
(170) (233) (152) -27% 12%
Recoveries of amounts previously written off
(104) (119) (93) -13% 12%
Total credit impairment charge
1,674 402 391 large large
Less: credit impairment charge/(release) from discontinued operations - - (1) n/a -100%
Total credit impairment charge from continuing operations
1,674 402 392 large large
1.
Includes the impact of transfers between collectively assessed and individually assessed.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
103
10. Deposits and other borrowings
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Australia
Certificates of deposit 34,733 32,953 39,481 5% -12%
Term deposits
69,056 74,560 77,714 -7% -11%
On demand and short term deposits
220,135 196,261 180,863 12% 22%
Deposits not bearing interest
14,410 12,765 12,202 13% 18%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
52,942 43,447 49,964 22% 6%
Commercial paper
17,435 9,413 12,530 85% 39%
Total Australia
408,711 369,399 372,754 11% 10%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Certificates of deposit 1,494 2,318 3,215 -36% -54%
Term deposits
121,141 101,586 94,396 19% 28%
On demand and short term deposits
24,211 20,787 19,930 16% 21%
Deposits not bearing interest
7,101 4,648 5,234 53% 36%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
46,397 33,891 34,705 37% 34%
Total Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
200,344 163,230 157,480 23% 27%
New Zealand
Certificates of deposit 1,651 1,375 874 20% 89%
Term deposits
50,414 50,941 50,890 -1% -1%
On demand and short term deposits
45,978 39,216 41,011 17% 12%
Deposits not bearing interest
14,050 10,929 10,383 29% 35%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under repurchase agreements
1,422 188 245 large large
Commercial paper and other borrowings
4,339 2,399 2,896 81% 50%
Total New Zealand
117,854 105,048 106,299 12% 11%
Total deposits and other borrowings (including liabilities reclassified as held for sale) 726,909 637,677 636,533 14% 14%
Deposits and other borrowings held for sale (refer to Note 12) - - (1,544) n/a -100%
Total deposits and other borrowings
726,909 637,677 634,989 14% 14%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
104
11. Other provisions
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
ECL allowance on undrawn facilities 910 668 656 36% 39%
Customer remediation
1,094 1,139 698 -4% 57%
Restructuring costs
128 64 114 100% 12%
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
82 94 101 -13% -19%
Other
559 350 174 60% large
Total other provisions (including liabilities reclassified as held for sale)
2,773 2,315 1,743 20% 59%
Less: Other provisions reclassified as held for sale - (91) (63) -100% -100%
Total other provisions
2,773 2,224 1,680 25% 65%
Customer remediation
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Restructuring costs
Provisions for restructuring costs arise from activities related to material changes in the scope of business undertaken by the Group or the manner in
which that business is undertaken and include employee termination benefits. Costs relating to on-going activities are not provided for and are expensed
as incurred.
Non-lending losses, frauds and forgeries
Non-lending losses include losses arising from certain legal actions not directly related to amounts of principal outstanding for loans and advances and
losses arising from forgeries, frauds and the correction of operational issues. The amounts recognised are the best estimate of the consideration required
to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties that surround the events and circumstances that affect
the provision.
Other
Other provisions comprise various other provisions including workers compensation, make-good provisions associated with leased premises, warranties
and indemnities provided in connection with various disposals of businesses and assets, and contingent liabilities recognised as part of a business
combination.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
105
12. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale
i) Discontinued operations
In October 2017, the Group announced it had agreed to sell its OnePath pensions and investments (OnePath P&I) business and Aligned Dealer Groups
(ADGs) businesses to IOOF. The sale of the ADG business completed on 1 October 2018 and the sale of OnePath P&I business was completed on 31
January 2020.
In December 2017, the Group announced that it had agreed to the sale of its life insurance business to Zurich Financial Services Australia (Zurich) and
the transaction was completed on 31 May 2019.
As a result of the sale transactions outlined above, the financial results of the businesses being divested and associated Group reclassification and
consolidation impacts are treated as discontinued operations from a reporting perspective.
Details of the financial performance and cash flows of discontinued operations are shown below.
Income Statement
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income (5) (19) (57)
-74% -91%
Other operating income
(109) 46 199
large large
Operating income
(114) 27 142
large large
Operating expenses (120) (228) (221)
-47% -46%
Profit/(Loss) before credit impairment and income tax
(234) (201) (79)
16% large
Credit impairment (charge)/release - - 1
n/a -100%
Profit/(Loss) before income tax
(234) (201) (78)
16% large
Income tax (expense)/benefit 144 (72) 8
large large
Profit/(Loss) for the period attributable to shareholders of the Company
1
(90) (273) (70)
-67% 29%
1.
Includes the results of the OnePathP&I business up to sale completion in January 2020 and the life insurance business up to the sale completion in May 2019.
Income Statement impact relating to discontinued operations
During the March 2020 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$16 million loss on disposal ($11 million loss after tax) recorded in operating income attributable to sale completion costs.
$124 million of customer remediation charges ($128 million recorded in operating income and -$4 million recorded in operating expenses) and
an associated $30 million tax benefit.
$101 million charge was recorded in operating income offset by a $101 million tax benefit within income tax expense relating to the finalisation
of the policyholder tax position associated with the sale of the life insurance business to Zurich.
During the September 2019 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$1 million net loss from sale related adjustments and write-downs, partially offset by the recycling of gains previously deferred in equity
reserves on sale completion recorded in operating income, and a $64 million income tax expense.
$166 million of customer remediation charges ($106 million recorded in operating income and $60 million recorded in operating expenses) and
an associated $12 million tax benefit.
During the March 2019 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to discontinued operations:
$75 million of customer remediation charges ($55 million recorded in operating income and $20 million recorded in operating expenses) and
an associated $22 million tax benefit.
Cash Flow Statement
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities
(25) 37 (589)
large -96%
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities
- 34 803
-100% -100%
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
25 (71) (219)
large large
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
- - (5)
n/a -100%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
106
12. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale, cont’d
ii) Assets and liabilities held for sale
At 31 March 2020, there were no assets and liabilities held for sale.
In the prior periods assets and liabilities held for sale included the assets and liabilities associated with the Group’s discontinued operations as well as the
assets and liabilities of other assets or disposal groups, subject to sale, which do not meet the criteria to classify as a discontinued operation under the
accounting standards. The assets and liabilities held for sale were re-measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell,
except for assets such as deferred tax assets, financial assets and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this
requirement and continue to be recognised at their carrying value upon reclassification to held for sale.
Assets and liabilities held for sale
1
As at 30 September 2019
As at 31 March 2019
Discontinued
operations
$M
Total
$M
Discontinued
operations
$M
Cambodia JV
$M
PNG Retail,
Commercial &
SME
$M
Total
$M
Cash and cash equivalents - -
- 267 - 267
Trading securities
2
919 919
- - - -
Derivative financial instruments - -
- 1 - 1
Investment securities - -
1,167 - - 1,167
Net loans and advances - - 43 700 145 888
Regulatory deposits - - - 145 - 145
Deferred tax assets 16 16 97 2 - 99
Goodwill and other intangible assets 394 394 1,138 - - 1,138
Investments backing policy liabilities
2
- - 39,191 - - 39,191
Premises and equipment 1 1 2 5 6 13
Other assets 501 501 590 50 - 640
Total assets held for sale 1,831 1,831 42,228 1,170 151 43,549
Deposits and other borrowings - - - 1,064 480 1,544
Current tax liabilities 3 3 (192) 4 - (188)
Deferred tax liabilities 105 105 338 1 - 339
Policy liabilities - - 38,787 - - 38,787
External unit holder liabilities - - 4,590 - - 4,590
Payables and other liabilities 1,914 1,914 1,349 53 - 1,402
Provisions
3
99 99 35 42 4 81
Total liabilities held for sale 2,121 2,121 44,907 1,164 484 46,555
1.
Amounts are shown net of intercompany balances.
2.
The successor fund transfer performed in preparation for the sale of the Group’s wealth business to Zurich and IOOF completed on 13 April 2019. As a result, OnePath P&I assets
previously held as Investments backing policy liabilities were shown as Trading securities at 30 September 2019.
3.
Includes employee entitlements of $8 million at September 2019, $18 million at March 2019 and other provisions of $91 million at September 2019, $63 million at March 2019.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
107
12. Discontinued operations and assets and liabilities held for sale, cont’d
Other strategic divestments not classified as discontinued operations but have been presented as held for sale at 31 March 2019 include:
ANZ Royal Bank (Cambodia) Ltd (Cambodia JV) – Institutional division
In May 2018, the Group announced it had reached an agreement to sell its 55% stake in Cambodia JV ANZ Royal Bank to J Trust, a Japanese
diversified financial holding company listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange. The transaction was completed on 19 August 2019.
Papua New Guinea Retail, Commercial and Small-Medium Sized Enterprise businesses (PNG Retail, Commercial & SME) – Institutional
division
In June 2018, the Group announced it had entered into an agreement to sell its Retail, Commercial and Small-Medium Sized Enterprise (SME)
banking businesses in Papua New Guinea to Kina Bank. The transaction was completed on 23 September 2019.
Income Statement impact relating to assets and liabilities held for sale in continuing operations
During the September 2019 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to assets and liabilities held for sale:
$10 million gain after tax relating to the sale of Cambodia JV, comprising a $30 million release from the foreign currency translation reserve, a $17
million dividend withholding tax associated with the sale completion and $3 million of asset write-offs.
$7 million provision release relating to the sale completion of OPL NZ.
$1 million gain after tax relating to the sale of PNG Retail, Commercial and SME, net of costs associated with the sale.
During the March 2019 half, the Group recognised the following impacts in relation to assets and liabilities held for sale:
$69 million gain after tax relating to the sale of the OPL NZ business, comprising a $56 million gain on sale, a $26 million release from the foreign
currency translation reserve and a $13 million income tax expense.
$37 million gain after tax relating to the sale of the Paymark.
The impacts on continuing operations are shown in the relevant Income Statement categories.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
108
13. Debt issuances
Half Year Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Total unsubordinated debt 119,136 113,105 113,424 5% 5%
Additional Tier 1 Capital (perpetual subordinated securities)
1
ANZ Capital Notes (ANZ CN)
2
ANZ CN1 1,119 1,118 1,118 0% 0%
ANZ CN2
1,607 1,607 1,606 0% 0%
ANZ CN3
966 966 965 0% 0%
ANZ CN4
1,613 1,612 1,611 0% 0%
ANZ CN5
926 925 925 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Securities
3
1,712 1,481 1,336 16% 28%
ANZ NZ Capital Notes
4
487 462 478 5% 2%
Tier 2 Capital
Perpetual subordinated notes
5
485 444 423 9% 15%
Term subordinated notes
6
12,197 7,971 7,806 53% 56%
Total subordinated debt
21,112 16,586 16,268 27% 30%
Total debt issuances 140,248 129,691 129,692 8% 8%
1.
ANZ Capital Notes, ANZ Capital Securities and the ANZ NZ Capital Notes are Basel 3 compliant instruments.
2.
Each of the ANZ Capital Notes will convert into a variable number of ANZ ordinary shares on a specified mandatory conversion date at a 1% discount (subject to certain conditions being
satisfied). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the notes will immediately convert into ANZ
ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, the notes are redeemable or convertible to ANZ ordinary shares (on similar terms
to mandatory conversion) by ANZ at its discretion on an early redemption or conversion date.
Issuer Issue date Issue Amount
$M
Early redemption or conversion date Mandatory conversion date
CN1 ANZ 7 Aug 2013 1,120 1 Sep 2021 1 Sep 2023
CN2 ANZ 31 Mar 2014 1,610 24 Mar 2022 24 Mar 2024
CN3 ANZ, acting through its New Zealand branch 5 Mar 2015 970 24 Mar 2023 24 Mar 2025
CN4 ANZ 27 Sep 2016 1,622 20 Mar 2024 20 Mar 2026
CN5 ANZ 28 Sep 2017 931 20 Mar 2025 20 Mar 2027
3.
On 15 June 2016, ANZ acting through its London branch issued fully-paid perpetual subordinated contingent convertible securities (ANZ Capital Securities). If ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1
capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, or ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the securities will immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount
subject to a maximum conversion number. Subject to certain conditions, on the First Reset Date (15 June 2026) and each 5 year anniversary, ANZ has the right to redeem all of the
securities at its discretion.
4.
On 31 March 2015, ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ Bank NZ) issued convertible notes (ANZ NZ Capital Notes) which will convert into ANZ ordinary shares on 25 May 2022 at a 1%
discount (subject to certain conditions being satisfied). If ANZ or ANZ Bank NZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio is equal to or less than 5.125%, ANZ receives a notice of non-viability
from APRA, ANZ Bank NZ receives a direction from RBNZ or a statutory manager is appointed to ANZ Bank NZ and makes a determination, then the notes will immediately convert into
ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number. In April 2020, ANZ Bank NZ announced that the notes will not be redeemed or converted on the optional
exchange date (25 May 2020).
5.
The USD 300 million perpetual subordinated notes have been granted Basel 3 transitional capital treatment until the end of the transition period in December 2021.
6.
All the term subordinated notes are convertible and are Basel 3 compliant instruments. If ANZ receives a notice of non-viability from APRA, then the convertible subordinated notes will
immediately convert into ANZ ordinary shares at a 1% discount subject to a maximum conversion number.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
109
14. Credit risk
Maximum exposure to credit risk
For financial assets recognised on the balance sheet, the maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. In certain circumstances there may be
differences between the carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet and the amounts reported in the tables below. Principally, these differences
arise in respect of financial assets that are subject to risks other than credit risk, such as equity instruments which are primarily subject to market risk, or
bank notes and coins.
For undrawn facilities, this maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed facilities. For contingent exposures, the maximum
exposure to credit risk is the maximum amount the group would have to pay if the instrument is called upon.
The table below shows the maximum exposure to credit risk of on-balance sheet, and off-balance sheet, positions before taking account of any collateral
held or other credit enhancements:
Reported
Excluded
1
Maximum Exposure to Credit Risk
As at
As at
As at
On-balance sheet positions
2
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Net loans and advances 656,609 615,258 610,169
- - -
656,609 615,258 610,169
Investment securities
- debt securities at amortised cost 7,231 5,999 6,176
- - -
7,231 5,999 6,176
- debt securities at FVOCI
77,476 76,489 72,555
- - -
77,476 76,489 72,555
- equity securities at FVOCI
1,166 1,221 1,318
1,166 1,221 1,318
- - -
- debt securities at FVTPL
3
50 - -
- - -
50 - -
Other financial assets
393,862 269,619 276,816
14,305 11,124 49,466
379,557 258,495 227,350
Total on-balance sheet positions
1,136,394 968,586 967,034
15,471 12,345 50,784
1,120,923 956,241 916,250
Off-balance sheet commitments
Undrawn and contingent facilities
4
269,417 253,123 245,285
- - -
269,417 253,123 245,285
Total
1,405,811 1,221,709 1,212,319
15,471 12,345 50,784
1,390,340 1,209,364 1,161,535
1.
Excluded comprises bank notes and coins and cash at bank within liquid assets, investments relating to the insurance business where the credit risk is passed onto the policy holder. Equity
securities and precious metal exposures recognised as trading securities have been excluded as they do not have credit exposure. Equity securities within investment securities – equity
securities at FVOCI/available-for-sale financial assets were also excluded as they do not have credit exposure.
2.
On-balance sheet position includes assets and liabilities reclassified as held for sale.
3.
These facilities are rated as Satisfactory.
4.
Undrawn facilities and contingent facilities includes guarantees, letters of credit and performance related contingencies, net of collectively assessed allowance for expected credit losses.
Credit Quality
The Group’s internal Customer Credit Rating (CCR) is used to manage the credit quality of financial assets. To enable wider comparisons, the Group’s
CCRs are mapped to external rating agency scales as follows:
Credit Quality
Description
Internal CCR ANZ Customer Requirement
Moody's
Rating
Standard &
Poor's
Rating
Strong CCR 0+ to 4-
Demonstrated superior stability in their operating and financial performance over the
long-term, and whose earnings capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable
events.
Aaa – Baa3 AAA – BBB-
Satisfactory CCR 5+ to 6-
Demonstrated sound operational and financial stability over the medium to long term
even though some may be susceptible to cyclical trends or variability in earnings.
Ba1 – B1 BB+ – B+
Weak CCR 7+ to 8=
Demonstrated some operational and financial instability, with variability and
uncertainty in profitability and liquidity projected to continue over the short and
possibly medium term.
B2 - Caa B - CCC
Defaulted CCR8- to 10
When doubt arises as to the collectability of a credit facility, the financial instrument
(or ‘the facility’) is classified as defaulted.
N/A N/A
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
110
14. Credit risk, cont’d
Net loans and advances
As at Mar 20
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong
465,601 14,009 - - 479,610
Satisfactory 114,178 39,137 - - 153,315
Weak
5,959 11,692 - - 17,651
Defaulted
- - 4,837 2,435 7,272
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost
585,738 64,838 4,837 2,435 657,848
Allowance for ECL 1,191 1,968 455 1,055 4,669
Net loans and advances at amortised cost
584,547 62,870 4,382 1,380 653,179
Coverage ratio 0.20% 3.04% 9.41% 43.33% 0.71%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 2,932
Unearned income (368)
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees
866
Net carrying amount
656,609
As at Sep 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 425,113 18,597 - - 443,710
Satisfactory 121,030 28,445 - - 149,475
Weak 7,138 10,373 - - 17,511
Defaulted - - 4,699 1,978 6,677
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 553,281 57,415 4,699 1,978 617,373
Allowance for ECL 927 1,378 413 791 3,509
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 552,354 56,037 4,286 1,187 613,864
Coverage ratio 0.17% 2.40% 8.79% 39.99% 0.57%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 922
Unearned income (398)
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees 870
Net carrying amount 615,258
As at Mar 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 444,556 10,273 - - 454,829
Satisfactory 112,984 19,843 - - 132,827
Weak 8,808 9,775 - - 18,583
Defaulted - - 4,078 1,961 6,039
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost 566,348 39,891 4,078 1,961 612,278
Allowance for ECL 940 1,415 381 865 3,601
Net loans and advances at amortised cost 565,408 38,476 3,697 1,096 608,677
Coverage ratio 0.17% 3.55% 9.34% 44.11% 0.59%
Loans and advances at fair value through profit or loss 991
Unearned income (446)
Capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees 947
Net carrying amount 610,169
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
111
14. Credit risk, cont’d
Investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
As at Mar 20
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong
5,733 - - - 5,733
Satisfactory 888 625 - - 1,513
Weak
- - - - -
Defaulted
- - - - -
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
6,621 625 - - 7,246
Allowance for ECL 14 1 - - 15
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost
6,607 624 - - 7,231
Coverage ratio 0.21% 0.16% - - 0.21%
As at Sep 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 4,798 - - - 4,798
Satisfactory 707 507 - - 1,214
Weak - - - - -
Defaulted - - - - -
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,505 507 - - 6,012
Allowance for ECL 12 1 - - 13
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,493 506 - - 5,999
Coverage ratio 0.22% 0.20% - - 0.22%
As at Mar 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 4,751 - - - 4,751
Satisfactory 666 771 - - 1,437
Weak - - - - -
Defaulted - - - - -
Gross investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,417 771 - - 6,188
Provision for credit impairment 11 1 - - 12
Net investment securities - debt securities at amortised cost 5,406 770 - - 6,176
Coverage ratio 0.20% 0.13% - - 0.19%
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
112
14. Credit risk, cont’d
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
As at Mar 20
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong
77,213 - - - 77,213
Satisfactory 263 - - - 263
Weak
- - - - -
Defaulted
- - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI
77,476 - - - 77,476
Allowances for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income 9 - - - 9
Coverage ratio
0.01% - - - 0.01%
As at Sep 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 76,218 - - - 76,218
Satisfactory 271 - - - 271
Weak - - - - -
Defaulted - - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 76,489 - - - 76,489
Allowances for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income 8 - - - 8
Coverage ratio 0.01% - - - 0.01%
As at Mar 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 72,401 - - - 72,401
Satisfactory 154 - - - 154
Weak - - - - -
Defaulted - - - - -
Investment securities - debt securities at FVOCI 72,555 - - - 72,555
Allowances for ECL recognised in other comprehensive income 11 - - - 11
Coverage ratio 0.02% - - - 0.02%
Other financial assets
As at Mar 20 As at Sep 19 As at Mar 19
Total Total Total
$M $M $M
Strong
369,909 248,020 215,307
Satisfactory 9,033 10,060 11,596
Weak
615 415 447
Defaulted
- - -
Total carrying amount
379,557 258,495 227,350
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
113
14. Credit risk, cont’d
Off-balance sheet commitments - undrawn and contingent facilities
As at Mar 20
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong
172,684 1,617 - - 174,301
Satisfactory 24,433 4,832 - - 29,265
Weak
284 1,156 - - 1,440
Defaulted
- - 149 164 313
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL
197,401 7,605 149 164 205,319
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions 610 244 18 38 910
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 196,791 7,361 131 126 204,409
Coverage ratio 0.31% 3.21% 12.08% 23.17% 0.44%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
65,008
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 269,417
As at Sep 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 162,891 1,972 - - 164,863
Satisfactory 23,655 3,634 - - 27,289
Weak 294 976 - - 1,270
Defaulted - - 140 51 191
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 186,840 6,582 140 51 193,613
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions 473 151 21 23 668
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 186,367 6,431 119 28 192,945
Coverage ratio 0.25% 2.29% 15.00% 45.10% 0.35%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
60,178
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 253,123
As at Mar 19
Stage 3
Stage 1 Stage 2
Collectively
assessed
Individually
assessed Total
$M $M $M $M $M
Strong 158,599 1,977 - - 160,576
Satisfactory 23,519 3,894 - - 27,413
Weak 395 957 - - 1,352
Defaulted - - 96 61 157
Gross undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 182,513 6,828 96 61 189,498
Allowance for ECL included in Provisions 464 152 14 26 656
Net undrawn and contingent facilities subject to ECL 182,049 6,676 82 35 188,842
Coverage ratio 0.25% 2.23% 14.58% 42.62% 0.35%
Undrawn and contingent facilities not subject to ECL
1
56,443
Net undrawn and contingent facilities 245,285
1.
Commitments that can be unconditionally cancelled at any time without notice.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
114
15. Fair value measurement
The Group carries a significant number of financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. In addition, in the prior period, the Group also held
assets classified as held for sale which were measured at fair value less costs to sell. The fair value is the best estimate of the price that would be
received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
i) Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet
a) Valuation
The Group has an established control framework, including appropriate segregation of duties, to ensure that fair values are accurately determined,
reported and controlled. The framework includes the following features:
products are approved for transacting with external customers and counterparties only where fair values can be appropriately determined;
when using quoted prices to value an instrument, these are independently verified from external pricing providers;
fair value methodologies and inputs are evaluated and approved by a function independent of the party that undertakes the transaction;
movements in fair values are independently monitored and explained by reference to underlying factors relevant to the fair value; and
valuation adjustments (such as funding valuation adjustments, credit valuation adjustments and bid-offer adjustments) are independently validated
and monitored.
If the Group holds offsetting risk positions, then the Group uses the portfolio exception in AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement (AASB 13) to measure the
fair value of such groups of financial assets and financial liabilities. We measure the portfolio based on the price that would be received to sell a net long
position (an asset) for a particular risk exposure, or to transfer a net short position (a liability) for a particular risk exposure.
b) Fair value approach and valuation techniques
We use valuation techniques to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities for recognition, measurement and disclosure purposes where no quoted
price in an active market for that asset or liability exists. This includes the following:
Asset or Liability Fair Value Approach
Financial instruments classified as:
- trading securities
- securities sold short
- derivative financial assets and liabilities
- investment securities
- other assets
Valuation techniques are used that incorporate observable market inputs for securities
with similar credit risk, maturity and yield characteristics. Equity instruments that are not
traded in active markets may be measured using comparable company valuation
multiples.
Financial instruments classified as:
- net loans and advances
- deposits and other borrowings
- debt issuances
Discounted cash flow techniques are used whereby contractual future cash flows of the
instrument are discounted using discount rates incorporating wholesale market interest
rates, or market borrowing rates for debt with similar maturities or with a yield curve
appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.
Assets and liabilities held for sale Valuation based on the agreed sale price before transaction costs.
Details of significant unobservable inputs used in measuring fair values are described in (ii)(a).
c) Fair value hierarchy categorisation
The Group categorises financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value into a fair value hierarchy as required by AASB 13 based on the observability of
inputs used to measure the fair value:
Level 1 - valuations based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - valuations using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for a similar asset or liability, either directly or
indirectly; and
Level 3 - valuations where significant unobservable inputs are used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability.
d) Fair value hierarchy disclosure
The following table presents assets and liabilities carried at fair value:
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
115
15. Fair value measurement, cont’d
Fair value measurements
As at March 2020
Level 1
$M
Level 2
$M
Level 3
$M
Total
$M
Assets
Trading securities
1
39,000 10,068 - 49,068
Derivative financial instruments
1,565 172,039 73 173,677
Investment securities
76,932 550 1,210 78,692
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value)
2
- 2,919 13 2,932
Assets held for sale
- - - -
Total
117,497 185,576 1,296 304,369
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 5,461 - 5,461
Derivative financial instruments
1,778 165,519 67 167,364
Liabilities held for sale
- - - -
Payables and other liabilities
3
4,113 21 - 4,134
Debt issuances (designated at fair value)
- 2,681 - 2,681
Total
5,891 173,682 67 179,640
As at September 2019
Assets
Trading securities 37,768 5,401 - 43,169
Derivative financial instruments 365 120,241 61 120,667
Investment securities 76,000 499 1,211 77,710
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 922 - 922
Assets held for sale
4
- 1,952 - 1,952
Total 114,133 129,015 1,272 244,420
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 2,301 - 2,301
Derivative financial instruments 881 120,018 52 120,951
Liabilities held for sale
4
- 2,121 - 2,121
Payables and other liabilities
3
2,553 38 - 2,591
Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,589 - 2,589
Total 3,434 127,067 52 130,553
As at March 2019
Assets
Trading securities 35,967 6,890 - 42,857
Derivative financial instruments 331 78,991 53 79,375
Available-for-sale assets 71,001 393 1,312 72,706
Net loans and advances (measured at fair value) - 991 - 991
Assets held for sale
4
- 43,673 - 43,673
Total 107,299 130,938 1,365 239,602
Liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings (designated at fair value) - 2,169 - 2,169
Derivative financial instruments 508 80,320 43 80,871
Liabilities held for sale
4
- 46,538 - 46,538
Payables and other liabilities
3
2,125 42 - 2,167
Debt issuances (designated at fair value) - 2,414 - 2,414
Total 2,633 131,483 43 134,159
1.
Transfers from Level 1 to Level 2 and Level 2 to Level 1 for March 2020 half and previous periods are immaterial. Transfers into and out of levels are measured at the beginning of the
reporting period in which the transfer occurred.
2.
During the March 2020 half the Group changed its accounting treatment for certain gold loan products which are now designated as at fair value through profit and loss.
3.
Payables and other liabilities relates to securities sold short which are classified as held for trading are measured at fair value through profit or loss.
4.
The amounts reclassified as assets and liabilities held for sale relate to assets and liabilities measured at fair value less costs to sell in accordance with AASB 5 Non-current Assets Held for
Sale and Discontinued Operations. The amounts presented reflect fair value excluding cost to sell but including intercompany eliminations.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
116
15. Fair value measurement, cont’d
ii) Details of fair value measurements that incorporate unobservable market data
a) Level 3 fair value measurements
The net balance of Level 3 financial instruments is an asset of $1,229 million (Sep 19: $1,220 million; Mar 19: $1,322 million). The assets and liabilities
which incorporate significant unobservable inputs primarily include:
equities for which there is no active market or traded prices cannot be observed;
structured credit products for which credit spreads and default probabilities relating to the reference assets and derivative counterparties cannot be
observed; and
other derivatives referencing market rates that cannot be observed primarily due to lack of market activity.
Movements in the Level 3 balance are due to the revaluation of the Group’s investment in Bank of Tianjin.
There were no material transfers into or out of Level 3 during the period.
Bank of Tianjin (BoT)
The investment is valued based on comparative price-to-book (P/B) multiples (a P/B multiple is the ratio of the market value of equity to the book value of
equity). The extent of judgment applied in determining the appropriate multiple and comparator group from which the multiple is derived are non-
observable inputs which have resulted in the Level 3 classification.
b) Sensitivity to Level 3 data inputs
When we make assumptions due to significant inputs not being directly observable in the market place (Level 3 inputs), then changing these assumptions
changes the Group’s estimate of the instrument’s fair value. Favourable and unfavourable changes are determined by changing the primary
unobservable parameter used in deriving the valuation.
Bank of Tianjin (BoT)
The valuation of the BoT investment is sensitive to the selected unobservable input, being the P/B multiple. If the P/B multiple was increased or
decreased by 10% it would result in a $105 million increase or decrease to the fair value of the investment (Sep 19: $111 million; Mar 19: $121million),
which would be recognised in shareholders’ equity.
Other
The remaining Level 3 balance is immaterial and changes in the Level 3 inputs have a minimal impact on net profit and net assets of the Group.
c) Deferred fair value gains and losses
When fair values are determined using unobservable inputs significant to the fair value of a financial instrument, the Group does not immediately
recognise the difference between the transaction price and the amount we determine based on the valuation technique (referred to as the day one gain or
loss) in profit or loss. After initial recognition, we recognise the deferred amount in profit or loss over the life of the transaction on a straight line basis or
until all inputs become observable.
The day one gains and losses deferred are immaterial.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
117
15. Fair value measurement, cont’d
iii) Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value
The classes of financial assets and liabilities listed in the table below are predominately carried at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet. Whilst
this is the value at which we expect the assets will be realised and the liabilities settled, the Group provides an estimate of the fair value of these financial
assets and liabilities at balance date in the table below, presenting the fair value of the entire class of financial assets and financial liabilities.
Carrying amount in the balance sheet Fair Value
As at March 2020
At amortised
cost
$M
At fair
value
$M
Total
$M
$M
Financial assets
Net loans and advances
1
653,677 2,932 656,609 658,091
Investment securities
7,231 78,692 85,923 85,944
Total
660,908 81,624 742,532 744,035
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings 721,448 5,461 726,909 727,326
Debt issuances
137,567 2,681 140,248 138,454
Total
859,015 8,142 867,157 865,780
As at September 2019
Financial assets
Net loans and advances 614,336 922 615,258 616,255
Investment securities 5,999 77,710 83,709 83,707
Total 620,335 78,632 698,967 699,962
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings
2
635,376 2,301 637,677 637,961
Debt issuances 127,102 2,589 129,691 131,377
Total 762,478 4,890 767,368 769,338
As at March 2019
Financial assets
Net loans and advances
2
608,264 1,879 610,143 610,983
Investment securities
2
6,176 73,873 80,049 80,044
Total 614,440 75,752 690,192 691,027
Financial liabilities
Deposits and other borrowings
2
632,820 3,713 636,533 637,009
Debt issuances 127,278 2,414 129,692 130,558
Total 760,098 6,127 766,225 767,567
1.
During the March 2020 half the Group changed its accounting treatment for certain gold loan products which are now designated as at fair value through profit and loss.
2.
Net loans and advances, investment securities and deposits and other borrowings include amounts reclassified to assets and liabilities held for sale. Refer to Note 12.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
118
16. Share
holders’ equity
Issued and quoted securities
Half Year
Ordinary shares
Mar 20
No.
Sep 19
No.
Mar 19
No.
Opening balance 2,834,584,923 2,833,175,579 2,873,618,118
Group Share Buy-back
- - (42,032,991)
Bonus Option Plan
1,592,499 1,409,344 1,590,452
Dividend reinvestment plan issues:
1
- - -
Closing balance
2,836,177,422 2,834,584,923 2,833,175,579
Less treasury shares:
Treasury Shares (5,011,537) (4,474,997) (4,640,745)
Treasury Shares in Wealth Australia discontinued operations
- - (15,527,220)
Closing Balance
2,831,165,885 2,830,109,926 2,813,007,614
Issued/(Repurchased) during the period 1,592,499 1,409,344 (40,442,539)
1.
The DRP in respect to the 2019 final dividend was satisfied in full through the on-market purchase and transfer of 7,401,161 shares at $25.03 to participating shareholders. (2019 Interim
dividend; 8,403,922 shares at $27.79, 2018 final dividend; 7,635,365 shares at $26.03).
Half Year Movement
Shareholders' equity
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Ordinary share capital 26,440 26,490 26,048
0% 2%
Reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
1,988 705 846
large large
Share option reserve
62 89 71 -30% -13%
FVOCI reserve
(51) 126 370 large large
Cash flow hedge reserve
874 731 444 20% 97%
Transactions with non-controlling interests reserve
(22) (22) (22)
0
% 0%
Total reserves
2,851 1,629 1,709
75% 67%
Retained earnings 32,073 32,664 32,064
-
2% 0%
Share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company
61,364 60,783 59,821 1% 3%
Non-controlling interests 11 11 150 0% -93%
Total shareholders' equity
61,375 60,794 59,971
1
% 2%
17. Changes in composition of the Group
On 31 January 2020, the Group completed the sale of the OnePath P&I business which included the material entities OnePath Funds Management
Limited and OnePath Custodians Pty Limited. The holding company of these subsidiaries, ANZ Wealth Australia Limited, is no longer considered to be a
material subsidiary.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
119
18. Investments in Associates
1
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Share of associates' profit 135 131 131 3% 3%
Contributions to profit
2
Contribution to
Group profit after tax
Ownership interest
held by Group
Associates
Half Year As at
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
%
Sep 19
%
Mar 19
%
P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia
74 63 70 39 39 39
AMMB Holdings Berhad
61 70 56 24 24 24
Other associates
- (2) 5 n/a n/a n/a
Share of associates' profit
135 131 131
1.
At 31 March 2020, the Group recorded an impairment charge of $815 million in other operating income the half year with AmBank impaired by $595 million and PT Panin impaired by $220
million. Refer to Note 1 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on the key assumptions used in the value in use (VIU) calculations to arrive at the
impairment charges. Post the impairment charge, the carrying value of AmBank was $1,161 million and PT Panin was $1,130 million.
2.
Contributions to profit reflect the IFRS equivalent results adjusted to align with the Group’s financial year end which may differ from the published results of these entities. Excludes gains or
losses on disposal or valuation adjustments.
19. Related party disclosure
There have been no transactions with related parties that are significant to understanding the changes in financial position and performance of the Group
since 30 September 2019.
20. Contingent liabilities and contingent assets
There are outstanding court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Where relevant, expert legal advice has been obtained
and, in the light of such advice, provisions (refer to Note 11) and/or disclosures as deemed appropriate have been made. In some instances we have not
disclosed the estimated financial impact of the individual items either because it is not practicable to do so or because such disclosure may prejudice the
interests of the Group.
Refer to Note 33 of the 2019 ANZ Annual Financial Report for a description of contingent liabilities and contingent assets as at 30 September 2019. A
summary of some of those contingent liabilities, and new contingent liabilities that have arisen in the current reporting period, is set out below.
Regulatory and customer exposures
In recent years there has been an increase in the number of matters on which the Group engages with its regulators. There have also been
significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations and reviews, civil and criminal enforcement actions (whether by court action
or otherwise), formal and informal inquiries, regulatory supervisory activities and the quantum of fines issued by regulators, particularly against
financial institutions both in Australia and globally. The Group has received various notices and requests for information from its regulators as part of
both industry-wide and Group-specific reviews and has also made disclosures to its regulators at its own instigation. The nature of these interactions
can be wide ranging and, for example, currently include a range of matters including responsible lending practices, regulated lending requirements,
product suitability and distribution, interest and fees and the entitlement to charge them, customer remediation, wealth advice, insurance distribution,
pricing, competition, conduct in financial markets and financial transactions, capital market transactions, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism
financing obligations, reporting and disclosure obligations and product disclosure documentation. There may be exposures to customers which are
additional to any regulatory exposures. These could include class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or compensation activities. The
outcomes and total costs associated with such reviews and possible exposures remain uncertain.
Bank fees litigation and periodical payment remediation and ASIC action
A litigation funder commenced a class action against the Company in 2010, followed by a second similar class action in March 2013. The applicants
contended that certain exception fees (honour, dishonour and non-payment fees on transaction accounts and late payment and over-limit fees on
credit cards) were unenforceable penalties and that various of the fees were also unenforceable under statutory provisions governing unconscionable
conduct, unfair contract terms and unjust transactions. The claims in the March 2013 class action failed and have been dismissed.
The original claims in the 2010 class action have been dismissed. In 2017, a new claim was added to the 2010 class action, in relation to the
Company’s entitlement to charge certain periodical payment non-payment fees. Part of the class of customers had already received remediation
payments from the Company. An agreement to settle the claim was reached in December 2018. The settlement was approved by the court in
December 2019.
In July 2019, ASIC commenced civil penalty proceedings against the Company in relation to the charging of fees for periodical payments in certain
circumstances between August 2003 and February 2016. ASIC seeks civil penalties in respect of alleged false or misleading representations and
unconscionable conduct. ASIC also alleges that the Company engaged in misleading or deceptive conduct and breached certain statutory obligations
as a financial services licensee. The trial of the matter is scheduled to commence on 14 September 2020. The outcomes and total costs remain
uncertain. The Company is defending the allegations.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
120
Benchmark/rate actions
In July and August 2016, class action complaints were brought in the United States District Court against local and international banks, including the
Company – one action relating to the bank bill swap rate (BBSW), and one action relating to the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and the
Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The class actions are expressed to apply to persons and entities that engaged in US-based transactions in
financial instruments that were priced, benchmarked, and/or settled based on BBSW or SIBOR. The claimants seek damages or compensation in
amounts not specified, and allege that the defendant banks, including the Company, violated US anti-trust laws and (in the BBSW case only) anti-
racketeering laws, the Commodity Exchange Act, and unjust enrichment principles. The Company is defending the proceedings. The matters are at
an early stage.
In February 2017, the South African Competition Commission commenced proceedings against local and international banks including the Company
alleging breaches of the cartel provisions of the South African Competition Act in respect of trading in the South African rand. The potential civil
penalty or other financial impact is uncertain. The matter is at an early stage.
Capital raising actions
In June 2018, the Commonwealth Director of Public Prosecutions commenced criminal proceedings against the Company and a senior employee
alleging that they were knowingly concerned in cartel conduct by the joint lead managers of the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional
equity placement of approximately 80.8 million ordinary shares. The matter is at an early stage. The Company and its senior employee are defending
the allegations.
In September 2018, the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) commenced civil penalty proceedings against the Company
alleging failure to comply with continuous disclosure obligations in connection with the Company’s August 2015 underwritten institutional equity
placement. ASIC alleges the Company should have advised the market that the joint lead managers took up approximately 25.5 million ordinary
shares of the placement. The matter is at an early stage. The Company is defending the allegations.
Consumer credit insurance litigation
In February 2020, a class action was brought against the Company alleging breaches of financial advice obligations, misleading or deceptive conduct
and unconscionable conduct in relation to the distribution of consumer credit insurance products. The issuers of the insurance products, QBE and
OnePath Life, are also defendants to the claim. The Company is defending the allegations. The matter is at an early stage.
Franchisee litigation
In February 2018, two related class actions were brought against the Company alleging breaches of contract and unconscionable conduct in relation
to lending to 7-Eleven franchisees. An agreement to settle the claims against the Company was reached in March 2019. The settlement is subject to
court approval.
Royal Commission
The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry released its final report on 4 February 2019.
The findings and recommendations of the Commission are resulting in additional costs and may lead to further exposures, including exposures
associated with further regulator activity or potential customer exposures such as class actions, individual claims or customer remediation or
compensation activities. The outcomes and total costs associated with these possible exposures remain uncertain.
Security recovery actions
Various claims have been made or are anticipated, arising from security recovery actions taken to resolve impaired assets. These claims will be
defended.
Warranties and Indemnities
The Group has provided warranties, indemnities and other commitments in favour of the purchaser and other persons in connectio
n with various
disposals of businesses and assets and other transactions, covering a range of matters and risks. It is exposed to claims under those warranties,
indemnities and commitments.
21. Significant Events Since Balance Date
With effect from 2 April 2020, the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ) amended the conditions of registration for ANZ Bank New Zealand Limited (ANZ
Bank NZ), a New Zealand subsidiary of ANZ Banking Group Limited (ANZBGL) to (among other things) prohibit ANZ Bank NZ from making distributions
other than discretionary payments payable to holders of Additional Tier 1 capital instruments. These amendments were also applied to other locally
incorporated banks in New Zealand to further support the stability of the New Zealand banking financial system during this period of economic
uncertainty. These requirements prevent ANZ Bank NZ from redeeming its NZ$500 million Capital Notes in May 2020, although it can continue making
coupon payments on those Capital Notes. As ANZ Bank NZ has announced that it will not be exercising its option to convert in May 2020, the terms of
the Capital Notes provide for their conversion into a variable number of ANZBGL shares in May 2022 subject to certain conditions (refer to note 13).
Conversion would result in an increase in the Group’s CET1 capital (~12 bps) at Level 2. The amendments will also prevent ANZ Bank NZ from paying
dividends to ANZBGL.
Other than the matter above there have been no other significant events from 31 March 2020 to the date of signing this report that have not been
adjusted or disclosed.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
121
This page has been left blank intentionally
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION
122
Directors’ Declaration
The Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited declare that:
1. in the Directors’ opinion the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are in
accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
section 304, that they comply with the Australian Accounting Standards and any further requirements in the Corporations Regulations 2001;
and
section 305, that they give a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group as at 31 March 2020 and of its performance for the half
year ended on that date; and
2. in the Directors’ opinion as at the date of this declaration there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as
and when they become due and payable.
Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors.
David M Gonski, AC Shayne C Elliott
Chairman Director
29 April 2020
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION
123
This page has been left blank intentionally
AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
124
Independent Auditor’s Review Report to the shareholders of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
Report on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Conclusion
We have reviewed the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Group).
The Group comprises Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited (the Company) and the entities it controlled at the half year’s end or from time
to time during the half year.
The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements comprise:
The condensed consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2020;
The condensed consolidated income statement, condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income, condensed consolidated statement
of changes in equity, and condensed consolidated cash flow statement for the half year ended on that date;
Notes 1 to 21 comprising a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information; and
The Directors’ Declaration.
Based on our review, which is not an audit, we have not become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
i) giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 31 March 2020 and of its performance for the half year ended on that date; and
ii) complying with Australian Accounting Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001.
Estimation uncertainty in the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements – Emphasis of Matter
We draw attention to Note 1 (iv) in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, which describes increased estimation uncertainty in the
preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, specifically as it relates to the potential impacts of Coronavirus (COVID-19) on the
Group’s expected credit losses (ECL). These disclosures include key judgements and assumptions in relation to the ECL model inputs and the
interdependencies between those inputs, and highlight significant changes made during the half year ended 31 March 2020.
As described in Note 1(iv) the underlying forecasts and assumptions are subject to uncertainties which are often outside the control of the Group. Actual
economic conditions are likely to be different from those forecast since anticipated events frequently do not occur as expected, and the effect of those
differences may significantly impact the resulting accounting estimates.
In our view, this issue is fundamental to the users’ understanding of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the financial position and
performance of the Group.
Our conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
The Directors of the Company are responsible for:
the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting
Standards and the Corporations Act 2001; and
such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s responsibility for the review of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements based on our review. We conducted our review in
accordance with Auditing Standard on Review Engagements ASRE 2410 Review of a Financial Report Performed by the Independent Auditor of the
Entity, in order to state whether, on the basis of the procedures described, we have become aware of any matter that makes us believe that the
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are not in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 including: giving a true and fair view of the Group’s
financial position as at 31 March 2020 and its performance for the half year ended on that date, and complying with Australian Accounting Standard
AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Regulations 2001. As auditor of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, ASRE
2410 requires that we comply with the ethical requirements relevant to the audit of the annual financial report.
A review of Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements consists of making enquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting
matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with
Australian Auditing Standards and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might
be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.
In conducting our review, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.
KPMG
Melbourne
Alison Kitchen
Partner
29 April 2020
AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
125
Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001
To the Directors of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the review of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for the half year
ended 31 March 2020, there have been:
(i) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and
(ii) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.
KPMG
Melbourne
Alison Kitchen
Partner
29 April 2020
KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (”KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.
AUDITOR’S REVIEW REPORT AND INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION
126
This page has been left blank intentionally
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
127
CONTENTS Page
Capital management - including discontinued operations 128
Average balance sheet and related interest - including discontinued operations 132
Select geographical disclosures – including discontinued operations 135
Exchange rates 136
Derivative financial instruments 137
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
128
Capital management - including discontinued operations
As at
Movement
Qualifying Capital
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Tier 1
Shareholders' equity and non-controlling interests
61,375 60,794 59,971 1% 2%
Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity Table 1
(66) 120 (43) large 53%
Gross Common Equity Tier 1 capital
61,309 60,914 59,928 1% 2%
Deductions Table 2 (12,978) (13,559) (14,400) -4% -10%
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
48,331 47,355 45,528 2% 6%
Additional Tier 1 capital Table 3 7,964 7,866 7,547 1% 6%
Tier 1 capital
56,295 55,221 53,075 2% 6%
Tier 2 capital Table 4 13,112 8,549 7,569 53% 73%
Total qualifying capital
69,407 63,770 60,644 9% 14%
Capital adequacy ratios (Level 2)
Common Equity Tier 1 10.8% 11.4% 11.5%
Tier 1
12.5% 13.2% 13.4%
Tier 2
2.9% 2.1% 1.9%
Total capital ratio
15.5% 15.3% 15.3%
Risk weighted assets Table 5
449,012 416,961 396,291 8% 13%
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
129
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Table 1: Prudential adjustments to shareholders' equity
Treasury shares attributable to ANZ Wealth Australia discontinued operations
policyholders
- - 328 n/a -100%
Shareholder Equity attributable to deconsolidated entities
(94) 107 (352) large -73%
Deferred fee revenue including fees deferred as part of loan yields
94 108 143 -13% -34%
Other
(66) (95) (162) -31% -59%
Total
(66) 120 (43) large 53%
Table 2: Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital
Unamortised goodwill & other intangibles (excluding ANZ Wealth Australia
discontinued operations and New Zealand)
(3,620) (3,772) (3,865) -4% -6%
Intangible component of investments in ANZ Wealth Australia discontinued
operations and New Zealand
(80) (556) (1,494) -86% -95%
Capitalised software
(1,263) (1,322) (1,360) -4% -7%
Capitalised expenses including loan and lease origination fees
(932) (1,178) (1,019) -21% -9%
Applicable deferred net tax assets
(1,815) (1,376) (1,162) 32% 56%
Expected losses in excess of eligible provisions Table 8
- (1) (42) -100% -100%
Investment in other insurance and funds management subsidiaries
(336) (336) (270) 0% 24%
Investment in ANZ Wealth Australia discontinued operations and New Zealand
(85) (103) (735) -17% -88%
Investment in banking associates and minority interests
(2,291) (2,707) (2,501) -15% -8%
Other deductions
(2,556) (2,208) (1,952) 16% 31%
Total
(12,978) (13,559) (14,400) -4% -10%
Table 3: Additional Tier 1 capital
ANZ Capital Notes 1
1,119 1,118 1,118 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 2
1,607 1,607 1,606 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 3
966 966 965 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 4
1,613 1,612 1,611 0% 0%
ANZ Capital Notes 5
926 925 925 0% 0%
ANZ Bank NZ Capital Notes
487 462 478 5% 2%
ANZ Capital Securities
1,712 1,481 1,336 16% 28%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions
(466) (305) (492) 53% -5%
Total
7,964 7,866 7,547 1% 6%
Table 4: Tier 2 capital
General reserve for impairment of financial assets
1,253 296 307 large large
Perpetual subordinated notes
485 444 423 9% 15%
Term subordinated debt notes
12,197 7,971 7,806 53% 56%
Regulatory adjustments and deductions
(823) (162) (967) large -15%
Total
13,112 8,549 7,569 53% 73%
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
130
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Table 5: Risk weighted assets
On balance sheet
285,340 264,533 264,405 8% 8%
Commitments
57,866 55,051 53,079 5% 9%
Contingents
13,335 12,626 12,149 6% 10%
Derivatives
29,456 25,896 15,890 14% 85%
Total credit risk weighted assets Table 6
385,997 358,106 345,523 8% 12%
Market risk - Traded 7,102 5,307 5,790 34% 23%
Market risk - IRRBB
8,011 6,922 7,245 16% 11%
Operational risk
47,902 46,626 37,733 3% 27%
Total risk weighted assets
449,012 416,961 396,291 8% 13%
As at Movement
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Table 6: Credit risk weighted assets by Basel asset class
Subject to Advanced IRB approach
Corporate
150,290 136,885 127,989
10% 17%
Sovereign
6,915 6,199 7,016
12% -1%
Bank
18,615 15,968 15,511
17% 20%
Residential mortgage
107,351 105,491 101,469
2% 6%
Qualifying revolving retail (credit cards)
4,956 5,255 5,795
-6% -14%
Other retail
25,080 26,258 28,029
-4% -11%
Credit risk weighted assets subject to Advanced IRB approach
313,207 296,056 285,809
6% 10%
Credit risk specialised lending exposures subject to slotting criteria
41,072 36,318 35,696
13% 15%
Subject to Standardised approach
Corporate
14,626 11,645 12,252
26% 19%
Residential mortgage
228 216 331
6% -31%
Other retail (includes credit cards)
46 50 81
-8% -43%
Credit risk weighted assets subject to Standardised approach
14,900 11,911 12,664
25% 18%
Credit Valuation Adjustment and Qualifying Central Counterparties
9,679 8,682 6,217
11% 56%
Credit risk weighted assets relating to securitisation exposures
2,142 1,859 1,558
15% 37%
Other assets
4,997 3,280 3,579
52% 40%
Total credit risk weighted assets
385,997 358,106 345,523
8% 12%
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
131
Capital management - including discontinued operations, cont’d
Collectively and Individually
Assessed Provision
Basel Expected Loss
1
Table 7: Total provision for credit impairment and Basel expected
loss by division
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Australia Retail and Commercial 2,902 2,353 2,420
2,415 2,415 2,460
Institutional
1,996 1,329 1,340
1,367 1,022 1,041
New Zealand
620 446 442
737 672 696
Pacific
76 62 67
- 7 8
TSO and Group Centre
- - -
- - 1
Total provision for credit impairment and expected loss
5,594 4,190 4,269
4,519 4,116 4,206
1.
Only applicable to Advanced Internal Ratings based portfolios.
As at Movement
Table 8: APRA Expected loss in excess of eligible provisions
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
APRA Basel 3 expected loss: non-defaulted 2,775 2,646 2,675 5% 4%
Less: Qualifying collectively assessed provision
Collectively assessed provision (4,501) (3,376) (3,378) 33% 33%
Non-qualifying collectively assessed provision
473 435 395 9% 20%
Standardised collectively assessed provision
190 135 151 41% 26%
Non-defaulted excess included in deduction
- - - n/a n/a
APRA Basel 3 expected loss: defaulted 1,744 1,470 1,531 19% 14%
Less: Qualifying individually assessed provision
Individually assessed provision (1,093) (814) (891) 34% 23%
Additional individually assessed provision for partial write offs
(289) (313) (310) -8% -7%
Standardised individually assessed provision
71 66 85 8% -16%
Collectively assessed provision on advanced defaulted
(440) (408) (373) 8% 18%
- 1 42 -100% -100%
Shortfall in expected loss not included in deduction 7 - - n/a n/a
Defaulted excess included in deduction
- 1 42 -100% -100%
Gross deduction - 1 42 -100% -100%
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
132
Average balance sheet and related interest
1, 2
– including discontinued operations
Half Year Mar 20 Half Year Sep 19 Half Year Mar 19
Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate
$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %
Loans and advances
Home loans
320,523 6,340 4.0% 320,818 7,006 4.4% 322,407 7,396 4.6%
Consumer finance
16,030 766 9.6% 16,651 835 10.0% 17,876 887 10.0%
Business lending
268,884 5,095 3.8% 253,334 5,382 4.2% 246,530 5,570 4.5%
Individual provisions for credit impairment
(798) - n/a (874) - n/a (902) - n/a
Total (continuing operations)
604,639 12,201 4.0% 589,929 13,223 4.5% 585,911 13,853 4.7%
Non-lending interest earning assets
Cash and other liquid assets 125,077 562 0.9% 105,781 624 1.2% 110,337 710 1.3%
Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale assets
126,238 1,015 1.6% 118,141 1,219 2.1% 114,169 1,317 2.3%
Other assets
697 22 n/a 980 41 n/a 1,111 91 n/a
Total (continuing operations)
252,012 1,599 1.3% 224,902 1,884 1.7% 225,617 2,118 1.9%
Total interest earning assets (continuing operations)
3
856,651 13,800 3.2% 814,831 15,107 3.7% 811,528 15,971 3.9%
Non-interest earning assets (continuing operations) 165,322 163,987 120,099
Total average assets (continuing operations) 1,021,973 978,818 931,627
Total average assets (discontinued operations) 1,221 8,911 42,564
Total average assets
1,023,194 987,729 974,191
Deposits and other borrowings
Certificates of deposit
37,398 236 1.3% 41,561 311 1.5% 43,592 505 2.3%
Term deposits
231,163 2,286 2.0% 228,739 2,886 2.5% 217,887 2,783 2.6%
On demand and short term deposits
239,786 1,427 1.2% 227,405 1,786 1.6% 215,957 1,892 1.8%
Deposits from banks and securities sold under agreement to
repurchase
81,132 666 1.6% 79,345 819 2.1% 81,748 913 2.2%
Commercial paper and other borrowings
21,397 110 1.0% 10,633 116 2.2% 22,127 309 2.8%
Total (continuing operations)
610,876 4,725 1.5% 587,683 5,918 2.0% 581,311 6,402 2.2%
Non-deposit interest bearing liabilities
Collateral received and settlement balances owed by ANZ 13,495 40 0.6% 12,407 63 1.0% 11,603 51 0.9%
Debt issuances & subordinated debt
125,362 1,507 2.4% 125,183 1,846 2.9% 120,454 2,060 3.4%
Other liabilities
7,669 307 n/a 5,222 240 n/a 2,465 159 n/a
Total (continuing operations)
146,526 1,854 2.5% 142,812 2,149 3.0% 134,522 2,270 3.4%
Total interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations)
3
757,402 6,579 1.7% 730,495 8,067 2.2% 715,833 8,672 2.4%
Non-interest bearing liabilities (continuing operations) 204,148 182,093 153,751
Total average liabilities (continuing operations) 961,550 912,588 869,584
Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) 1,414 15,351 45,412
Total average liabilities
962,964 927,939 914,996
Total average shareholders' equity 60,230 59,790 59,195
1.
Averages used are predominantly daily averages.
2.
Assets and liabilities held for sale are included in continuing operations balance sheet categories and discontinued operations.
3.
Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
133
Average balance sheet and related interest
1, 2
– including discontinued operations (cont’d)
Half Year Mar 20 Half Year Sep 19 Half Year Mar 19
Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate Avg bal Int Rate
$M $M % $M $M % $M $M %
Loans and advances
Australia
408,922 8,219 4.0% 400,584 8,926 4.4% 401,296 9,507 4.8%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
66,892 1,339 4.0% 63,493 1,469 4.6% 61,248 1,456 4.8%
New Zealand
128,825 2,643 4.1% 125,852 2,828 4.5% 123,367 2,890 4.7%
Total (continuing operations)
604,639 12,201 4.0% 589,929 13,223 4.5% 585,911 13,853 4.7%
Trading and investment securities/available-for-sale
assets
Australia 61,968 360 1.2% 58,306 542 1.9% 58,709 684 2.3%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
48,207 500 2.1% 45,618 515 2.3% 41,171 455 2.2%
New Zealand
16,063 155 1.9% 14,217 162 2.3% 14,289 178 2.5%
Total (continuing operations)
126,238 1,015 1.6% 118,141 1,219 2.1% 114,169 1,317 2.3%
Total interest earning assets
3
Australia 521,127 8,889 3.4% 503,406 9,883 3.9% 505,654 10,633 4.2%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
185,718 2,051 2.2% 166,743 2,212 2.6% 163,810 2,206 2.7%
New Zealand
149,806 2,860 3.8% 144,682 3,012 4.2% 142,064 3,132 4.4%
Total (continuing operations)
856,651 13,800 3.2% 814,831 15,107 3.7% 811,528 15,971 3.9%
Total average assets
Australia
640,901 625,713 588,469
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
216,335 192,802 188,160
New Zealand
164,737 160,303 154,998
Total average assets (continuing operations)
1,021,973 978,818 931,627
Total average assets (discontinued operations) 1,221 8,911 42,564
Total average assets
1,023,194 987,729 974,191
Interest bearing deposits and
other borrowings
Australia
340,526 2,439 1.4% 333,298 3,202 1.9% 334,952 3,716 2.2%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
171,757 1,381 1.6% 158,496 1,658 2.1% 150,989 1,554 2.1%
New Zealand
98,594 905 1.8% 95,889 1,059 2.2% 95,370 1,132 2.4%
Total (continuing operations)
610,877 4,725 1.5% 587,683 5,919 2.0% 581,311 6,402 2.2%
Total interest bearing liabilities
3
Australia 435,175 3,666 1.7% 426,405 4,680 2.2% 421,237 5,296 2.5%
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
197,147 1,681 1.7% 183,293 1,963 2.1% 176,119 1,864 2.1%
New Zealand
125,082 1,232 2.0% 120,797 1,424 2.4% 118,477 1,512 2.6%
Total (continuing operations)
757,404 6,579 1.7% 730,495 8,067 2.2% 715,833 8,672 2.4%
Total average liabilities
Australia
583,204 556,542 528,775
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
229,218 211,136 201,315
New Zealand
149,128 144,910 139,494
Total average liabilities (continuing operations)
961,550 912,588 869,584
Total average liabilities (discontinued operations) 1,414 15,351 45,412
Total average liabilities
962,964 927,939 914,996
Total average shareholders' equity
Ordinary share capital, reserves, retained earnings and non-
controlling interests
60,230 59,790 59,195
Total average shareholders' equity
60,230 59,790 59,195
Total average liabilities and shareholder's equity 1,023,194 987,729 974,191
1.
Averages used are predominantly daily averages.
2.
Assets and liabilities held for sale are included in continuing operations balance sheet categories and discontinued operations.
3.
Intra-group interest earning assets and interest income and Intra-group interest earning liabilities and interest expense have been eliminated.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
134
Half Year
Gross earnings rate
1
Mar 20
%
Sep 19
%
Mar 19
%
Australia
3.55 4.12 4.38
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
2.24 2.64 2.71
New Zealand
3.82 4.15 4.42
Group
3.22 3.70 3.95
Net interest spread and net interest margin analysis as follows:
Half Year
Australia
1
Mar 20
%
Sep 19
%
Mar 19
%
Net interest spread
1.76 1.79 1.75
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.23 0.25 0.35
Net interest margin - Australia
1.99 2.04 2.10
Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
1
Net interest spread
0.53 0.50 0.58
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.10 0.13 0.13
Net interest margin - Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
0.63 0.63 0.71
New Zealand
1
Net interest spread
1.81 1.76 1.82
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.29 0.33 0.35
Net interest margin - New Zealand
2.10 2.09 2.17
Group
Net interest spread
1.48 1.50 1.52
Interest attributable to net non-interest bearing items
0.21 0.22 0.28
Net interest margin
1.69 1.72 1.80
Net interest margin (excluding Markets) 2.37 2.40 2.50
1.
Geographic gross earnings rate, net interest spread and net interest margin are calculated gross of intra-group items (Intra-group interest earning assets and associated interest income and
intra-group interest bearing liabilities and associated interest expense).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
135
Select geographical disclosures – including discontinued operations
The following divisions operate across the geographic locations illustrated below:
• Institutional division - International, New Zealand and Australia
• Pacific division - International
• New Zealand division - New Zealand
• TSO and Group Centre operate across all geographies
• Discontinued operations - Australia
The International geography includes Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
Australia
$M
New Zealand
$M
International
$M
Total
$M
March 2020 Half Year
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 1,189 752 (396) 1,545
Cash profit
1,065 645 (387) 1,323
Net loans and advances
1
445,449 132,127 79,033 656,609
Customer deposits
1
303,600 110,442 152,453 566,495
Risk weighted assets
1
270,876 84,900 93,235 449,011
September 2019 Half Year
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 1,509 846 425 2,780
Cash profit 1,429 813 405 2,647
Net loans and advances
1
429,454 123,467 62,337 615,258
Customer deposits
1
283,586 101,205 127,021 511,812
Risk weighted assets
1
259,820 78,613 78,528 416,961
March 2019 Half Year
Statutory profit attributable to shareholders of the company 1,750 877 546 3,173
Cash profit 1,902 1,052 560 3,514
Net loans and advances
1
421,279 126,287 62,603 610,169
Customer deposits
1
270,779 103,034 119,560 493,373
Risk weighted assets
1
249,777 71,322 75,192 396,291
1.
Balance Sheet amounts include assets and liabilities held for sale.
New Zealand geography (in NZD)
Half Year
Movement
Mar 20
NZD M
Sep 19
NZD M
Mar 19
NZD M
Mar 20
v. Sep 19
Mar 20
v. Mar 19
Net interest income 1,648 1,606 1,626
3% 1%
Other operating income
344 440 654
-22% -47%
Operating income
1,992 2,046 2,280
-3% -13%
Operating expenses (828) (850) (735)
-3% 13%
Profit before credit impairment and income tax
1,164 1,196 1,545
-3% -25%
Credit impairment (charge)/release (232) (67) (32)
large large
Profit before income tax
932 1,129 1,513
-17% -38%
Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (255) (310) (399)
-18% -36%
Cash profit
1
677 819 1,114
-17% -39%
Adjustments between statutory profit and cash profit 112 77 (185)
45% large
Statutory profit
1
789 896 929
-12% -15%
Individually assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash 44 37 32
19% 38%
Collectively assessed credit impairment charge/(release) - cash
188 30 -
large n/a
Net loans and advances
135,679 133,264 131,795
2% 3%
Customer deposits
113,411 109,236 107,528
4% 5%
Risk weighted assets
87,182 84,850 74,433
3% 17%
Total full time equivalent staff (FTE)
7,532 7,491 7,311
1% 3%
1.
Statutory profit for March 2019 half included a NZ$59 million gain on sale of OPL NZ, and a NZ$39 million gain on sale of Paymark. Cash profit also includes an after tax gain of NZ$86
million on the reversal of the life-to-date cash profit adjustments on the revaluation of OPL NZ policy liabilities sold.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
136
Exchange rates
Major exchange rates used in the translation of foreign subsidiaries, branches, investments in associates and issued debt are as follows:
Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Average
As at Half Year
Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19 Mar 20 Sep 19 Mar 19
Chinese Renminbi 4.3895 4.8126 4.7700 4.7002 4.7917 4.8805
Euro
0.5619 0.6175 0.6313 0.6066 0.6197 0.6274
Pound Sterling
0.5017 0.5491 0.5425 0.5225 0.5503 0.5520
Indian Rupee
46.745 47.737 48.991 48.153 48.403 50.906
Indonesian Rupiah
10,126 9,578 10,099 9,487 9,814 10,329
Japanese Yen
67.015 72.816 78.550 72.937 75.069 79.629
Malaysian Ringgit
2.6611 2.8277 2.8963 2.7969 2.8782 2.9526
New Taiwan Dollar
18.707 20.960 21.863 20.315 21.580 22.028
New Zealand Dollar
1.0269 1.0794 1.0436 1.0488 1.0567 1.0578
Papua New Guinean Kina
2.1193 2.2971 2.3924 2.2845 2.3467 2.4051
United States Dollar
0.6189 0.6754 0.7094 0.6705 0.6923 0.7145
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
137
Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying variables or indices defined in the contract, require little
or no initial net investment and are settled at a future date. Derivatives include contracts traded on registered exchanges and contracts agreed between
counterparties. The use of derivatives and their sale to customers as risk management products is an integral part of the Group’s trading and sales
activities. Derivatives are also used to manage the Group’s own exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates as part of its asset and
liability management activities.
The following table provides an overview of the Group’s foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity and credit derivatives. They include all trading and
balance sheet risk management contracts. The derivative instruments become favourable (assets) or unfavourable (liabilities) as a result of fluctuations in
market rates relative to the terms of the derivative.
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Fair Values
Mar 20
$M
Mar 20
$M
Sep 19
$M
Sep 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Mar 19
$M
Interest rate contracts
Forward rate agreements 255 (250) 74 (78) 13 (14)
Futures contracts
78 (160) 41 (136) 66 (205)
Swap agreements
112,934 (108,736) 86,965 (84,575) 55,832 (56,028)
Options purchased
2,436 - 1,454 - 1,111 -
Options sold
- (3,865) - (2,317) - (1,789)
Total
115,703 (113,011) 88,534 (87,106) 57,022 (58,036)
Foreign exchange contracts
Spot and forward contracts 26,038 (23,964) 15,987 (15,427) 11,303 (10,419)
Swap agreements
27,624 (27,138) 13,912 (16,326) 9,288 (11,087)
Options purchased
837 - 405 - 366 -
Options sold
- (937) - (514) - (506)
Total
54,499 (52,039) 30,304 (32,267) 20,957 (22,012)
Commodity contracts 3,449 (2,288) 1,807 (1,553) 1,328 (738)
Credit default swaps
Structured credit derivatives purchased 16 - 16 - 16 -
Other credit derivatives purchased
4 (6) 4 (3) 14 (59)
Credit derivatives purchased
20 (6) 20 (3) 30 (59)
Structured credit derivatives sold - (17) - (19) - (20)
Other credit derivatives sold
6 (3) 2 (3) 38 (6)
Credit derivatives sold
6 (20) 2 (22) 38 (26)
Total 26 (26) 22 (25) 68 (85)
Derivative financial instruments 173,677 (167,364) 120,667 (120,951) 79,375 (80,871)
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
138
This page has been left blank intentionally
DEFINITIONS
139
AASB - Australian Accounting Standards Board. The term “AASB” is commonly used when identifying Australian Accounting Standards issued by the
AASB.
ANZEST – ANZ Employee Share Trust.
APRA - Australian Prudential Regulation Authority.
APS - ADI Prudential Standard.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise coins, notes, money at call, balances held with central banks, liquid settlement balances (readily convertible to
known amounts of cash which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value) and securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos) in
less than three months.
Cash profit is an additional measure of profit which is prepared on a basis other than in accordance with accounting standards. Cash profit represents
ANZ’s preferred measure of the result of the core business activities of the Group, enabling readers to assess Group and Divisional performance against
prior periods and against peer institutions. To calculate cash profit, the Group excludes non-core items from statutory profit as noted below. These items
are calculated consistently period on period so as not to discriminate between positive and negative adjustments.
Gains and losses are adjusted where they are significant, or have the potential to be significant in any one period, and fall into one of three categories:
1. gains or losses included in earnings arising from changes in tax, legal or accounting legislation or other non-core items not associated with the
core operations of the Group;
2. treasury shares, revaluation of policy liabilities, economic hedging impacts and similar accounting items that represent timing differences that
will reverse through earnings in the future; and
3. accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results, such as policyholders tax gross up.
Cash profit is not a measure of cash flow or profit determined on a cash accounting basis.
Collectively assessed allowance for expected credit loss represents the Expected Credit Loss (ECL). This incorporates forward looking information
and does not require an actual loss event to have occurred for an impairment provision to be recognised.
Coronavirus (COVID-19) is a respiratory illness caused by a new virus and declared a Public Health Emergency of International Concern. COVID-19
was characterised as a pandemic by the World Health Organisation on 11 March 2020.
Covered bonds are bonds issued by an ADI to external investors secured against a pool of the ADI’s assets (the cover pool) assigned to a bankruptcy
remote special purpose entity. The primary assets forming the cover pool are mortgage loans. The mortgages remain on the issuer’s balance sheet. The
covered bond holders have dual recourse to the issuer and the cover pool assets. The mortgages included in the cover pool cannot be otherwise pledged
or disposed of but may be repurchased and substituted in order to maintain the credit quality of the pool. The Group issues covered bonds as part of its
funding activities.
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss resulting from the failure of ANZ’s customers and counterparties to honour or perform fully the terms of a loan or
contract.
Credit risk weighted assets (CRWA) represent assets which are weighted for credit risk according to a set formula as prescribed in APS 112/113.
Customer deposits represent term deposits, other deposits bearing interest, deposits not bearing interest and borrowing corporations’ debt excluding
securitisation deposits.
Customer remediation includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation project costs and related customer and regulatory claims,
penalties and litigation outcomes.
Derivative credit valuation adjustment (CVA) - Over the life of a derivative instrument, ANZ uses a model to adjust fair value to take into account the
impact of counterparty credit quality. The methodology calculates the present value of expected losses over the life of the financial instrument as a
function of probability of default, loss given default, expected credit risk exposure and an asset correlation factor. Impaired derivatives are also subject to
a CVA.
Dividend payout ratio is the total ordinary dividend payment divided by profit attributable to shareholders of the Company.
Gross loans and advances (GLA) is made up of loans and advances, capitalised brokerage/mortgage origination fees less unearned income.
Impaired assets are those financial assets where doubt exists as to whether the full contractual amount will be received in a timely manner, or where
concessional terms have been provided because of the financial difficulties of the customer. Financial assets are impaired if there is objective evidence of
impairment as a result of a loss event that occurred prior to the reporting date, and that loss event has had an impact, which can be reliably estimated, on
the expected future cash flows of the individual asset or portfolio of assets.
Impaired loans comprise drawn facilities where the customer’s status is defined as impaired.
Individually assessed allowance for expected credit losses is assessed on a case-by-case basis for all individually managed impaired assets taking
into consideration factors such as the realisable value of security (or other credit mitigants), the likely return available upon liquidation or bankruptcy, legal
uncertainties, estimated costs involved in recovery, the market price of the exposure in secondary markets and the amount and timing of expected
receipts and recoveries.
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) relates to the potential adverse impact of changes in market interest rates on ANZ’s future net interest
income. The risk generally arises from:
1. Repricing and yield curve risk - the risk to earnings or market value as a result of changes in the overall level of interest rates and/or the
relativity of these rates across the yield curve;
2. Basis risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from volatility in the interest margin applicable to banking book items; and
3. Optionality risk - the risk to earnings or market value arising from the existence of stand-alone or embedded options in banking book items.
Internationally comparable ratios are ANZ’s interpretation of the regulations documented in the Basel Committee publications: “Basel 3: A global
regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” (June 2011) and “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital
Standards” (June 2006). They also include differences identified in APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July
2015).
Level 1 in the context of APRA supervision, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited consolidated with certain approved subsidiaries.
Level 2 in the context of APRA supervision, the consolidated ANZ Group excluding associates, insurance and funds management entities, commercial
non-financial entities and certain securitisation vehicles.
DEFINITIONS
140
Net interest margin is net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.
Net loans and advances represent gross loans and advances less allowance for credit losses.
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) is the ratio of the amount of available stable funding (ASF) to the amount of required stable funding (RSF) defined by
APRA. The amount of ASF is the portion of an Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADI) capital and liabilities expected to be a reliable source of funds
over a one year time horizon. The amount of RSF is a function of the liquidity characteristics and residual maturities of an ADI’s assets and off-balance
sheet activities. ADIs must maintain an NSFR of at least 100%.
Net tangible assets equal share capital and reserves attributable to shareholders of the Company less unamortised intangible assets (including goodwill
and software).
Regulatory deposits are mandatory reserve deposits lodged with local central banks in accordance with statutory requirements.
Restructured items comprise facilities in which the original contractual terms have been modified for reasons related to the financial difficulties of the
customer. Restructuring may consist of reduction of interest, principal or other payments legally due, or an extension in maturity materially beyond those
typically offered to new facilities with similar risk.
Return on average assets is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average total assets.
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity is the profit attributable to shareholders of the Company, divided by average ordinary shareholders’
equity.
Risk weighted assets (RWA) are risk weighted according to each asset’s inherent potential for default and what the likely losses would be in the case of
default. In the case of non asset backed risks (i.e. market and operational risk), RWA is determined by multiplying the capital requirements for those risks
by 12.5.
Settlement balances owed to/by ANZ represent financial assets and/or liabilities which are in the course of being settled. These may include trade
dated assets and liabilities, vostro accounts and securities settlement accounts.
DEFINITIONS
141
Description of divisions
The Group operates on a divisional structure with five continuing divisions: Australia Retail and Commercial, Institutional, New Zealand, Pacific, and TSO
and Group Centre.
Australia Retail and Commercial
Australia Retail and Commercial division comprises of the following business units.
Retail provides products and services to consumer customers in Australia via the branch network, mortgage specialists, contact centres and a variety
of self-service channels (internet banking, phone banking, ATMs, website, ANZ share investing and digital banking) and third party brokers in
addition to financial planning services provided by salaried financial planners.
Commercial provides a full range of banking products and financial services, including asset financing, across the following customer segments:
medium to large commercial customers and agribusiness customers across regional Australia, small business owners and high net worth individuals
and family groups.
Institutional
The Institutional division services governments, global institutional and corporate customers across three product sets: Transaction Banking, Loans &
Specialised Finance and Markets.
Transaction Banking provides working capital and liquidity solutions including documentary trade, supply chain financing, commodity financing as
well as cash management solutions, deposits, payments and clearing.
Loans & Specialised Finance provides loan products, loan syndication, specialised loan structuring and execution, project and export finance, debt
structuring and acquisition finance and corporate advisory.
Markets provide risk management services on foreign exchange, interest rates, credit, commodities and debt capital markets in addition to managing
the Group's interest rate exposure and liquidity position.
New Zealand
The New Zealand division comprises the Retail and Commercial business units.
Retail provides a full range of banking and wealth management services to consumer, private banking and small business banking customers. We
deliver our services via our internet and app-based digital solutions and network of branches, mortgage specialists, relationship managers and
contact centres.
Commercial provides a full range of banking services including traditional relationship banking and sophisticated financial solutions through dedicated
managers focusing on privately owned medium to large enterprises, the agricultural business segment and governments.
Pacific
The Pacific division provides products and services to retail customers, small to medium-sized enterprises, institutional customers and governments
located in the Pacific Islands. Products and services include retail products provided to consumers, traditional relationship banking and sophisticated
financial solutions provided to business customers through dedicated managers.
TSO and Group Centre
TSO and Group Centre division provide support to the operating divisions, including technology, group operations, shared services, property, risk
management, financial management, strategy, marketing, human resources and corporate affairs. The Group Centre includes residual Asia Retail and
Wealth, Group Treasury, Shareholder Functions and minority investments in Asia.
Refer to Note 12 for details on discontinued operations.
ASX APPENDIX 4D - CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
142
Page
Details of the reporting period (4D Item 1) ...................................................................................................................................................... After front cover
Results for Announcement to the Market (4D Item 2) ..................................................................................................................................... After front cover
Net Tangible Assets per security (4D Item 3) ....................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Details of entities over which control has been gained or lost (4D Item 4) ......................................................................................................................... 118
Dividends and dividend dates (4D Item 5) ...................................................................................................................................................... After front cover
Dividend Reinvestment Plan (4D Item 6) ........................................................................................................................................................ After front cover
Details of associates and joint venture entities (4D Item 7) ................................................................................................................................................ 119
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
143
PAGE
Appendix 4D Cross Reference Index ................................................................................................................................................................................. 142
Appendix 4D Statement ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Auditor’s Review Report and Independence Declaration ................................................................................................................................................... 124
Average Balance Sheet and Related Interest .................................................................................................................................................................... 132
Basis of Preparation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 84
Capital Management .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 128
Changes in Composition of the Group ............................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet ............................................................................................................................................................................. 81
Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement .................................................................................................................................................................. 82
Condensed Consolidated Income Statement ....................................................................................................................................................................... 79
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity .................................................................................................................................................. 83
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets ..................................................................................................................................................................... 119
Credit Risk .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
Definitions .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 139
Deposits and Other Borrowings ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 103
Derivative Financial Instruments ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 137
Directors’ Declaration ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 122
Directors’ Report .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 78
Discontinued Operations and Asset and Liabilities Held for Sale ....................................................................................................................................... 105
Dividends ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95
Divisional Results ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Earnings Per Share .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 96
Exchange Rates ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 136
Fair Value Measurement .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
Full Time Equivalent Staff .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Group Results ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Income ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 92
Income Tax Expense ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 94
Investments In Associates.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 119
Net Loans and Advances ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 99
Operating Expenses ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Profit Reconciliation ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 71
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses ............................................................................................................................................................................... 100
Related Party Disclosures .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 119
Segment Analysis ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 97
Select Geographical Disclosures ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 135
Share Capital ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Shareholders’ Equity .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Subordinated Debt ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 108
Significant Events Since Balance Date .............................................................................................................................................................................. 120
Summary ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
144
THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY
---
30 APRIL 2020
NEWS RELEASE
ANZ HALF YEAR 2020 RESULT & DIVIDEND ANNOUNCEMENT
ANZ today announced a Statutory Profit after tax for the Half Year ended 31 March 2020 of $1.55
billion, down 51% on the prior comparable period. This decline was driven primarily by credit
impairment charges of $1.674 billion that included increased credit reserves for COVID-19 impacts of
$1.031 billion. The valuation of investments in Asian associates was impaired by $815 million, largely
due to the impact COVID-19 is having in those markets.
Cash Profit
1
for its continuing operations was $1.41 billion, down 60% from the prior comparable
period. Cash Earnings per Share decreased 60% to 50 cents.
Entering the crisis with a strong capital position, ANZ’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio is 10.8%
at 31 March 2020. Return on Equity decreased to 4.7%.
ANZ’s Board also determined it will defer its decision on the 2020 Interim Dividend until there is
greater clarity regarding the economic impact of COVID-19.
Group Financial Information
Earnings ($m) 1H20 1H19 Movement
Statutory Profit After Tax 1,545 3,173 -51%
Cash Profit (continuing basis) 1,413 3,564 -60%
Profit before credit impairment & tax 3,974 5,381 -26%
Profit before credit impairment, tax & large notables 5,106 5,268 -3%
Earnings per share (cents) 49.9 124.8 -60%
Return on equity 4.7% 12.0% -732bps
Return on average assets 0.28% 0.77% -49bps
Dividend per share (cents) Deferred 80 N/A
Credit Quality ($m) 1H20 1H19 Movement
Total credit impairment charge as a % of average GLAs 0.53% 0.13% +40bps
New impaired assets 1,570 890 +76%
Balance Sheet ($b) 1H20 1H19 Movement
Gross Loans and Advances (GLAs) 661.3 613.8 +8%
Total Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) 449.0 396.3 +13%
Customer Deposits 566.5 493.4 +15%
Common Equity Tier 1 Ratio (CET1) 10.8% 11.5% -73bps
Other 1H20 1H19 Movement
Full time equivalent staff (including discontinued) 38,939 39,359 -1%
1
All financials are on a Cash Profit Continuing Basis with growth rates compared to the Half Year ended 31 March 2019 unless otherwise stated
CEO COMMENTARY
ANZ Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott said: “Firstly, our thoughts are with those who have been
directly impacted by COVID-19, particularly those who have suffered from the health impacts, as
well as the millions of people who are now facing financial uncertainty.
“This is a terrible time for many and I want our customers, employees and shareholders to know we
enter this crisis in very good shape to support our communities given the work completed over the
past four years to simplify our business and strengthen our balance sheet.
“Our experienced management team has implemented a four-pronged plan focused on protecting
the things that matter, adapting for a new world, engaging with key stakeholders, while still
preparing for the future.
“From a customer support perspective, we are already assisting 180,000 customers with deferrals on
loan payments. We also provided $16 billion in additional lending, mainly to our long-term
investment-grade institutional customers to support them through COVID-19. This unparalleled
level of customer support is ultimately in the long-term interests of all stakeholders, including
investors.
“From an operational perspective, excluding our Australian branch staff, we have more than 95% of
our people working from home while still providing the essential banking services required by the
community. This move to a new way of working was completed by 17 March, including our offshore
delivery centres, and was supported by recent investments in technology and agile work practices.
“While the health implications of this crisis are different, the reality is the financial sector has faced
major shocks every seven to 10 years on average. This reinforces our prudent approach to capital
and liquidity, as well as the work to simplify our business and focus on productivity. Our conservative
approach over recent years, highlighted by our focus on owner-occupier home loans and not
offering a retail home loan product to the SMSF sector, are examples of this approach,” he said.
Commenting on the Group’s most recent financial performance, Mr Elliott said: “This was a
reasonable result given the tough trading conditions being experienced before the crisis hit. We
maintained our focus on productivity and continued to target balance sheet growth in our preferred
segments. Loan losses heading into March were at historically low-levels and we are well positioned
to manage the higher credit charges taken as a result of COVID-19.
“COVID-19 has clearly impacted our performance, however the work done over many years to
simplify our business, strengthen our balance sheet as well as developing a more agile and resilient
workforce meant we were well-prepared to support customers through the crisis and I’m confident
we will emerge even stronger,” Mr Elliott said.
DIVIDEND
ANZ also today announced its Board will defer a decision on the 2020 interim dividend until there is
greater clarity regarding the economic impact of COVID-19. In assessing options, ANZ considered
the high level of uncertainty in the economic outlook as well as guidance from the Australian
Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) that all Authorised Deposit Taking Institutions and Insurers
should seriously consider deferring decisions on dividends until the outlook is clearer. As part of its
regular engagement with APRA, ANZ has also had ongoing discussions regarding both its capital
position and various stress testing scenarios.
ANZ Chairman David Gonski said: “This decision is not about our current financial position and ANZ
has not received any concerns from APRA regarding our level of capital. The Board agrees with the
regulator’s guidance that deferring a decision on the 2020 interim dividend is prudent given the
present economic uncertainty and that making a decision at this time would not have been
appropriate.
“This was a very difficult decision and the Board considered all options available as we understand
the impact this will have on those shareholders who rely on dividends,” Mr Gonski said.
The Board will carefully consider all factors over the coming months and continue to assess the
evolving situation, including the severity of community lock-downs, before determining a final
position on the interim dividend. ANZ will provide an update as part of a trading update in August in
conjunction with the release of its Pillar 3.
COVID-19 CUSTOMER SUPPORT
ANZ launched support packages for retail and commercial customers in Australia and New Zealand
that included the option of an up to six-month loan payment deferral. ANZ also reduced a range of
variable and fixed rates for home and business customers, including being the only Australian bank
to reduce mortgage rates after the most recent Reserve Bank decision.
Australia Retail & Commercial
Received ~105,000 requests for assistance on $36 billion worth of home loans. This
represents 14% of ANZ’s home loan portfolio.
Repayment deferrals have been provided on $7.5 billion of lending to commercial customers,
with assistance provided to ~15% of commercial lending customers.
Pre-approved more than $4 billion in lending to 35,000 small business customers with
existing transactional accounts (average of $140,000 each); provided temporary overdraft
increases for ~5,500 commercial accounts.
Reallocated and retrained staff to support key areas with more than 500 branch staff
assisting with clearing call centre back-logs; trained an additional 300 people to assist
customers contacting via digital channels. Responded to more than 6,000 social media posts.
New Zealand
Provided financial support to more than 30,000 personal, home and business loan customers
through loan deferrals or adjustments with lending of around ~NZ$12 billion.
Deferred 19,600 home loan repayments and moved 20,900 to interest only.
Granted 1,345 temporary overdraft facilities to businesses needing more working capital,
worth nearly NZ$25 million; received ~820 requests regarding the Business Finance
Guarantee Scheme.
Institutional
Increased core lending by 12%, or $16 billion, during the half, with the majority extended in
March to support customers in our priority sectors with their balance sheet needs.
Joint Lead Manager on $13 billion Treasury bond for the Australian Office of Financial
Management, helping fund the Australian Government’s COVID-19 support package.
Maintained customer service standards despite a 35-45% increase in transaction volumes of
trade and lending processes. This was achieved with 100% of staff in operations hubs and
85% of global operations teams working from home.
CREDIT QUALITY
The total provision charge for the half was $1.7 billion, up from $402 million in the previous half. This
includes a collective provision charge of $1.0 billion, taking the collective provision (CP) balance to
$4.5 billion, which compares to $2.5 billion before the adoption of AASB 9 in September 2018. The
increase in CP has been driven by a deterioration in economic forecasts as a result of COVID-19, not
by customer downgrades or increased delinquencies. The individually assessed provision charge of
$626 million, increased $228 million compared to 2H19.
PRODUCTIVITY
ANZ will maintain its focus on productivity given the impact of COVID-19 on its operations. Actions
taken include having staff draw down leave balances, with budgets for salary increases in 2020/21 to
be significantly reduced and focused only on those below senior management. While final
assessments will be made as part of the Full Year results, variable remuneration is expected to be
materially reduced given the impact COVID-19 has had on shareholders and focused primarily on
rewarding those such as branch and call centre staff who have been working hard to provide
essential services to customers.
CLOSING REMARKS
Commenting on the outlook Mr Elliott said: “The coming months will be difficult. The COVID-19
crisis has already evolved at such a pace it is difficult to predict how deep the economic crisis will be
or how long the recovery will take.
“However, the swift action from Governments in Australia and New Zealand, as well as the healthy
state of corporate balance sheets going into the crisis, has both countries well placed to not only
manage the health aspects but also lessen the economic impact.
“While dealing with the immediacy of the current crisis as well as protecting our customers and staff
remains our top priority, we are not sitting idle waiting for changes to happen to us. We are
analysing customer behaviour and fast tracking digital investments given we know there will be
opportunities for banks that focus on their customers, stay prudent, read changing customer needs
and have the resources to invest for the long-term.
“Finally, I’d like to acknowledge the hard work of the ANZ team who demonstrated resilience,
agility, customer focus and accountability and I have never been prouder to lead a team that so
genuinely cares about their customers, colleagues and communities, ” Mr Elliott said.
Interviews with Chief Executive Officer Shayne Elliott, Chief Financial Officer Michelle Jablko
and Chief Risk Officer Kevin Corbally are available at www.bluenotes.anz.com
Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee.
9/833 Collins Street Docklands VIC 3008
For media enquiries contact:
Stephen Ries, +61 409 655 551
Head of Corporate Communications
Nick Higginbottom, +61 403 936 262
Senior Manager, Media Relations
For investor enquiries contact:
Jill Campbell, +61 412 047 448
GGM Investor Relations
Cameron Davis, +61 421 613 819
Executive Manager, Investor Relations
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
ANZ Centre Melbourne, Level 9A, 833 Collins Street, Docklands VIC 3008
30 April 2020
Market Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Level 4
20 Bridge Street
SYDNEY NSW 2000
ANZ 2020 Half Year Results – Results Presentation & Investor Discussion Pack
Attached is a document titled 2020 Half Year Results – Results Presentation & Investor
Discussion Pack. It has been approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure
Committee.
Yours faithfully
Simon Pordage
Company Secretary
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
HALF YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2020
RESULTS PRESENTATION &
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
SHAYNE ELLIOTT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
BALANCE SHEET STRENGTH
2
1.Mar-08 based on Fundamental Tier 1 Capital
2.Mar-20 capital ratios include RWA increase as a result of APRA modelling and policy related capital changes
3.Capital Conservation Buffer
4.Collectively assessed provisions as a % of credit risk weighted assets
4.1
14.3
2.3
CP balance4.5
Mar-08
60.8
CET1 capital
48.3
AT1 capital
8.0
Mar-20
20.7
5.3%
CET1
min.
$20b
Mar-08
Mgt.
Buffer
$12b
CCB
3
$16b
Mar-20
10.8%
TIER 1 CAPITAL & COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE
Mar-08Mar-20
1.17%
0.94%
$b
CP COVERAGE
4
LIQUIDITY (MAR-20)
CET1 RATIO (APRA LEVEL 2)
1
,
2
139%
LCR (1H20 avg.)NSFR
118%
100%
Regulatory
Minimum
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
3
1.Includes the impact of large / notable items, excludes discontinued operations
2.Collectively assessed provisions as a % of credit risk weighted assets
1H201H20 v 2H19
Statutory Profit ($m)1,545-44%
Cash Profit (Continuing operations)
1
($m)1,413-51%
Return on Equity4.7%-506bps
Earnings Per Share (cents)49.9-50%
Cash Profit (Continuing operations) ex. large / notable items ($m)2,451-26%
Dividend PerShare (cents)DeferredN/A
CET1 Ratio (APRA Level 2) (%)10.8-60bps
Net TangibleAssets Per Share ($)19.89+2%
Provision coverage ratio
2
(%)1.17+23bps
145
(60%)
179
(68%)
Mar-16
97
(40%)
85
(32%)
242
Mar-20
264
SIMPLIFIED AND STRENGTHENED THE BANK
AUSTRALIA HOME LOAN PORTFOLIO
Gross Loans & Advances (GLA) $b
4
1.Internal expected loss as at Sep-16. This compared with total group IEL at Sep-16 of 35bps
2.Internal expected loss as at Sep-15. This compared with total group IEL at Sep-15 of 35bps
Sold
•
Asia Retail & Wealth (IEL 151bps)
1
•
Esanda Dealer Finance (IEL 100bps)
2
•
NZLife, Aus. Life, Aus. P&I
Exited
•
Emerging Corporate Asia (IEL 41bps)
1
•
ANZ Financial Planning
Restricted
•
Unsecured retail lending
•
No retail homeloan offering to SMSFs
•
Commercial property
Reduced
•
Unsecured SME lending
•
Investor home loans
Rebalanced
•
Capital towardsRetail & Commercial
•
Institutional portfolio (87% investment grade)
•
Housing portfolioto P&I (86% Aus; 81% NZ)
Owner occupiedInvestor & Equity Manager
OUR APPROACH
5
PROTECTADAPTENGAGEPREPARE
... our people,
customers&
shareholders
... to the
changing
environment
... even more
proactivelywith our
stakeholders
... for the future
0
30
60
90
120
PROTECT OUR PEOPLE, OUR CUSTOMERS & SHAREHOLDERS
REQUESTS FOR HOME LOAN DEFERRALS
1
AUSTRALIA -Cumulative accounts (000’s)
6
Support measuresfor customers
Introduced health & safety measures
Deep-dive industry reviews
PROTECT
NEW ZEALAND -Cumulative accounts (000’s)
10
0
20
20/03/2024/04/20
31/03/2024/04/20
PROTECT
14% of Aus.
home loan
balances
5% of NZ
home loan
balances
1.For Australia home loans, includes all requests for assistance by COVID19 impacted customers
ADAPTING TO THE NEW ENVIRONMENT
DRAMATIC FALLS IN ATM & POS TRANSACTIONS
Avg. daily transaction # Oct-19 index = 100
7
1.Excluding Australian branch staff
2.Average daily transactions to 26-Apr-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Oct-19Dec-19Feb-20Apr-20
2
ATM transactions
POS transactions
PROTECT
ADAPT
Record volumes of home loan
re-finance applications
Collapse in ATM/Branch volume
95% of people working remotely
1
‘Agile’ enabling us to quickly adapt
EXISTING PLANS HAVE BEEN RUN THROUGH A FILTER PROCESS
StopSlow StayAccelerate
INCREASING ENGAGEMENT AND PREPARING FOR THE FUTURE
8
A LOT WILL CHANGE FOR THE LONG
TERM
•Consumer
behaviour
•Lower interest
rates
•Technology
usage
•Higher debt
levels
•Supply chain
management
•Industry
reforms
•Ways of
working
•Industry
innovation
PROTECT
ENGAGE
Keeping messages
simple
Providing appropriate
guidance
Being accessible
Drawing on experience
to help customers make
the right decisions &
make better banking
decisions
Changing customer
behaviour
Shift in relative
attractiveness
Prudent rationalisation
of capital & liquidity
PROTECT
PREPARE
OUTLOOK
9
•Entered the crisis in a strong position
financially, operationally, culturally
•Difficult to predict depth of the economic
impact & length of recovery
•Continue to focus on strategic clarity,
prudent risk settings, execution discipline
OUR PRIORITIES
PRUDENT APPROACH TO RISK & CAPITAL
FOCUS ON LIQUIDITY
STAYING CLOSE TO CUSTOMERS
DYNAMIC PRICING OF RISK
OPERATIONAL AGILITY
CONTINUED FOCUS ON PRODUCTIVITY
INVESTING FOR THE LONG TERM
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
MICHELLE JABLKO
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
AGENDA
11
1.
2.
3.
Key pillars in protecting our balance sheet
Major components within capital
Outlook on capital going forward
LIQUIDITY & FUNDING
CUSTOMER DEPOSITSLIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIONET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
EOP $b
Average
12
1. Pro-forma after incorporating the available Term Funding Facility of at least $12b
139%
143%
1H192H19
137%
1H20Sep-19Mar-20
118%
Mar-20
(Pro-forma)
1
116%
~120%
288
295
308
205
217
259
567
512
Mar-20Mar-19Sep-19
493
InstitutionalRetail & Commercial
EOP
100%
Regulatory
Minimum
100%
Regulatory
Minimum
CAPITAL
13
APRA LEVEL 2 COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 RATIO (CET1)
1.Excludes large / notable items & one-off items
2.Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and capitalised software
3.Other impacts include divestment benefits from Pensions & Investments, Net Imposts (incl. AASB16 impacts), movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and other
4.Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not
include an estimate of the Basel I capital floor
0.87
Underlying RWA
Business growth
Sep-192019 Final Dividend
(DRP neutralised)
CIC
(net of tax)
-0.05
PBP
(net of tax)
1
Net DTA on CICRisk MigrationCapital
Deduc-
tions
2
Other
3
Mar-20
11.4
-0.28
-0.08
-0.07
-0.44
-0.53
-0.02
10.8
Pro-Forma CET1
of ~10.9% with
conversion of
NZD500m
Capital Note
Earnings
(ex. Credit)
Credit
impacts
Portfolio
growth
%
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
CASH PROFIT CONTINUING OPERATIONS
14
2,906
1,413
127
370
Tax & NCIProvisions2H19Large / Notable
items after tax
-1,274
Net interest incomeExpensesOther operating
income
1H20
-44
-639
-33
+2%-2%+1%+319%-27%-51%
$m
Profit before provisions +1%
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
15
1.Total includes Australia Retail & Commercial, New Zealand (AUD), Institutional, Pacific, TSO & Group Centre
2.Other 2H19 includes Gain / (Loss) on sale from divestments (+18); Divested business results (+7); Royal Commission legal costs (-1)
DIVISIONAL PERFORMANCE
EX. LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
(1H20 V 2H19)
IncomeExpensesPBPProvisionsCash Profit
Aus. Retail & Commercial
-2%0%-3%+167%-24%
Institutional
+10%-1%+20%+1,968%-27%
New Zealand (NZD)
-1%+2%-3%+208%-16%
TOTAL
1
+1%+1%+1%+319%-26%
LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
(AFTER TAX $m)
2H191H20Change
Customer remediation
-405-91+314
Restructuring
-18-74-56
Lease-related items
Nil-58-58
Asian associate
impairments
Nil-815-815
Other
2
+24Nil-24
TOTAL
-399-1,038-639
172
168
169
1
4
1
Wholesale
Funding Cost
-4
2H191H20
underlying
1
Deposits
0
Asset &
Funding Mix
AssetsTreasuryMarkets
Balance Sheet
Activities
2
Large /
Notable Items
1H20
-5
0
NET INTEREST MARGIN
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
16
GROUP NET INTEREST MARGIN (NIM)
bps
1.Excluding large / notable items and Markets Balance Sheet Activities
2.Includes the impact of growth in discretionary liquid assets and other Balance Sheet Activities
-4bps
-3bps
Includes 3bps headwind from rate cuts in
mid to late 2019, net of repricing
MARGIN CONSIDERATIONS
LOW RATE ENVIRONMENT
17
1.Rolling 90 days
~110
~163
Mar-20
~203
Sep-19
~53
~53
~150
Net impact of previously announced AUD, NZD & USD rate cuts
2H20 impact (net ofrepricing)~6bps
Low rate deposits <25bps
Capital (excluding intangibles) and other non-interest bearing liabilities
$b
BILLS / OISSPREAD
bps
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Jul-
19
Oct-
17
Apr-
18
Jan-
18
Jul-
18
Jan-
20
Jan-
19
Oct-
18
Oct-
19
Apr-
19
Apr-
20
1H19 (Avg. 48.0bp)
1
Spot 3mth Bills / OIS Spread
Rolling 90 days2H19 (Avg. 27.0bp)
1
1H20 (Avg. 21.1bp)
1
Sensitivity of 10bp change in Bills/OISNIM impact
30 Sep-191 bps
31 Mar-200.5 bps
Change in sensitivity due to
stronger deposit growth in 1H20
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
INCOME CONTRIBUTIONHOME LOAN APPLICATION
1
TREND
$m
3 month rolling average (Index Mar-19 = 100)
HOME LOAN BALANCE & LENDING FLOWS
2,3
$b
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
18
1.Applications based on $
2.Includes Non-Performing Loans
3.Gross Loans & Advances
4.Other Financial Institution
3,217
3,244
3,214
1,590
1,524
1,469
4,768
2H191H19
4,807
1H20
4,683
Retail Commercial
0
50
100
150
200
Jul-
19
Mar-
20
Mar-
19
Aug-
19
Apr-
19
May-
19
Jun-
19
Sep-
19
Feb-
20
Oct-
19
Nov-
19
Dec-
19
Jan-
20
265
264
13
1
8
New Sales
excl. Refi-In
Mar-20Sep-19Net OFI
Refi
Redraw &
Interest
Repay
/ Other
-23
4
INSTITUTIONAL
INSTITUTIONAL INCOME COMPOSITION
1
MARKETS INCOME COMPOSITION
$m
$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
19
1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management; L&SF: Loans & Specialised Finance
2.Prior periods are FX adjusted
815
810
786
644
652
580
236
234
231
940
826
1,164
2H19
23
1H19
2,541
19
2,657
1H20
31
2,791
MarketsPCMTradeL&SFOther
459
463
513
235
388
256
190
238
48
24
2H19
-10
1H19
126
1H20
940
826
1,164
Franchise Trading
Franchise Sales
Derivative valuation adjustments
Balance Sheet
NET LOANS & ADVANCES
2
113
114
129
27
35
49
160
170
199
1
19
0
21
0
22
1H192H191H20
$b
MarketsTransaction BankingOtherL&SF
+12%
HoH
4,322
4,351
4,355
29
69
63
FX2H19
-114
Investment2H19
FX adjusted
1H20InflationBusiness As
Usual (BAU)
Depreciation &
Amortisation (D&A)
-14
EXPENSES
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
20
1H20 EXPENSE DRIVERS
$m
NOTE: 1H20 expenses are up $78m, inclusive of accounting changes within large / notable items versus market guidance of +$150m to $200m
flat
+1%
CREDIT QUALITY
TOTAL PROVISION CHARGE
$m
PROVISION CHARGE CONTINUING OPERATIONS & IMPAIRED ASSETS
21
1.GLA: Gross Loans & Advances
430
343
380
398
626
1,048
1H19
13
-22
402
4
1H18
-63
2H192H181H20
408
280
393
1,674
IP chargeCP charge / (release)
LOSSRATE1H192H191H20
IP / Avg. GLA
1
0.12%0.13%0.20%
CIC / Avg. GLA
1
0.13%0.13%0.53%
GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS
$b
0.0
1.2
1.0
0.2
2.2
0.8
0.4
0.6
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.4
2.6
Sep-17
2.03
Mar-19Mar-18Sep-18Sep-19Mar-20
2.38
2.03
2.14
2.13
2.60
> $100m< $10m$10m to $100m
CREDIT QUALITY
BY DIVISION
$m
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE
22
1.GIA: Gross Impaired Assets
2.CRWA: Credit Risk Weighted Assets
2,523
3,376
4,501
78
17
1,031
Economic
Outlook
Sensitivity
Sep-18
(pre
AASB 9)
FXSep-19
(AASB 9)
Change
in Risk
Volume /
Mix
Model
/ Meth.
Mar-20
(AASB 9)
Other
Balance
Sheet
movements
0
0
-1
CP charge 1,048
COVERAGE RATIOMar-19Sep-19Mar-20
IP / GIA
1
42%40%42%
CP / CRWA
2
0.98%0.94%1.17%
MOVEMENT
$m
1,795
2,320
1,169
1,590
374
541
38
Sep-19
50
Mar-20
3,376
4,501
PacificInstitutional
New ZealandAustralia R&C
CREDIT QUALITY
23
BALANCE SHEET COLLECTIVE CREDIT PROVISION
1.Subset of a range of economic indicators shown. Economic forecasts also undertaken for international markets
2.Jun-20 Qtr: Quarter on Quarter change; CY2020 & CY2021: December Year on Year change
3.Annual average
4.Illustration of the impact on ANZ’s Expected Credit Loss (ECL) allowance under scenarios where a 100% weighting is applied
1,969
4,319
5,293
6,472
100% severe100% downside100% upside100% base case
economic forecast
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE SCENARIOS
4
(31 MARCH 2020)
Weightings are applied to provisioning scenarios to determine collective provision balance
($m)
BASE CASE ECONOMIC FORECAST (AS AT 31 MARCH 2020 POST COMMENCEMENT OF COVID-19)
BASE CASE ECONOMIC FORECAST
1
AustraliaNew Zealand
Jun-20 Qtr.CY2020CY2021Jun-20 Qtr.CY2020CY2021
GDP change
2
-13.0%-4.7%4.1%-17.0%-6.7%4.2%
Unemployment rate
3
13.0%9.0%7.3%8.6%7.4%7.7%
Residential Property pricechange
2
-1.1%-4.1%-6.3%-2.0%-1.9%6.0%
ScenarioBaseDownsideSevere
Intensity of downturnHighMediumHigh
Duration of downturnShortMediumLong
Level of govt. & central bank
support for the economy
HighMediumHigh
Time to full recoveryMediumMediumLong
INSTITUTIONAL & COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO
1
TOTAL WHOLESALE EADEXPOSURE TO SOME INDUSTRIES MORE IMMEDIATELY IMPACTED BY COVID-19
2
$11b in Retail Trade
$11b in Accommodation, Cafes & Restaurants
24
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting and
financial collateral
2.Exposure represents a subset of the relevant industry group more immediately impacted by COVID-19
5%
8%
36%
3%
11%
11%
11%
5%
Mar-20
$703b
74% investment Grade
75% of EAD is in
Institutional of which
87% is investment grade
51%
Mar-20
49%
Personal & Household Good Retailing
Motor Vehicle Retailing & Services
Mar-20
48%
28%
4%
20%
Clubs (Hospitality)
Cafes & Resturants
Accommodation
Pubs, Taverns & Bars
$13b in Transport & Storage
$6b in Education, Cultural & Recreational Services
35%
40%
19%
6%
Mar-20
Other Services to Transport
Water transport & Services
Services to Air Transport
Air and Space Transport
Mar-20
41%
37%
22%
Other
Sport & Recreation
Education
Construction
Transport & Storage
Business Services
Resources (Mining)
Retail Trade
Wholesale trade
Other
Agri., Forestry, Fishing
Manufacturing
Property Services
Gvt. & Official Instit.
FIG
Each
<3%
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO
CONSUMER PORTFOLIO
1
(AUS & NZ)PRODUCT 90+ DAY DELINQUENCIES
2
$b
%
PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
25
1.Net Loans & Advances
2.Includes Non-Performing Loans
3.Refer Australia & New Zealand Housing Portfolio section within the discussion pack for full list of portfolio dynamics, definitions and explanations
4.Majority of NZ home loans (86% of the portfolio at Mar-20) are on fixed rate with set repayments
46%
48%
53%
58%
61%
12%
13%
15%
17%
19%
13%
14%
10%
7%
5%
19%
18%
14%
11%
9%
5%
4%
5%
4%
Mar-19Mar-17
4%
Mar-20Mar-16
4%
Mar-18
3%
4%
3%
3%
322336359362360
Housing OO P&IHousing OO I/O
Housing Inv P&IHousing Inv I/O
Equity Mgr
Unsecured personal
Home Loan portfolio dynamics
3
(Mar-20)AustraliaNZ
Average LVR at Origination68%57%
Average Dynamic LVR (excl. offsets)56%40%
% Owner Occupied68%75%
% Principal & Interest86%81%
% Low Doc3%0.3%
Loss Rate3bps1bps
% Ahead ofRepayments76%N/A
4
1.2
0.0
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.5
Mar-
16
Mar-
15
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
19
Mar-
20
NZ Home LoansAustralia Home Loans
CUSTOMER SUPPORT
1
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
RELIEF ASSISTANCE REQUESTS (BY DLVR BAND)
AUSTRALIA BUSINESS LENDING
RELIEF BY INDUSTRY (% OF LENDING EXPOSURE)
COVID-19 RELIEF AND ASSISTANCE (AS AT 24 APRIL 2020)
26
1.Requests by number of accounts
2.includes all requests for assistance by COVID19 impacted customers
3.Business loans as at 20
th
April 2020
AUSTRALIA
Home loans
Requestsfor repayment deferral
2
~105,000
Lending value of assistance requested$36b
Average dynamic LVR66%
Business loans
3
Lending value of repayment deferrals$7.5b
38%
33%
15%
14%
Greater than 90%
81% -90%
0% -60%
61% -80%
NEW ZEALAND
Home loans
Requestsfor repayment deferral~19,000
Lending value of assistance requestedNZD12b
Business loans
Temporaryoverdraft for working capitalNZD 25m
23%
18%
15%
9%
26%
6%
3%
Property & Business Services
Retail Trade
Accommodation, Cafes & Restaurants
Manufacturing
Other Industries
Health & Community Services
Agri., Forestry & Fishing
CAPITAL AND DIVIDEND CONSIDERATIONS
THREE KEY FACTORS THAT INFLUENCE OUR THINKING
27
1.COVID-19 impacts to earnings and risk weight migration
2.Use of capital buffers
3.Our responses –including capital allocation, balance sheet growth, productivity measures
CEO KEY MESSAGES
28
•Our long term strategy remains intact
•In a strong position to manage the crisis
•Remain committed to our $8b cost ambition
•Short-term use of CET1 buffers are prudent and appropriate given what we know today
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
GROUP & DIVISIONAL FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
CUMULATIVE CUSTOMER REMEDIATION
CONTINUING & DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
PRE TAX $m
PRE TAX $m
POST TAX $m
30
1.Includes provisions for expected refunds to customers, remediation projectcosts and related customer and regulatory claims, penalties and litigation outcomes
35
156
36
337
71
13
110
42
29
36
19
86
22
119
22
1H182H192H181H191H20
67
352
100
485
129
Net interest incomeExpensesOther operating income
51
153
220
572
672
1,157
1,286
256
422
546
753
2H171H191H172H18
1,579
1H18
181
928
2H191H20
1,832
Discontinued (Wealth businesses)Continuing operations
40
112
157
407
477
882
973
334
428
1H191H172H171H182H18
127
180
2H191H20
534
657
1,216
1,401
Balance Sheet
1
$1,094m provisions on Balance Sheet at Mar-20 ($1,139m at Sep-19)
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
SHARE OF ASSOCIATES’ PROFIT
CARRYING VALUE OF ASSOCIATES
1
$m
$b
31
1.Investment in banking associates and minority interests are treated as a deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital as notedinTable 2 of ANZ’s capital management disclosures (refer
ANZ First Half 2020 Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4E –Supplementary information)
2.Information on the impairment of AMMB and PT Paninis contained within ANZ First Half 2020 Consolidated Financial Report and Dividend Announcement and Appendix 4E –Note 1
3.Other includes joint venture with ING (up to Nov-09)
0
200
400
600
800
FY10FY09FY16FY11FY12
436
FY13FY14FY15FY17FY18FY19
465
433
395
482
517
300
625
541
183
262
Bank of Tianjin (BOT)Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)Other
3
P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia(PT Panin)AMMB Holdings Berhad (AmBank)
1H191H202H19
131
131
135
Half Year $m
6
3
0
1
4
2
5
Sep-09Sep-10Sep-11Sep-12Sep-13Sep-14Sep-15Sep-16Sep-17Sep-18Sep-19Mar-20
AMMB Holdings Berhad (AmBank)Bank of Tianjin (BOT)P.T. Bank Pan Indonesia (PT Panin)Other
3
Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank (SRCB)
Impairments recognised
in 1H20
2
:
•PT Panin: $220m
•AmBank: $595m
•SRCB: Sold in FY17
•AmBank: FY16 $260m
impairment recognised
•BOT: Cessation of equity accounting
from Mar-16 following dilution of
ownership interest (now FVOCI)
INVESTMENT SPEND
TOTAL INVESTMENT SPEND BY DIVISION
1
Capex and Opex$m
CONTINUING OPERATIONS
32
1.Prior periods restated from previously reported information to include technology infrastructure spend, property projects andscaled agile delivery
430
410
473
491
564
255
310
315
176
177
135
144
164
68
97
116
164
187
204
204
197
77
119
75
252
175
164
169
160
66
93
78
127
129
137
150
204
77
128
155
85
75
66
61
113
7894
2H19FY19FY18FY15FY161H19FY17
35
1H20
1,234
1,153
1,179
1,218
1,403
578
825
833
Australia Retail & CommercialInstitutionalProperty & EnablementTechnology InfrastructureDigital, Data & PaymentsNew Zealand
RISK ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE
GROUP
2,3
AUS. RETAIL & COMMERCIALINSTITUTIONAL
2,3
NEW ZEALAND
NET INTEREST INCOME / AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
%
AVERAGE CREDIT RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS
$b
33
CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
1
1.In AUD
2.Excluding Markets business unit
3.Adjusted for Balance Sheet impacts of divestments
4.55
4.43
4.24
1H201H192H19
5.86
5.81
5.88
1H192H191H20
2.33
2.24
2.07
1H201H192H19
5.36
5.31
4.76
2H191H191H20
324
310
2H191H19
312
1H201H19
139
141
2H19
138
1H201H191H202H19
110
119
113
60
53
1H192H191H20
52
1,795
1,367
70
44
186
Commercial
margin
2H19Retail
volume
Retail
margin
ExpensesCommercial
volume
Other
Operating
Income
ProvisionsTax1H20
-79
-42
-78
-2
-527
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
CASH PROFIT DRIVERS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
34
$m
0%-11%0%Large-24%-24%
Net Interest Income (NII)
AUSTRALIA RETAIL & COMMERCIAL
35
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
($b) & NIMNII/OOI
2
contribution ($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provisions ($m)Cash Profit ($m)
Customer Deposits ($b)Business contribution ($m)FTERisk Weighted Assets EOP ($b)Return
4,114
4,064
4,058
693
704
625
1H19
4,807
1H202H19
4,768
4,683
1,858
1,885
1,887
2H191H191H20
355
525
350
318
-39
46
1H19
843
1H202H19
316
396
IPCP
1,786
1,795
1,367
1H192H191H20
159
162
162
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
13,660
13,903
14,061
Sep-19Mar-19Mar-20
6.04%
6.02%
5.78%
2.24%
2.26%
1.69%
1H201H192H19
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
3
337
332
330
2.63%
2.62%
2.65%
2H191H191H20
NLAsNIM%NIIOOI
3,217
3,244
3,214
1,590
1,524
1,469
1H192H19
4,768
1H20
4,807
4,683
RetailCommercial
87
93
99
61
58
52
28
28
30
33
208
27
Mar-19
27
Sep-19
213
Mar-20
203
Savings
Transact
Offset
Term Deposit
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income
3.Cash profit divided by average risk weighted assets
INSTITUTIONAL
CASH PROFIT DRIVERS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
36
$m
1.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management; L&SF: Loans & Specialised Finance
848
622
337
12
7
127
PCM2H19MarketsTradeProvisionsExpensesL&SFOtherTax
-3
1H20
-72
-24
-610
Total income
+10%-1%Large-33%-27%
INSTITUTIONAL
37
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
($b) & NIMCustomer / Non-customer ($m)Expenses ($m)Total Provisions ($m)Cash Profit ($m)
Customer Deposits ($b)Product contribution
2
($m)FTEAvg. RWAs ($b)Return
1,004
848
622
1H191H202H19
166
171
185
1H192H191H20
5,469
5,458
5,350
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
3.22%
2.97%
3.02%
1.22%
0.99%
0.67%
1H201H192H19
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
3
1,293
1,282
1,275
1H192H191H20
2,657
2,541
2,791
2,168
2,174
2,123
1H201H192H19
Revenue
Customer Revenue
815
810
786
644
652
580
940
826
1,164
234
236
31
1923
231
2H191H191H20
2,657
2,541
2,791
Markets
Trade
PCMOther
L&SF
152
165
199
2.07%
1H19
1.99%
1.81%
2H191H20
NLAsNIM ex Markets
73
77
92
113
122
147
217
204
Mar-19
18
18
Sep-19
19
Mar-20
259
Aust & PNG
NZ
International
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.Trade: Trade & Supply Chain; PCM: Payments & Cash Management; L&SF: Loans & Specialised Finance
3.Cash profit divided by average risk weighted assets
-13
369
272
2H191H19
31
33
-21
-2
1H20
-34
641
IPCP
INSTITUTIONAL
bps
RISK WEIGHTED ASSETS & RISK ADJUSTED RETURNS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
246
260
268
262
247
1H182H181H192H191H20
Aus & PNG
256
269
256
252
239
1H182H181H191H202H19
NZ
161
171
181
168
152
2H191H182H181H191H20
International
214
225
233
224
207
1H191H182H181H202H19
Institutional
1.Trade: Trade and Supply Chain; L&SF: Loans and Specialised Finance
2.Lending NIM represents L&SF and Trade
3.DepositNIM represents Payments & Cash Management (PCM)
4.Institutional ex-Markets net interest income divided by average credit risk weighted assets
38
$b
CREDIT RWA INTENSITY (EOP)
NIM
136
140
134
129
123
2H181H191H182H191H20
74
75
84
79
67
1H182H192H181H191H20
RISK ADJUSTED NIM
4
bps
Lending NIM
2
Deposit NIM
3
156
178
6
10
3
3
Sep-19FXLending
growth
DerivativesRisk
migration
Mar-20
CREDIT RWA (EOP)
CREDIT RWA (AVG)
1
139
138
143
156
178
34.5%
Mar-18Sep-19
33.1%
Sep-18
34.0%
33.0%
Mar-19
32.8%
Mar-20
Credit RWA / EAD CRWA
89
91
96
33
35
41
19
18
18
2
4
1H192H19
4
1H20
142
147
159
L&SFMarketsOtherTrade
$b$b
NEW ZEALAND DIVISION
CASH PROFIT DRIVERS: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
39
NZDm
744
624
25
2
11
5
45
Other Net
Interest
Income
Commercial
volume
-16
2H19Retail
volume
Other
Operating
Income
Retail
margin
Commercial
margin
ExpensesProvisionsTax1H20
-30
-35
-127
+1%-12%+2%Large-16%-16%
Net Interest Income (NII)
NEW ZEALAND DIVISION
40
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE: CONTINUING OPERATIONS EXCLUDING LARGE / NOTABLE ITEMS
Balance sheetIncomeExpenses / FTECredit Quality / RWAsProfit and Returns
NLAs
1
(NZDb) & NIMNII/OOI
2
contribution (NZDm)Expenses (NZDm)Total Provisions (NZDm)Cash Profit (NZDm)
Customer Deposits (NZDb)Business contribution (NZDm)FTE
Risk Weighted Assets EOP
(NZDb)
Return
1,460
1,479
1,492
296
303
268
2H191H191H20
1,782
1,756
1,760
638
688
704
1H191H202H19
37
151
42
37
1H19
-6
19
2H19
31
1H20
61
188
CPIP
782
744
624
1H192H191H20
62
71
72
Mar-20Mar-19Sep-19
6,003
6,121
6,103
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
5.71%
5.75%
4.93%
2.54%
2.40%
1.75%
1H192H191H20
Revenue / Avg RWA
Return on Avg RWA
3
124
126
129
2.38%
2.35%
2.33%
1H192H191H20
NLAsNIM%OOINII
1,223
1,228
1,188
527
547
559
6
7
1H201H192H19
13
1,756
1,7821,760
RetailCommercialOther
1717
18
4545
44
27
28
32
89
Mar-20
94
Mar-19Sep-19
90
Transact
Term Deposit
Savings
1.NLAs: Net Loans & Advances
2.NII: Net Interest Income; OOI: Other Operating Income
3.Cash profit divided by average risk weighted assets
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
TREASURY
REGULATORY CAPITAL
CAPITAL UPDATEAPRA LEVEL 2 COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 RATIO (CET1)
APRA Level 2 CET1 ratio of 10.8% (15.5% on an Internationally Comparable
basis
1
), which is in excess of APRA’s ‘Unquestionably Strong’ benchmark
2
APRA Level 1 CET1 ratio of 10.6%. Level 1 consolidation primarily comprises
ANZ BGL (the Parent including offshore branches) but excludes offshore
banking subsidiaries
3
APRA Leverage ratio of 5.0% (or 5.6% on an Internationally Comparable
basis)
REGULATORS RESPONSES ON COVID-19 DISRUPTION
APRA
•Advised ADIs of the ability to use existing capital buffers (i.e. below the
Unquestionably Strong CET1 benchmark of 10.5%)
•Deferral of implementation of capital framework reforms by one year
•Exemption from having to treat affected customers who have taken up the
option of repayment deferral or repayment holidays as arrears or
restructured
RBNZ
•Delay the start date of increased NZ capital requirements by 12 months to
July 2021 and consultation on other regulatory initiatives by 6 months
•Extension to revised outsourcing policy (BS11) by 12 months to Oct 2023
•Agreement with NZ banks on suspension of ordinary share dividend
payments and capital security redemptions. AT1 coupon payments can still
be made
%
42
1. Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios do not
include an estimate of the Basel I capital floor. 2. Based on APRA information paper “Strengthening banking system resilience –establishing unquestionably strong capital ratios” released in July
2017. 3. Refer to ANZ Basel III APS330 Pillar 3 disclosures. 4. Excludes large / notable items & one-off items. 5. Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities
and capitalised software. 6. Other impacts include divestment benefits from Pensions and Investments business, net imposts (incl. AASB16 impacts), movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign
currency translation and other
11.49
11.36
10.76
0.87
Mar-19Final 19
Dividends
(DRP
neutralised)
Underlying
RWA
Business
growth
-0.28
Sep-19Cash
Profit
(ex CIC)
4
-0.08
CIC
(net of
tax)
Net DTA
on CIC
-0.07
Risk
Migration
Capital
Deduc-
tions
5
Other
6
Mar-20
-0.02
-0.44
-0.05
-0.53
Pro-Forma CET1 of
~10.9% with
conversion of
NZ$500m Capital
Note
Total impact of -43bps
REGULATORY CAPITAL
43
APRA LEVEL 1 CET1 RATIO
%
APRA LEVEL 2 VS LEVEL 1 CET1RATIOSbps
Level2 HoHmvmt-60
Level1 HoHmvmt-71
Level2 vs Level 1 Mvmt11
Explainedby
Cash Profit
1
16
RWA movement-8
Other3
Level 2 includes Cash earnings and RWA movement from ANZ
subsidiaries (e.g. ANZ Bank New Zealand) that are outside of
Level 1.
Level 2 CET1 decline is ~11bps lower than Level 1 mainly due to
earnings from ANZ Bank NZ (not remitted as dividends into the
Level 1 entity), partially offset by RWA growth in the NZ banking
subsidiary.
1. Excludes large/notable items & one-off items. 2. Mainly comprises the movement in retained earnings in deconsolidated entities and capitalised software. 3. Other impacts include divestment
benefits from Pensions and Investments business, net imposts (incl. AASB16 impacts), movements in non-cash earnings, net foreign currency translation and other.
-71bps
11.19
11.35
10.64
0.69
Sep-19Mar-19Cash
Profit
(ex. CIC)
1
-0.26
CIC
(net of
tax)
-0.08
Net DTA
on CIC
-0.06
Risk
Migration
Underlying
RWA
Business
growth
Capital
Deduc-
tions
2
Mar-20Final 19
Dividends
(DRP
neutralised)
Other
3
-0.37
-0.01
-0.59
-0.03
Total impact of -40bps
Level 2: 11.36
Level 2: 10.76
INTERNATIONALLY COMPARABLE
1
REGULATORY CAPITAL POSITION
44
1.Internationally Comparable methodology aligns with APRA’s information paper entitled International Capital Comparison Study (13 July 2015). Basel III Internationally Comparable ratios
do not include an estimate of the Basel I capital floor
APRA Level 2CET1 Ratio–31March 202010.8%
Corporate
undrawn EAD
and unsecured
LGD adjustments
Australian ADI unsecured corporate lending LGDs and undrawn
CCFs exceed those applied in many jurisdictions
1.6%
Equity
Investments &
DTA
APRA requires 100% deduction from CET1 vs. Basel framework
which allows concessional threshold prior to deduction
0.9%
Mortgages
APRA requires use of 20% mortgage LGD floor vs. 10% under
Basel framework. Additionally, APRA also requires a higher
correlation factor vs 15% under Basel framework
1.1%
Specialised
Lending
APRA requires supervisory slotting approach which results in
more conservative risk weights than under Basel framework
0.7%
IRRBB RWA
APRA includes in Pillar 1 RWA. This is not required under the
Basel framework
0.2%
Other
Includes impact of deductions from CET1 for capitalised
expenses and deferred fee income required by APRA, currency
conversion threshold and other retail standardised exposures
0.2%
Basel III InternationallyComparable CET1 Ratio15.5%
Basel III Internationally Comparable Tier 1 Ratio17.8%
Basel III Internationally Comparable Total Capital Ratio21.5%
Level 2 CET1 Ratio
%
11.5
11.4
10.8
16.9
16.4
15.5
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
APRA Level 2InternationallyComparable
1
BALANCE SHEET STRUCTURE
1
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
45
Mortgages
36%
Corporate, PSE & Operational
Deposits
23%
Assets
Liquid and Other Assets
34%
FI Lending
6%
Non-FI Lending
24%
Short Term Wholesale Debt &
Other Funding
2
28%
Retail & SME Deposits
29%
Long Term Wholesale Debt
12%
Capital Incl. Hybrids & T2
8%
Funding
NSFR COMPOSITION
Mar-20
$b
Liquids
and Other Assets
4
Available
Stable Funding
Residential
Mortgages
6,7
<35%
Capital
Retail/SME
Non Financial
Corporates
Wholesale
Funding & Other
3
Other
Loans
5
Required
Stable Funding
552
469
1. NSFR Required Stable Funding (RSF) and Available Stable Funding (ASF) categories and all figures shown are on a Level 2 basisper APRA prudential standard APS210. 2. Includes FI/Bank
deposits, Repo funding and other short dated liabilities. 3. ‘Other’ includes Sovereign, and non-operational FI Deposits. 4. ‘Other Assets’ include Off Balance Sheet, Derivatives, Fixed Assets and
Other Assets. 5. All lending >35% Risk weight. 6. Includes NSFR impact of self-securitised assets backing the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF). 7. <35% Risk weighting as per APRA Prudential
Standard 112 Capital Adequacy: Standardised Approach to Credit Risk. 8. Net of other ASF and other RSF.
NSFR MOVEMENT
1.0%
Liquid
Assets
Wholesale
Debt, SHE
& Hybrids
Sep-19Loans
FI /
CBNK
Retail/
Corp/
Operational
Deposits
Loans
RET /
SME
Loans
Corp /
PSE
DerivativesOther
8
Mar-20
-1.2%
116.4%
7.2%
-3.5%
0.2%
-0.1%
-0.3%
-1.8%
117.8%
•Assuming no term wholesale debt issuance (domestic or offshore) for the next 18 months ANZ’s Net Stable Funding Ratio is projected to remain well above regulatory minimums
at greater than 110%
Pro-forma NSFR is ~120% inclusive
of Term Funding Facility (TFF)
Initial Allocation
Mar-20
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO (LCR) SUMMARY
1
LCR COMPOSITION (AVERAGE)MOVEMENT IN AVERAGE LCR SURPLUS ($b)
1H20
$b
•$12b Term Funding Facility included in LCR from 31 March 2020 (no impact on
reported 1H20 average). 1H20 LCR impacted by system wide reduction in RBA
Committed Liquidity Facility from 1st Jan 2020.
46
1. All figures shown on a Level 2 basis as per APRA Prudential Standard APS210. 2. Comprised of assets qualifying as collateral for the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), excluding internal RMBS,
up to approved facility limit; and any assets contained in the RBNZ’s liquidity Policy –Annex: Liquidity Assets –Prudential Supervision Department Document BS13A. 3. ‘Other’ includes off-
balance sheet and cash inflows. 4. RBA CLF decreased by $12.3b from 1 January 2020 to $35.7b (2019: $48.0b). 5. ‘Other’ includes off-balance sheet and cash inflows.
Wholesale funding
Net Cash Outflow
Customer deposits
& other
3
151
Internal RMBS
Other ALA
2
HQLA2
HQLA1
Liquid Assets
209
2H19
Avg. LCR 143%
1H20
Avg. LCR 139%
LCR Surplus
LCR Surplus
56
59
28
0
-10
Corp/FI/
PSE
CLF
4
2H19Wholesale
Funding
Liquid
Assets
Retail/SMEOther
5
1H20
-6
-1
-8
•ANZ’s USCP outstanding’s as at 31 March 2020 was USD13.5b
•Assuming all USCP is not replaced, LCR would remain at ~130%
TERM WHOLESALE FUNDING PORTFOLIO
1
ISSUANCEMATURITIES
PORTFOLIOPORTFOLIO BY CURRENCY
$b
47
1.All figures based on historical FX and exclude AT1. Includes transactions with an original call or maturity date greater than 12 months as at the respective reporting date. Tier 2 maturity
profile is based on the next callable date.
FY141H20FY15FY16
13
FY192H20FY22FY17FY18FY21
8
FY23FY24FY25
24
FY26+
24
19
32
22
22
12
13
27
21
18
18
74%
14%
10%
2%
Senior UnsecuredTier 2
Covered BondsRMBS
38%
37%
22%
4%
Domestic (AUD, NZD)
North America (USD, CAD)
UK & Europe (£, €, CHF, NOK)
Asia (JPY, HKD, SGD, CNY)
Senior UnsecuredCovered BondsRMBSTier 2
•ANZ’s term funding requirements depend on market conditions, balance sheet needs and exchange rates, amongst other factors
•RBA Term Funding Facility (TFF) Initial Allocation of ~$12b
•ANZ estimates minimal senior debt term funding requirement for 2H20
ANZ’STIER 2 FY20 REQUIREMENT IS COMPLETE
1
ANZ’STIER 2 CAPITAL REQUIREMENT TO PROGRESSIVELY
INCREASE TO MEET TLAC REQUIREMENT
TIER 2 CAPITAL
FUNDING PROFILECAPITAL AMORTISATION PROFILE
2
Notional amount
Notional amount, $m
$m
48
1.Profile is AUD equivalent based on historical FX, excluding Perpetual Floating rate notes issued 30 October 1986 (which losesBasel III transitional relief in 2021). Any call is subject to APRA’s
prior written approval and note holders should not expect approval to be given.
2.Amortisation profile is modelled based on scheduled first call date for callable structures and in line with APRA’s amortisationrequirements for bullet structures.
By Format
By Currency
35%
65%
Bullet
Callable
47%
23%
15%
6%
4%
5%
JPY
USD
AUD Domestic
AUD Offshore
SGD
EUR
831
674
131
2,937
3,437
2,282
225
265
FY25FY262H20FY21FY22FY23FY24FY27FY28+
0
Scheduled Bullet and Call Date Profile
FY25FY24FY222H20FY26FY21FY27FY23FY28+
0
1,068
456
1,368
824
2,444
3,893
225
265
Bullet AmortisationCallable
•Issued AUD $5.7b since July 2019 across AUD, EUR, and USD
•Current portfolio includes 29% in AUD (23% domestic AUD) –strong capacity
remaining in AUD
•Annual total T2issuance expected to be $4-5b
•Issued AUD $3.6b in 1H20 completing FY20 issuance requirements
•Required portfolio increase from $10.8b to ~$22b by January 2024 (based on
current RWAs)
•Planned issuance in multiple currencies in both callable and bullet format
•Increased T2 issuance expected to be offset by reduction in other senior
unsecured funding
•Well managed amortisation profile provides flexibility regarding issuance tenor
IMPACTS OF RATE MOVEMENTS
BILLS/OIS SPREADCAPITAL & REPLICATING
DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO
(AUSTRALIA)
CAPITAL
2
& REPLICATING
DEPOSITS PORTFOLIO
bps
%
49
1.90 day rolling average of spot 3mth Bills/OIS spread
2.Includes other Non-Interest Bearing Assets & Liabilities
3.Average for Mar-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Apr-
20
Oct-
17
Jan-
18
Oct-
18
Apr-
18
Jul-
18
Jan-
19
Apr-
19
Jul-
19
Oct-
19
Jan-
20
Spot 3mth Bills/OIS SpreadRolling 90 days
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Jul-
18
Apr-
18
Oct-
16
Jan-
17
Jan-
20
Apr-
17
Apr-
19
Jan-
18
Oct-
17
Jul-
17
Oct-
18
Jan-
19
Jul-
19
Oct-
19
Mar-
20
3mth BBSW (Monthly Average)Portfolio Earnings Rate
AUSTNZAPEA
Volume ($A)
3
~67b~27b~11b
Target DurationRolling 3 to 5 yearsVarious
Proportion Hedged
3
~65%~80%Various
FY17 Ave
1
: 26.0bps
1H17 Ave: 28.4bps2H17 Ave: 25.2bps
FY18 Ave
1
: 39.2bps
1H18 Ave: 24.4bps2H18 Ave: 48.1bps
FY19 Ave
1
: 33.9bps
1H19 Ave: 48.0bps2H19 Ave: 27.0bps
FY20 YTD Ave
1
: 23.7bps
1H20 Ave: 21.1bps2H20 Ave: N/A
FY17 Ave: 2.44%
1H17 Ave: 2.51%2H17 Ave: 2.38%
FY18 Ave: 2.29%
1H18 Ave: 2.29%2H18 Ave: 2.28%
FY19 Ave: 2.08%
1H19 Ave: 2.21%2H19 Ave: 1.95%
FY20 YTD Ave: 1.64%
1H20 Ave: 1.64%2H20 Ave: N/A
CAPITAL FRAMEWORK
CURRENT REGULATORY PROPOSALS AND RECENT REVISED IMPLEMENTATION DATES
1
50
1.Timeline is based on APRA’s 2020 Policy and Supervision Priorities (published January 2020) and revised following APRA’s deferral of capital reform implementation in response to COVID-19
circumstances.
2.7 year transition period from 1 July 2021. 3. Only in relation to the 3% of RWA increase in Total Capital requirements announced in July 2019.
20191H202H20
Original
Implementation
Date
Revised
Implementation
Date
RBNZ capital frameworkFinalise20272028
2
LeverageratioFinalise20222023
Standardised approach to credit
risk
ConsultationFinalise20222023
Internal Ratings-based Approach to
Credit Risk
ConsultationFinalise20222023
Operational riskFinalise20212023
FundamentalReview of the Trading
Book
Consultation20232024
Interest rate risk in the banking
book
ConsultationFinalise20222023
Lossabsorbing capacity (LAC)
3
2024-
Capital Treatment for Investments
in Subsidiaries (Level 1)
ConsultationFinalise2022-
Associations with Related EntitiesFinalise20212022
Transition
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
RISK MANAGEMENT
RISK MANAGEMENT
TOTAL CREDIT IMPAIRMENT CHARGE
ANZ HISTORICAL LOSS RATES
1
$m
bps
52
LONG RUN PROVISIONS & LOSS RATES
1.IP as a % of average GLA
-300
0
300
600
900
1,200
1,500
1,800
1H142H161H082H081H111H092H091H101H132H102H111H122H122H132H141H201H152H151H161H172H171H182H182H19
1,674
1H19
Institutional IPConsumer IP
Commercial IPCP Charge / (Release)
0
50
100
150
200
250
Sep-
90
Sep-
14
Sep-
96
Sep-
93
Sep-
99
Sep-
02
Sep-
05
Sep-
08
Sep-
11
Sep-
17
Mar-
20
IP Loss RateMedian Annual IP Loss Rate (excl. current period)
RISK MANAGEMENT
INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE
$m
%
53
INDIVIDUAL PROVISIONS & LOSS RATES
DivisionMar-16Sep-16Mar-17Sep-17Mar-18Sep-18Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
Australia
0.350.330.330.33
0.310.290.290.290.28
New Zealand
0.250.260.260.22
0.210.190.190.180.19
Institutional
0.370.360.350.30
0.320.270.270.250.25
Other1.471.791.601.691.951.781.601.401.30
Subtotal
0.340.330.330.30
0.300.270.270.260.26
Asia Retail
1.501.511.512.7500000
Total
0.370.350.350.320.300.270.270.260.26
229
495
93
157
922
826
969
812
612594
532
592
807
-259
-274
-335
-394
-298
-373
-245
-351
-274
2H171H17
153
1H162H16
136
116
892
1H182H18
122
1H192H19
93
1H20
1,047
787
554
430
343
380
398
626
NewWritebacks & RecoveriesIncreased
LONG RUN LOSS RATE (INTERNAL EXPECTED LOSS)
429
469
430
453
337
375
350
355
318
339
435
210
272
3
-33
43
81
1H162H16
86
1H192H18
40
1H17
55
-12
2H17
626
1,047
0
7
1H18
15
-52
2H19
35
5
35
1H20
892
31
787
554
430
343
380
398
1
61
82
61
79
34
28
$m
INDIVIDUAL PROVISION CHARGE BY DIVISION
Australia R&CNew ZealandInstitutionalOther
RISK MANAGEMENT
COLLECTIVE PROVISION CHARGE
COLLECTIVE PROVISION BALANCE
PROVISION BALANCE/COVERAGE RATIO
BY STAGES ($m) AASB9
54
COLLECTIVE PROVISION
1.Coverage ratio calculated as Provision Balance to Gross Loans & Advances for on-balance sheet exposures
AASB9
$m1H192H191H20
CP charge
1341,048
Volume/Mix-28-510
Change in Risk-401917
Economic outlook sensitivity73171,031
Other8190
1,412
1,530
814
434
Stage 1Stage 3Stage 2
30 Sep-19
31Mar-20
Coverage ratio by stage
1
123
0.17%2.40%18.03%
Coverage ratio by stage
1
123
0.20%3.04%20.77%
2,785
2,662
2,579
2,523
3,378
3,376
4,501
0.81%
Mar-17
0.79%
Sep-17
0.75%0.75%
Mar-18Sep-18
0.98%
Mar-19
0.94%
Sep-19
1.17%
Mar-20
CP BalanceCP/CRWA
CP Balance (AASB9)
1,815
2,213
1,093
473
Stage 1Stage 3Stage 2
Stage 3 CPStage 3 IP
CP balance & coverage ($m)
RISK MANAGEMENT
CONTROL LIST
NEW IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISION
GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY DIVISION
GROSS IMPAIRED ASSETS BY EXPOSURE SIZE
Index Sep 09 = 100
$m
55
IMPAIRED ASSETS
$m
0
50
100
150
Sep-
11
Sep-
09
Sep-
16
Sep-
10
Sep-
13
Sep-
12
Sep-
14
Sep-
18
Sep-
15
Sep-
17
Sep-
19
Mar-
20
Control List by LimitsControl List by No. of Groups
0.51%
0.55%
0.51%
0.41%
0.34%
0.35%0.35%
0.33%
0.39%
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
1H18
2,599
2H171H162H19
2,940
2H182H161H171H191H20
2,883
3,173
2,128
2,384
2,034
2,139
2,029
New Zealand
Australia
Other
Institutional% of GLA
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
Mar-19Sep-17Mar-16Sep-16Sep-19
2,128
Sep-18Mar-17Mar-18Mar-20
2,883
3,173
2,940
2,034
2,384
2,139
2,029
2,599
< 10m10m to 100m> 100m
$m
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
1,145
2H191H181H162H161H172H171H192H181H20
963
1,784
1,844
1,787
1,425
890
1,117
1,570
AustraliaInstitutionalOtherNew Zealand
358.1
386.0
9.1
6.9
5.6
2.0
2.6
1.9
NZSep-19FXAus R&CInstit.
(ex.
Markets)
MarketsOther
div.
RiskModel /
Method.
Mar-20
-0.3
0.1
RISK MANAGEMENT
TOTAL RISK WEIGHTED ASSETSCREDIT RWA DRIVERS
$b
$b
CREDIT RWA INTENSITY
1
$b
RISK WEIGHTED ASSET MOVEMENT
56
1.EAD excludes Securitisation and Other assets whereas CRWA is inclusive as per APS 330
161
159
159
162162
166
164
167
181
207
58
57
60
66
71
Mar-18
12
11
Sep-19Sep-18
8
10
Mar-19
9
Mar-20
396
391
396
417
449
OtherAustralia R&CInstitutionalNew Zealand
930
944
968
977
1,075
Sep-19Sep-18Mar-18
36.9%
35.8%
36.7%
35.7%
Mar-19
35.9%
Mar-20
CRWA/EAD %EAD
Divisional lending 14.3
Category% of Group EAD
% of Portfolio in Non
Performing
Portfolio Balance
in Non Performing
Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20Mar-20
Consumer Lending38.8%37.6%34.6%0.2%0.1%0.2%$603m
Finance, Investment & Insurance20.2%20.3%24.1%0.1%0.0%0.0%$78m
Property Services7.0%7.0%6.9%0.3%0.2%0.3%$208m
Manufacturing4.7%5.1%5.3%0.3%0.3%0.2%$137m
Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing3.7%3.6%3.4%1.1%1.1%1.1%$397m
Government & Official Institutions6.8%7.3%7.0%0.0%0.0%0.0%$0m
Wholesale trade3.0%3.0%2.9%0.3%0.3%1.2%$380m
Retail Trade2.2%2.2%2.0%0.7%0.7%0.9%$191m
Transport & Storage2.1%2.2%2.2%0.2%0.3%0.5%$129m
Business Services1.6%1.6%1.6%1.0%1.0%1.0%$169m
Resources (Mining)1.6%1.8%1.8%0.3%0.2%0.2%$40m
Electricity, Gas & Water Supply1.2%1.3%1.4%0.1%0.1%0.1%$16m
Construction1.3%1.3%1.2%1.8%1.7%1.3%$168m
Other5.7%5.8%5.7%0.4%0.4%0.4%$229m
Total100%100%100%$2,745m
Total Group EAD
1
$968b$977b
$1,075b
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) DISTRIBUTION
TOTAL PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION
57
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting
and financial collateral
34.6%
24.1%
6.9%
5.3%
3.4%
7.0%
2.9%
5.7%
TOTAL GROUP EAD (Mar-20)
= $1,075b
1
RISK MANAGEMENT
Category GLA
Credit Related
Commitments and
Contingencies
($b)($b)
Finance, Investment & Insurance
7348
Property Services
127
Manufacturing
3146
Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing
314
Gvt& Official Institutions
43
Wholesale trade
1922
Retail Trade
158
Transport & Storage
169
Business Services
5320
Resources (Mining)
914
Electricity, Gas & Water Supply
78
Construction
97
Other
5020
TOTAL
329216
EXPOSURE AT DEFAULT (EAD) DISTRIBUTION
INSTITUTIONAL & COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO
58
1.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ and ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting
and financial collateral
36.4%
10.6%
8.0%
5.2%
10.7%
4.5%
3.0%
3.4%
9.1%
2.4%
2.7%
2.1%
1.8%
EAD (Mar-20)
= $703b
1
RISK MANAGEMENT
Sep-16Sep-17Sep-18Sep-19Mar-20
Investment grade % of EAD65%66%69%71%74%
CRWA / EAD46%42%40%41%39%
IEL asa % of GLA0.45%0.40%0.37%0.35%0.34%
RISK MANAGEMENT
INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO SIZE & TENOR BY COUNTRY
OF INCORPORATION
1
(EAD
2
)
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL INDUSTRY COMPOSITION
$b
EAD (Mar-20): A$529b
2
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PRODUCT COMPOSITION
EAD (Mar-20): A$529b
2
ANZ INSTITUTIONAL PORTFOLIO
59
1.Country is defined by the counterparty’s Country of Incorporation
2.EAD excludes amounts for ‘Securitisation’ & ‘Other Assets’ Basel classes. Data provided is on a Post CRM basis, net of credit risk mitigation such as guarantees, credit derivatives, netting & financial collateral
3.~90% of the ANZ Institutional “Property Services” portfolio is to entities incorporated in either Australia or New Zealand
4.Other is comprised of 47 different industries with none comprising more than 2.1% of the Institutional portfolio
5.APEA: Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
78%
55%
67%
APEA
5
22%
Total Institutional
45%
33%
Asia
85%
15%
China
34%
14%
9%
8%
24%
3%
2%
3%
3%
Property Services
3
Services to Fin. & Ins.
Finance (Banks and Central Banks)
Basic Material Wholesaling
Government Admin.
Machinery & Equip Mnfg
Electricity & Gas Supply
Petroleum Coal Chem & Assoc Prod Mnfg
Other⁴
25%
20%
15%
9%
15%
15%
1%
Loans & Advances
Traded Securities (e.g. Bonds)
Contingent Liabilities & Commitments
Derivatives & Money Market Loans
Trade & Supply Chain
Gold Bullion
Other
Tenor < 1 YrTenor 1 Yr+
RISK MANAGEMENT
60
SEGMENTS OF INTEREST
Commercial PropertyResources
GLAs by Region ($b)Exposure at Default (EAD) ($b)
GLAsby Sector (%)Thermal Coal Exposure EAD ($b)
24.9
27.5
28.9
29.6
32.7
9.7
9.8
10.7
10.5
11.4
12
0
2
4
6
10
8
14
46.5
3.0
Mar-18
2.9
Sep-18
2.8
Mar-19Sep-19
2.8
2.4
Mar-20
37.6
40.2
42.4
42.9
APEA
1
% of Group GLA (RHS)New ZealandAustralia
20
40
60
80
100
Mar-18Sep-18Mar-19Sep-19Mar-20
Offices
Industrial
Retail
Residential
Tourism
Other
8.6
7.8
7.0
7.4
8.2
8.5
4.9
4.0
3.5
4.4
5.2
6.4
2.9
1.7
1.6
1.1
1.0
0.9
1.0
0.4
0.3
0.7
0.7
1.7
1.2
0.8
0.7
0.8
0.6
15.3
1.3
0.6
Sep-15Mar-20
1.0
Sep-18
1.5
Sep-16Sep-19
1.2
18.9
1.4
17.3
0.8
Sep-17
20.0
16.1
14.0
Oil & Gas Extraction
Metal Ore Mining
Services to mining
Other Mining
Metallurgical Coal Mining
Thermal Coal Mining
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Sep-15Mar-20Sep-16Sep-17Sep-19Sep-18Mar-19
1.APEA:Asia, Pacific, Europe & America
HALF YEAR RESULTS
—
2020
INVESTOR DISCUSSION PACK
AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL PORTFOLIO,
AUSTRALIA & NZ HOUSING PORTFOLIO
(INCLUDING RELIEF & ASSISTANCE MEASURES)
AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL BANKING
1
NET LOANS & ADVANCESCUSTOMER DEPOSITSCREDIT RWA
NET LOANS & ADVANCES BY STATETOTAL CUSTOMERS
2
EAD & RWA INTENSITY
$b
% of total portfolio
$b
000s
$b
$b
62
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW
1.Commercial is made up of three segments: Small Business Banking (SBB), Business Banking (BB) and Specialist Distribution (SD). Figures exclude Consumer Asset Finance which has
ceased being offered since 30 April 2018
2.Includes lending and deposit customers groups
33%33%
33%
29%
29%
29%
17%
16%
16%
10%
9%
12%
12%
1H192H19
12%
10%
1H20
VIC/TASSA/NTNSW/ACTQLDWA
1H20
88%
89%
2H191H19
54.2
53.9
84%
54.2
Loan to Deposit RatioNLA
1H19
60.4
2H19
64.4
61.5
1H20
SavingsTerm DepositTransact
486
491
486
1H201H192H19
66.7%
65.7%
65.6%
1H201H192H19
66.366.3
67.3
Total CRWA/EAD
1H192H19
43.6
1H20
44.144.1
AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL BANKING
1
63
PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS
PROVISION CHARGE
$m
90+ DAY DELINQUENCIES
3,4
%
5.0
0.0
3.0
1.0
2.0
4.0
Mar-
20
Mar-
16
Mar-
15
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
19
1.Commercial is made up of three segments: Small Business Banking (SBB), Business Banking (BB) and Specialist Distribution (SD). Figures exclude Consumer Asset Finance which has
ceased being offered since 30 April 2018
2.Total lending thresholds vary for specialist industries
3.Delinquencies includes Non Performing Loans and are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortisingand Interest Only loans
4.Commercial 90+ rate calculated on the Business Banking, Small Business Banking and Special Distribution portfolios
5.Fully Secured on a market value basis. Other includes loans secured by cash or via sovereign backing
149
166
162
15
253
1H19
-11
2H191H20
Collective ProvisionIndividual Provision
72%
73%
74%
15%
15%
15%
1H19
8%
5%
2H19
4%
7%
5%
7%
1H20
Partially SecuredFully Secured
4
UnsecuredOthers
5
Customer Turnover<$150m
Totallending
2
<$40m
Diversified businesses, Corporate Agribusiness, Premium Health, Specialist
Property and Emerging Corporate (larger diversified businesses)
SECURITY PROFILE
%
AUSTRALIA COMMERCIAL BANKING
1
COVID-19 RELIEF AND ASSISTANCE
64
1.Commercial is made up of three segments: Small Business Banking (SBB), Business Banking (BB) and Specialist Distribution (SD). Figures exclude Consumer Asset Finance which has ceased being offered
since 30 April 2018
2.As at 20
th
April 2020. COVID assistance has also been provided through Customer Hardship channels
DETAILS OF RELIEF MEASURESCUSTOMER RELIEF PROVIDED
•Initial relief and support offering available
to ANZ’s Commercial Banking customers
are:
•6 month payment deferral on loan
repayments for term loans, with
interest capitalised;and
•Temporary increases in overdraft
facilities for 12 months
•Additionalsupport is available to eligible
customers for Asset Finance, Commercial
Cards, Trade and Merchants products
•~42,000 total requests for assistance (based on product numbers)
•~15% of Commercial lending customers have been provided assistance via the relief offering
2
•As part of our initial COVID-19 relief, payment deferrals have been provided on $7.5bn of lending and temporary
overdraft increases have been provided on over ~5,500 accounts
•All assistance and relief has been made available on an opt-in basis
RELIEF PROVIDEDBY TYPE
% OF CUSTOMERS
RELIEF PROVIDEDBY STATE
% OF CUSTOMERS
RELIEF PROVIDEDBY INDUSTRY
% OF LENDING EXPOSURE
ADDITIONAL FUNDING AVAILABLE
•A funding initiative to support businesses
accessingthe Federal Government’s Job
Keeper stimuluspackagehas been
launched
•ANZ is also offering new lending up to
$250,000 for 3 years supported by the
50% backed Government Guarantee
Scheme
68%
18%
14%
Payment Deferral
Both
Overdraft Increase
23%
18%
15%
9%
26%
3%
6%
Manufacturing
Property & Business
Services
Accommodation, Cafes
& Restaurants
Health & Community
Services
Retail Trade
Agriculture,
Forestry & Fishing
Other Industries
34%
27%
19%
12%
8%
VIC/TAS
NSW/ACT
QLD
WA
SA/NT
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
RECENT INTEREST RATE CHANGES; COVID-19 RELIEF AND ASSISTANCE
65
1. Excluding Equity Manager Accounts 2. If the home loan is at least 1 day or more past due, arrears will be capitalised3. Under the ANZ Breakfreepackage 4. As at 24 April 2020 5. Unweighted
based on # accounts 6. Includes capitalised LMI premiums, valuations for DLVR updated to Feb-20 where available, includes Non Performing Loans, excludes accounts with a security guarantee, and
unknown DLVR. 7. DLVR does not incorporate offset balances, aligning with calculations that produce a portfolio average DLVR of 56%
DETAILS OF RELIEF MEASURESCUSTOMER RELIEF PROVIDED
4
Loan Repaymentdeferrals
1
•Deferral of home loan repayments for up
to six-months, with a review at three-
months, with interest capitalised
•For customers seeking assistance where
the account is less than 30 days past due,
the repayments are deferred and the
account delinquency status does not
age
2
. For accounts at 30 days past due or
greater a repayment moratorium is
applied, and the account delinquency
status will continue to age
•Customers have requested assistance on ~105,000
home loan accounts
•~$36.1b in lending of assistance requests
•~66%
5,6
average DLVR of assistance requests
•~$343k avg. loan account size of assistance requests
REQUESTS BY DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO
6,7
% of Accounts
REQUESTS BY STATE
% of Accounts
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
8-
Apr
20-
Mar
25-
Mar
15-
Apr
1-
Apr
24-
Apr
CUMULATIVE REQUESTS
# Accounts (000s)
DLVR
Total
Portfolio
0 -60%52%
61% -80%28%
81% -90%11%
> 90%9%
38%
33%
15%
14%
19%
26%
31%
14%
10%
STATE
Total
Portfolio
QLD18%
NSW25%
VIC30%
WA14%
Other States13%
INTERESTRATE CHANGES
Variable interestrates
•Decreased Standard Variable Interest rates in Australia by
0.40% p.a. in March 2020
FixedInterest rates
•New lower fixed rate home loans for Owner OccupiedandInvestor
•Introduced a two-year fixed rate of 2.19% for owner occupied paying principal & interest
3
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW
66
Portfolio
1
Flow
2
1H181H191H201H191H20
Number of Home Loan
accounts
1
1,018k1,000k971k64k
3
64k
3
Total FUM
1
$271b$269b$264b$21b$23b
Average Loan Size
4
$266k$269k$272k$375k$382k
% Owner Occupied
5
65%66%68%73%69%
% Investor
5
32%31%30%26%30%
% Equity Line of Credit3%3%2%1%1%
% Paying Variable Rate Loan
6
83%82%85%73%87%
% Paying Fixed Rate Loan
6
17%18%15%27%13%
%Paying Interest Only26%18%12%12%13%
% Broker originated51%52%52%57%49%
Portfolio
1
1H181H191H20
Average LVRat Origination
7,8,9
68%67%68%
Average DynamicLVR (excl. offset)
8,9,10
55%56%56%
Average DynamicLVR (incl. offset)
8,9,10
50%51%51%
Market Share (MBS publication)
11
15.8%15.1%n/a
Market share (MADIS publication)n/an/a14.1%
% Ahead of Repayments
12
71%71%76%
Offset Balances
13
$27b$27b$28b
% FirstHome Buyer7%7%8%
%Low Doc
14
4%4%3%
Loss Rate
15
0.02%0.04%0.03%
% of Australia Geography Lending
16,17
64%63%59%
% of Group Lending
16
46%44%40%
1.HomeLoansportfolio(includesNonPerformingLoans,excludesOffsetbalances)2.YTDunlessnoted3.Newaccountsincludesincreasestoexistingaccountsandsplitloans(fixedandvariablecomponentsofthesameloan)
4.AverageloansizeforFlowexcludesincreasestoexistingaccounts(notetheaverageloansizepreviouslyreportedin1H18andpriorincludedincreasestoexistingaccounts)5.ThecurrentclassificationofInvestorvsOwner
OccupierisbasedonANZ’sproductcategory,determinedatoriginationasadvisedbythecustomerandtheongoingprecisionreliesprimarilyonthecustomer’sobligationtoadviseANZofanychangeincircumstances.6.
ExcludesEquityManagerAccounts7.Originatedintherespectiveyear8.Unweightedbasedon#accounts9.IncludescapitalisedLMIpremiums10.ValuationsupdatedtoFeb-20whereavailable.IncludesNonPerforming
LoansandexcludesaccountswithasecurityguaranteeandunknownDLVR11.APRAMonthlyADIStatisticstoFeb-20–NoteAPRAchangedtheunderlyingmarketsharedefinitioninJul-19andhistoricalperiods(1H18&1H19)
arenotcomparableto1H2012.%ofOwnerOccupiedandInvestmentLoansthathaveanyamountaheadofrepayments.BasedonexcessrepaymentsbasedonavailableRedrawandOffset.ExcludesEquityManagerAccounts.
IncludesNonPerformingLoans13.BalancesofOffsetaccountsconnectedtoexistingInstalmentLoans14.LowDociscomprisedoflessthanorequalto60%LVRmortgagesprimarilyforself-employedwithoutscheduledPAYG
income.However,italsohas~0.1%oflessthanorequalto80%LVRmortgages,primarilybookedpre-200815.Annualisedwrite-offnetofrecoveries16.BasedonGrossLoansandAdvances17.AustraliaGeographyincludes
AustraliaDivision,WealthAustraliaandInstitutionalAustralia
0
50
100
150
200
Jan-
20
Mar-
19
May-
19
Mar-
20
Jul-
19
Nov-
19
Sep-
19
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOAN APPLICATION
2
TRENDMORTGAGE ENQUIRIES –EQUIFAX COMPREHENSIVE SCORE
1,3
3 month rolling average (Index Mar-19 = 100)
Average score (Mar-18 to Mar-20)
APPLICATION TRENDS & MORTGAGE ENQUIRIES –EQUIFAX COMPREHENSIVE SCORE
1
67
1.Source: Equifax. An Equifax credit score (also known as an Equifax Score)is between 0-1200. It is derived from the information on an individual’s credit file as held by Equifax when the score
is requested. Generally a higher score is considered better as it indicates a lower risk
2.Applications based on $
3.Banks required to start providing data for Comprehensive Credit Reporting from Sep-18
Average EFX Apply Positive Score
Enquiry Date
920
900
960
940
Sep-
19
Mar-
18
Sep-
18
Mar-
19
Mar-
20
ANZ BankBig 4
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOAN FUM COMPOSITION
1,2
LOAN BALANCE & LENDING FLOWS
1
$b
$b
MARKET SHARE
3
%
PORTFOLIO GROWTH
68
1.Based on Gross Loans and Advances. Includes Non Performing Loans
2.The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on
the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in circumstances
3.Source: APRA Monthly Authorised Deposit-Taking Institutions Statistics (MADIS) to Feb-20
146
161
168
44
52
57
29
17
10
43
31
22
9
269
271
Mar-18
8
Mar-19
7
Mar-20
264
OO P&IEquity ManagerInv P&IOO I/OInv I/O
269
264
27
15
Mar-19Mar-20New Sales
excl. Refi-In
Repay
/ Other
Net OFI RefiRedraw &
Interest
0
-47
15.1%
13.8%
14.6%
14.7%
13.4%
14.3%
14.5%
13.3%
14.1%
OOINVTotal
Mar-19Feb-20Sep-19
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
BY PURPOSEBY ORIGINATION LVR
4
BY LOCATIONBY CHANNEL
PORTFOLIO
1,2
& FLOW
3
COMPOSITION
1.Includes Non Performing Loans. 2. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupied is based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer
and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in circumstances 3. YTD unless noted 4. Includes capitalised LMI premiums
69
Portfolio
FlowFlow
65%
66%
68%
69%
32%
31%
30%
30%
3%
Mar-18Mar-19
3%
1H20
2%
1%
Mar-20
Owner OccInvestorEquity
64%
68%
65%
17%
15%
18%
19%
17%17%
1H181H191H20
<80% LVR>80% LVR80% LVR
FlowPortfolioPortfolioFlow
32%
33%33%
40%
32%
32%
33%
32%
16%
16%
15%
13%
13%13%
Mar-20Mar-191H20
7%
7%
6%
Mar-18
6%6%
VIC/TASWASA/NTNSW/ACTQLD
49%
48%
51%
$264b
52%
52%
Mar-18Mar-19
48%
Mar-20
$271b
$269b
BrokerProprietary
1H19
56%
44%
1H20
49%
43%
1H18
57%
51%
$31b
$21b
$23b
15%
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
HOME LOANS REPAYMENT PROFILE
1,2
HOME LOANS ON TIME & <1 MONTH AHEAD PROFILE
1,2
76% of accounts ahead of repayments
% composition of accounts (Mar-20)
$b
PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS
1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. % of Owner Occupied and Investment Loans that have any amount ahead of repayments. Excess repayments based on available Redraw and Offset. Excludes
Equity Manager Accounts. Includes Non Performing Loans 3. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, is based on ANZ’s product category,determined at origination as advised by
the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarily on the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in circumstances 4. Total portfolio including new flows 5. As at Mar-20
70
Investment:
3
Interest payments may receive
negative gearing/tax benefits
NewAccounts: Less than 1 year old
Structural: Loans that restrict payments in advance.
E.g. fixed rate loans
Residual:Less than 1 month repayment buffer
30
33
13
14
20
17
37
36
Mar-19Mar-20
4%
20%20%
9%
6%
6%
7%
28%
>2 years
ahead
On TimeOverdue<1 month
ahead
1-3 months
ahead
3-6 months
ahead
6-12 months
ahead
1-2 years
ahead
Mar-18Mar-20Mar-19
6
7
7
9
8
6
7
8
6
4
4
3
2
5
2
8
4
4
3
3
2
2H191H192H181H172H171H181H202H201H212H212H231H222H221H23
1
1H24+
Contractual (still to convert)Contractual conversionsEarly conversions
SWITCHING INTEREST ONLY TO P&I AND SCHEDULED INTEREST ONLY TERM EXPIRY
4,5
30
60
0
10
20
40
50
0-60%61-75%76-80%81-90%91-95%96-100%100%+
40
10
0
20
30
50
60
100%+0-60%61-75%76-80%81-90%91-95%96-100%
AUSTRALIA HOME LOANS
DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON TOTAL PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTS
1,2,3,4
% of total Portfolio Accounts
PORTFOLIO DYNAMICS
1. Includes capitalised LMI premiums 2. Valuations updated to Feb-20 where available 3. Includes Non Performing Loans and excludes accounts with a security guarantee and unknown DLVR
4. DLVR does not incorporate offset balances, aligning with calculations that produce a portfolio average DLVR of 56%
71
Mar-18Mar-20Mar-19
DYNAMIC LOAN TO VALUE RATIO BASED ON PORTFOLIO BALANCES
1,2,3,4
% of total Portfolio Balances
Mar-18Mar-19Mar-20
NEGATIVE EQUITY
Net of offset balances
•3.2% of portfolio
•
61% ahead of repayments
•
52% with LMI
>90%
Net of offset balances
•8.0% of portfolio
•
61% ahead of repayments
•
52% with LMI
NEGATIVE EQUITY
Net of offset balances
•4.1% of portfolio
•
58% ahead of repayments
•
49% with LMI
>90%
Net of offset balances
•10.5% of portfolio
•
59% ahead of repayments
•
48% with LMI
AUSTRALIA CONSUMER PORTFOLIO
PRODUCT 90+ DAY DELINQUENCIES
1,2
HOME LOANS 90+ DPD BY STATE
1,2
HOME LOANS -90+ DPD (BY VINTAGE)
5
%
%
%
%
PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE
1. Includes Non Performing Loans 2. ANZ delinquencies are calculated on a missed payment basis for amortisingand Interest Only loans 3. The current classification of Investor vs Owner Occupier, is
based on ANZ’s product category, determined at origination as advised by the customer and the ongoing precision relies primarilyon the customer’s obligation to advise ANZ of any change in
circumstances 4. 30+ excludes eligible Home Loans accounts that had requested COVID-19 assistance at 31 March 2020 but due to delays in processing had not had the loan repayment deferral
applied to the account 5. Home loans 90+ DPD vintages represent % ratio of over 90+ delinquent (measured by # accounts), contains at least 6 application months of that fiscal year contributing to
each data point
72
HOME LOAN DELINQUENCIES
1,2,3,4
2.0
0.0
4.0
3.0
1.0
5.0
Mar-
17
Mar-
16
Mar-
15
Mar-
19
Mar-
18
Mar-
20
Home LoansConsumer CardsPersonal Loans
0.0
2.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
1.5
Mar-
15
Mar-
16
Mar-
17
Mar-
18
Mar-
19
Mar-
20
30+ DPD %90+ Owner Occupied90+ Investor
681012141618202224262830323436
2.0
0.0
2.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
Month on book
FY18FY15FY16FY19FY17
2.0
0.0
0.5
1.5
1.0
2.5
VIC & TASNSW & ACTQLDWASA & NTPortfolio
Sep-16
Mar-15
Sep-19Sep-15
Mar-16Mar-17
Sep-17
Mar-18
Sep-18
Mar-19Mar-20
NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW
1
73
PortfolioFlow
1H181H191H201H191H20
Number of Home Loan Accounts523k527k531k37k38k
Total FUM NZD79bNZD83bNZD88bNZD9bNZD10b
Average Loan Size
2
NZD150kNZD157kNZD165kNZD251kNZD271k
% Owner Occupied74%75%75%77%75%
% Investor26%25%25%23%25%
% Paying Variable Rate Loan
3
20%16%14%13%13%
% Paying Fixed Rate Loan
3
80%84%86%87%87%
%Paying Interest Only21%20%19%19%19%
%Paying Principal & Interest79%80%81%81%81%
% Broker Originated35%37%39%41%43%
Portfolio
1H181H191H20
Average LVRat Origination
2
58%57%57%
Average DynamicLVR
2
42%42%40%
Market Share
4
31.0%30.9%30.7%
%Low Doc
5
0.41%0.35%0.32%
Home Loan Loss Rates0.00%0.00%0.01%
% of NZGeography Lending62%63%64%
1.New Zealand Geography
2.Average data as of February 2020
3.Flow excludes revolving credit facilities
4.Source: RBNZ, 1H20 share of all banks as at February 2020
5.Low documentation (low doc) lending allowed customers who met certain criteria to apply for a mortgage with reduced income confirmation requirements. New low doc lending ceased in 2007
NEW ZEALAND HOME LOANS
HOUSING FLOWSHOUSING PORTFOLIO
MARKET SHARE
2
HOUSING PORTFOLIO BY REGIONANZ HOME LOAN LVR PROFILE
4
74
HOME LENDING & ARREARS TRENDS
1
1. New Zealand Geography 2. Source: RBNZ, 1H20 market share as at February 20203. Other includes loans booked centrally (Business Direct, Contact Centre, Lending Services, Property
Finance) 4. Dynamic basis
62%
59%
57%
38%
41%
43%
1H181H191H20
BrokerProprietary
80%
84%
86%
20%
16%
14%
Mar-19Mar-18Mar-20
FixedVariable
31.0%
31.0%
30.7%
2.8%
3.0%3.0%
2.4%
1H181H19
3.2%
1H20
3.0%
ANZ market share
ANZ growth
System growth
46%46%46%
7%
7%7%
21%
Mar-18
11%
5%
11%
11%
Mar-20
20%
5%
Mar-19
11%
11%
5%
20%
10%
AucklandChristchurch
Wellington
Other Nth Is.
Other Sth Is.Other
3
64%
61%
64%
18%
18%
19%
13%
14%
12%
3%
5%
3%
2%2%2%
Mar-18Mar-19Mar-20
90%+0-60%
81-90%61-70%
71-80%
NZ DIVISION 90+DAYS DELINQUENCIES
%
0.0
0.5
1.5
1.0
Mar-
12
Mar-
09
Mar-
19
Mar-
11
Mar-
10
Mar-
17
Mar-
13
Mar-
14
Mar-
15
Mar-
16
Mar-
18
Mar-
20
Home LoansAgriCommercial
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
75
ANZ SHAREHOLDER WEBSITE: https://www.anz.com/shareholder/centre/
Royal Commission &
COVID-19 update
Corporate Overview &
Sustainability
AASB9
Update on implementation of
Hayne recommendations and
response to COVID-19 pandemic
Progress against our Environment,
Social & Governance (ESG) targets
AASB9 overview and stages
https://www.anz.com/shareholder/cen
tre/investor-toolkit/
https://www.anz.com/shareholder/cen
tre/reporting/sustainability/
https://www.anz.com/shareholder/cen
tre/investor-toolkit/
76
FURTHER INFORMATION
EquityInvestors
Jill Campbell
GroupGeneral Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8654 7749
+61 412 047 448
jill.campbell@anz.com
Cameron Davis
Executive Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8654 7716
+61 421613 819
cameron.davis@anz.com
Harsh Vardhan
Manager
Investor Relations
+61 3 8655 0878
+61 466 848 027
harsh.vardhan@anz.com
Retail InvestorsDebt Investors
Michelle Weerakoon
Manager Shareholder
Services & Events
+61 3 8654 7682
+61 411 143 090
michelle.weerakoon@anz.com
Scott Gifford
Head of Debt Investor
Relations
+61 3 8655 5683
+61 434 076 876
scott.gifford@anz.com
Mary Makridis
Associate Director
Debt Investor Relations
+61 3 8655 4318
mary.makridis@anz.com
Our Shareholderinformationanz.com/shareholder/centre/
DISCLAIMER & IMPORTANT NOTICE: The material in this presentation is general background information about the Bank’s activities current at the date of
the presentation. It is information given in summary form and does not purport to be complete. It is not intended to be relied upon as advice to investors or
potential investors and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or needs of any particular investor. These should be
considered, with or without professional advice when deciding if an investment is appropriate
This presentation may contain forward-looking statements including statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to ANZ’s
business and operations, market conditions, results of operations and financial condition, capital adequacy, specific provisionsand risk management practices.
When used in this presentation, the words “estimate”, “project”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “expect”, “should” and similar expressions, as they relate to
ANZ and its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. Such statements constitute “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of the United States Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. ANZ does not undertake any obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking
statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release
For Release: 30 April 2020
Transcript of bluenotes video interview with ANZ Chief
Executive Officer Shayne Elliott
ANDREW CORNELL: Morning Shayne, thanks very much for joining us again on bluenotes in
quite extraordinary circumstances. Normally at these results we talk through the March half
and touch on the post balance date outlook but these are extraordinary times indeed so
what do these numbers actually tell us?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Yes it’s a good point and good morning Andrew. These are extraordinary
times and in fact they are probably the most extraordinary times in a generation. And you’re
right we normally sit there and talk at some length about what the results mean in terms of
our core business. But clearly everybody’s focus this time is really about the future and how
do we enter that?
So really what these numbers tell us is that ANZ enters into this crisis in the best possible
shape. You know our core businesses are performing well, our capital levels are strong, our
liquidity levels are strong and that really should give a lot of optimism and confidence about
our ability to stand up and do the right thing by our customers, but also the broader
economy and that’s the real message here. Now we don’t know what the future holds there
is an enormous amount of uncertainty but we’re in very good shape to be able to deal with
that uncertainty.
ANDREW CORNELL: Now the uncertainty really is no surprise given what we’ve seen and
what’s happened with some other banks but the dividend decision will come as a shock.
What do you mean when you say the decision on the dividend will be deferred?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Right so, given the extraordinary level of uncertainty and the potential
impacts that will have right across the economy, the Board took a very prudent decision to
say ‘now is just not the right time to be making such a huge decision’, let’s not forget the
impact of making a dividend at the moment is, it’s a couple of billion dollars. That’s an
enormous decision to be making and so the board felt, that it was not the right time to be
doing that and you may recall that actually only recently APRA, our regulator had written to
all large financial institutions and expressed a similar view that said ‘given what’s happening
in the world, given what’s happening in Australia, this probably isn’t the best time to be
making that kind of decision’. So unlike other regulators that actually put out, in other
markets put an outright ban on the dividends, APRA just said ‘we want you to think really
hard about whether this is the right time’. And so our Board actually concurred with that and
so we’ve decided to defer the decision about making a dividend until later in the year when
we will have more insight into the economic impacts and the ramifications for the bank.
ANDREW CORNELL: And does that tell us anything about the shape of the bank as we are
going forward? Should we read anything more into that?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: I don’t think so. I think again to me it shows that the bank will continue
to manage the situation in a very prudent way. We’re here for the long term and it’s in the
long term interests of shareholders that ANZ not only just survives, but actually is well
prepared for whatever situations may come. And so I think it tells you a lot about the
mindset of a board, about a prudent approach, a conservative approach and an approach
that is really focused on the long term interests of stakeholders.
ANDREW CORNELL: And indeed there is a tension between supporting customers and
government initiatives which the banks, ANZ and other banks are doing, and returns to
shareholders. So how do you balance that tension?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: That’s a good question. And that probably is a more pointed tension than
we might normally see in more normal times. But in reality if we stand back and think about
it, I am not sure that there really is a contention there, they’re actually ... there’s a strong
sense of alignment. At the end of the day what is good for our customers is ultimately very
good for ANZ. And given the nature of what we do and the breadth of our operations and
the way that we’re an integral part of the broader economy, what’s good for Australia,
what’s good for New Zealand is good for ANZ so there’s actually a natural alignment of
interests here. It’s in our interests that customers are able to survive through these
shutdowns. That’s in our interests. It’s in our interests that our customers have the
wherewithal to get through and come out the other side in decent shape. That is in the
interests of the economy, that is in the interest of the Government, that is in the interest of
our regulators and it’s absolutely in the interests of our customers and our shareholders.
So there is a strong alignment there and actually one of the highlights, I think – if there is
such a thing in such a dreadful time – is to see the sort of alignment and coordination
amongst the various stakeholders in the economy. And I think that really differentiates the
way that the community is dealing with this crisis as opposed to some that we’ve seen in
the past where I think, in hindsight you could argue – and there are people who are more
educated in this than me – but looking back as far as the great depression, but certainly the
1990 recession in Australia, that in many aspects the regulators and the Governments in
those cases were too slow to lean into this. And there might be many criticisms about the
way that this is being handled but I do not believe for a minute that anybody can criticise
the scale of the alignment and coordination from the Government and the private sector and
also the speed at which decisions are being made. So I think that actually is a very good
sign for it, but going to your question there is a strong alignment of interests here.
ANDREW CORNELL: Those support measures whether on the bank side or on the
Government side there’s roughly a six month sunset on a lot of them, so how do you see
these support measures playing out for that six months and perhaps beyond if necessary?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: So a lot of the support measures that we are talking about here are really
about buying time and, without overusing the analogy, it is literally about flattening the
curve. What we’re seeing here ... what is in nobody’s interest is to see families being put
under immense stress or businesses. And so what we are trying to do here, and
Government policy and the banks interest, is to flatten the curve of financial stress, to buy
time so that people have the time to consider their options and make sure that they can
have the best possible chance of surviving through. And that’s why the banks like ANZ are
deferring, or offering at least, for people who need it, the ability to defer your payments on
your loans if that’s what you need and there’s a whole range of other support packages in
there. Now of course you might at some level say ‘well that’s fine you’re buying time, it’s
not a cure, it’s not a cure for the stress’. But it absolutely buys time just like with the health
crisis to find a vaccine and the vaccine ultimately in financial terms is to make sure that the
economy comes out of this in really good shape. So, yes the focus should be on support
packages, flattening the curve of financial failure and now the banks, we’re at ANZ already
working really hard preparing for the rebound. How can we be in a position to allocate
capital, provide loans, support people as they do get back to work and come through this in
better shape. And that’s exactly the focus of ANZ at the present and that’s why preserving
some of our resources to enable that rebound is so important. And going back to where we
started having financial capacity to do that is so important for a bank and we feel that ANZ
is in the best possible position to be able to fulfil that role as well.
ANDREW CORNELL: And given that position, the starting position, but also given the
considerable uncertainty here, are you able to give us some kind of outlook for the bank
over the foreseeable future and perhaps the shape of the economy?
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: The reality is there is a lot of uncertainty and we need to be prepared for
the worst, sadly. And in a case like this, this is all new. None of us have really experienced,
certainly in our lifetime, a crisis of this nature. Now, on the other hand sadly in banking we
do experience crises actually with some reasonable regularity. They look different and they
have different sources and they transmit differently through the economy. I mean the most
recent example, obviously is the GFC. But even prior to that we had the Asian financial
crisis, we had the tech wreck in the late 90s, we’ve had the very famous recession here in
the early 90s in Australia, which was quite devastating, we had the ’87 market crash. So
actually banks have learned what works in general around these sorts of crises. All you can
do is be prepared and you sort of have to be extremely pragmatic, being able to make
decisions very, very quickly. And what we do know, what works in these is making sure you
have a lot of liquidity as a bank, making sure that we retain our strength from a liquidity
point of view. Making sure we have a lot of capital. You know, the banks today and ANZ, we
have got three times the amount of capital today that we had when we entered the GFC,
which is only ten years ago, so we’ve enormously strengthened our position. So we don’t
know what the outlook looks like, but we know that we’re more prepared than ever.
And another thing that probably doesn’t get enough discussion, I think, we focus very much
on the financial preparedness, but there’s also a managerial preparedness and a cultural
one. I think that coming through the Royal Commission means that actually banks are
probably more and more attuned to culture and how we behave. We’ve got a real
opportunity to show our value to the community here that we can and will do the right thing
by customers and that gives us an enormous opportunity. And then at ANZ, I know here
we’ve got enormous management experience and depth; people who have been through
those crises I referred to before.
So Andrew, I don’t know what the future looks like. We are prepared for a fairly grim
outlook and that’s probably in banking the right thing to do, to be extremely conservative as
you go into things like this. We’ve got a lot of resources to draw on whether they’re
financial, whether they’re managerial, our people, our intellectual resources and just
culturally. So we don’t relish this situation, it’s going to be incredibly difficult. A lot of ... it’s
going to be devastating for many people in the community. But we are here, we have a
capacity to help, we have the intention to help and I’m very confident that we can play a
very significant role in ensuring that all the communities in which we operate can come
through this in the best possible shape. And that we are ready and able to help people not
only survive through this but actually come out the other side ready to take on the
challenges of the new world that will emerge post-COVID.
ANDREW CORNELL: Well thanks very much for your time Shayne. Good luck, well good luck
to all of us.
SHAYNE ELLIOTT: Thank you.
For media enquiries contact:
Stephen Ries, +61 409 655 551
Nick Higginbottom, +61 403 936 262
Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release
For Release: 30 April 2020
Transcript of bluenotes video interview with ANZ Chief
Financial Officer Michelle Jablko
ANDREW CORNELL: Morning Michelle and thanks for joining us on bluenotes. This is a result
where the interest is really more about the future than the March half. But can you talk
through how the bank was tracking before the crisis hit?
MICHELLE JABLKO: Sure. It feels like a long time ago now, I have to say. Clearly two big
things impacted our result this half. We had the increase in provision charges of $1.7 billion
dollars and we had an impairment in our associate investments of $815 million. If I take
away those and a few other small accounting changes and the like, really what happened
was profit before provisions performed reasonably well. It was up one per cent. In terms of
revenue, we stabilised the balance sheet in our Australian Retail and Commercial business.
We had really strong deposit growth in our businesses and our markets business also had a
really good half. And on the cost side, I know I gave some guidance to the market at the
full-year. We actually did better than that because we adapted to the current environment.
So absent those very large impacts, which clearly are really important as we sit here today,
the business was performing reasonably well.
ANDREW CORNELL: How are you incorporating what’s an evolving credit quality landscape
into how you’re thinking?
MICHELLE JABLKO: I know you’re going to talk to Kevin about our provision charges and
how we got there, so I won’t touch on that. But I will say when I think about credit, it’s
really important to think about it through the lens of capital. And really it’s got three
components. We’ve got actual losses, so how much we’ve actually lost on loans that are not
performing. There was an increase in that from the previous periods. That increase was
about $228 million dollars. So we’ve had some additional losses not performing. But the
vast majority of the provision charge we took was putting money aside for potential future
losses. And that was a bit over a billion dollars, so a billion and forty-eight. And what that is,
is that’s quite forward-looking and Kevin will go into the detail of how it works. But that’s
really just putting money aside for the future. And then on top of that, the other thing that
impacts capital is over time as conditions worsen we hold more capital for customers. So we
call that downgrade, so we downgrade the risk-weight we apply to customers and we hold
more capital against them. We haven’t seen much of that in this half. But that probably will
start to emerge if economic conditions continue to worsen.
ANDREW CORNELL: Can you run through ANZ’s capital position and any implications for
dividend?
MICHELLE JABLKO: So we’re in a really strong capital position, we have been for a long
time. We’ve been above `unquestionably strong’ for quite a while now. We finished the first
half at 10.8 per cent core equity tier-one capital. That’s still above `unquestionably strong’,
bit over a billion dollars above. What’s driven that capital over the course of that last half is
we had increasing earnings. We also had the credit charges I spoke about and we had some
growth in our business as we supported customers, predominantly in the institutional
business. So all of those things together is what took us to the capital number.
As we go forward, it’s really those three components we’ll be looking at. You asked the
question about the dividend and we’ve been prudent in our decision on the dividend. And
the reason is not our capital position today, we are in a strong capital position. The issue
right now is, we formed a view on the economic environment. But no one knows what the
shape of the economic environment is really going to be. And we think until there’s better
clarity the right thing to do is be prudent and that’s why we’ve taken the decision we have.
ANDREW CORNELL: In the financial crisis bank funding and liquidity were real issues, but is
that the case with this crisis?
MICHELLE JABLKO: In any crisis like this, liquidity is absolutely the first thing you look at, so
it’s a very good question Andrew. Going into this crisis we were in a really ... like I said on
capital, but in terms of liquidity we were also in a really strong position. We were well above
what the regulator required of us and also well above our own management targets, what
we thought was acceptable. Actually, in a way we were overfunded going in and that was
giving us a bit of a cost in terms of margins. As things have transpired, the actions of
central banks around the world, including the RBA here and the RBNZ in New Zealand and
others, have meant there’s more liquidity available in the system. And then, if I combine
that with the behaviour of our customers who have actually ... many of them are choosing to
save more right now and so our deposits have increased significantly as well. So, from a
liquidity perspective we feel very strong and actually we don’t need to access term
wholesale markets for quite a while if we don’t want to.
ANDREW CORNELL: The support measures ANZ has offered across retail, commercial and
institutional, they’re in the long term interests of shareholders and the economy, but they
come at a cost, so how are you managing that?
MICHELLE JABLKO: The way we think about them is, doing the right thing by our customers
by those measures is actually doing the right thing by us as well. Because the reason we put
them in place is to actually give customers some time to work through the immediate
impacts of this crisis. And, over time, that should bode well for our customers and doing
that, that’s ultimately better for our sustainability as well.
ANDREW CORNELL: How should shareholders be thinking about those core metrics, the
typical metrics, capital, return on equity, cost to income in this kind of environment?
MICHELLE JABLKO: I think capital is what’s really important right now and certainly that’s
where our focus is. Some of those other metrics will fluctuate in the near term. So, for
example, if we add more to our provisions in one period because we want to put more
money aside for the future that will have a short term impact on profitability. Ultimately
what’s going to matter and what influences capital at the end of the day, is what your actual
losses are and the shape ... the credit quality of your customers at the end of the crisis and
that’s what’s going to determine your capital level. So we might have short term
fluctuations, but it’s really with an eye to the future and where our capital is going that’s
really going to drive a lot of our decisions. And as I said, we’re taking a really prudent
approach to that, just trying to make sure we’ve got the right balance between making sure
we support customers, but also we maintain a strong balance sheet for our shareholders.
ANDREW CORNELL: Well, thanks very much for your time today Michelle.
MICHELLE JABLKO: Thanks Andrew.
For media enquiries contact:
Stephen Ries, +61 409 655 551
Nick Higginbottom, +61 403 936 262
Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
9/833 Collins Street Docklands Victoria 3008 Australia
ABN 11 005 357 522
News Release
For Release: 30 April 2020
Transcript of bluenotes video interview with ANZ Chief
Risk Officer Kevin Corbally
ANDREW CORNELL: Morning Kevin and thanks for joining us on bluenotes. The crisis
presents enormous uncertainty. So how are you framing risk assessment at this time and
how does that actually play out in practice?
KEVIN CORBALLY: Thank you Andrew and good morning to you as well. Look, many of the
risk policies and procedures that we have at ANZ are designed to ensure that we give our
staff the right boundaries and guidelines in which they can operate in. In a time of crisis
however, you need to be able to adjust. You need to be able to adapt. Otherwise you create
unnecessary bureaucracy. And you also need to reflect the fact that normal operating
environment sometimes may not actually be able to exist.
So some of the practical examples that we’ve undertaken at ANZ starts with some changes
we’ve made to our property valuations. So, in the current environment it’s very difficult for a
property valuer to actually enter a house due to the restrictions that are in place. So we sat
down with the Australian Property Institute and agreed a way forward with them. And what
we’ve agreed is that we will have the ability for the valuers to use a range of other methods,
such as satellite imagery and also teleconference and video conferencing facilities. For our
business customers, we made a series of different temporary changes to a whole range of
matters, such as the testing of financial covenants, how frequently we undertake annual
reviews and how you actually would risk-rate a customer in a time of crisis. In addition what
we also did, was we undertook a review of 18 customer segments that we felt would be
most impacted by this crisis. And then have adjusted our risk appetite settings in response
to those findings.
ANDREW CORNELL: What are the key principles behind the collective and individual
provision numbers here? How much is driven by those new accounting standards, for
example, which came in a year or so ago?
KEVIN CORBALLY: Look Andrew, you mentioned the new accounting standard, it’s referred
to as AASB9. That applies to all banks and it came into effect for us on the first of October
2018. Under the old standard, the way you recognised a loss was when that loss actually ...
the way you recognised a provision, was when the loss actually occurred. Under the new
standard, you need to take a more forward-looking view and it’s referred to as expected
credit loss. What that actually means in reality is that you need to look, not just based on
factors that you know today, but also what you think the future economic environment
might be, in determining what that provision should be. So I kind of think about it a bit like
setting aside money for a rainy day: you may or you may not need that money, but it’s
good to set it aside.
What the shareholders would have seen today, is they would have seen a significant
increase in our expected credit loss provision charge. It’s about $1.7 billion dollars. There’s
a lot of jargon involved in how you calculate a credit provision, but essentially there’s two
key components. One is the individual provision, which is the provision you set aside for
customers whom you’ve already determined have defaulted or you’ve assessed that their
loan has been impaired. And the second is the collective provision. And the collective
provision charge is the one that really increased significantly as a result of COVID-19. How
we’ve determined that collective provision charge is using, as the standard suggested, more
of a forward-looking approach. So we ran four different scenarios. First of all we ran a base-
case scenario that looked at the current economic circumstances and our view of what the
future might look like, based on where we were at the 31
st
of March. Then we had an upside
and a downside, which reflected more optimistic or more pessimistic view of the future. And
finally we ran what is called a severe scenario. And that, whilst it’s less likely, was an
extremely severe outcome in the future. Now, in thinking about those scenarios, one way to
look at it is that we have to come up with a range of different assumptions. One is around
things such gross domestic product, unemployment, property prices. We feed them into the
model and in our case, I think we’ve taken a really prudent approach this year to our
assumptions.
For example, with GDP we’ve assumed that that will actually reduce or contract in the June
quarter by 13 per cent. And to put that in context, that’s the largest contraction we’ve seen
in Australia since the Great Depression. We then forecast some rebound in the September
quarter, but it’s actually not until 2022 that we get back to the levels that we saw pre-
COVID-19. Then, in the severe and the downside scenarios, we actually run similar
scenarios but for a longer duration in terms of the downturn. We then take all of those
scenarios, we feed them into an expected credit loss model for every single customer that
we’ve got and apply the probability weights that we come out of those scenarios. That’s how
we’ve driven the provisions this year.
ANDREW CORNELL: What are the extent of the repayment pauses for customers and how do
they actually impact your outlook for provisioning?
KEVIN CORBALLY: So look Andrew, what we’ve done is we’ve, together with other banks in
the industry, we’ve provided our customers with repayment deferrals. Not all of the banks
have provided those deferrals for the same period. But in our case we’ve offered our
customers, both home loan and also business customers the option of having a repayment
deferral for up to six months. And what that means for those customers is that they don’t
actually need to make any payments to us during that period. Now at the moment, what
we’ve seen is roughly about 10 per cent of our home loan customers and roughly about 15
per cent of our business banking customers take up that option. What APRA, and what the
International Accounting Standards Board has said, is that we as a bank should not view
that period of deferral as a period in which the customer is in arrears. So therefore we
shouldn’t treat the loan as an impaired loan. So that’s one of the important considerations
we needed to take in determining our provision this year. One of the things obviously we
will also look to do going forward, is make sure we keep in contact with those customers
and talk to them regularly, and connect with them over that six-month period, to ensure
that their situation doesn’t actually change.
ANDREW CORNELL: So now when you’re thinking through the risk environment, both credit
and operational risk in this year ahead, what’s uppermost in your mind?
KEVIN CORBALLY: Andrew, it’s very easy to be completely consumed by the credit risk
aspects of COVID-19 at the moment. But if I reflect pre-COVID-19, one of the key risks we
faced as an industry, and I think we were looking at as an organisation, was the threat of
cyber-crime. The threat of protecting the data that we have from our customers and also
fraud. I would argue that in the current environment, they’re probably even higher risks
now as criminal activities, criminals, look at how they can actually utilise the COVID-19
situation to impact our customers and our bank as well. So that’s clearly an area that we
need to continue to focus on. At the same time I would say that the current environment is
placing enormous stress on people, whether that be our staff, whether that be our
customers’ staff.
Lots of people are now working from home, that places enormous stress on them. It also
potentially increases the risk of fatigue and also potentially the risk of operational errors. So
that’s another thing we need to watch out for. Also with everyone working from home,
there’s a huge impact on the telecommunications infrastructure that we’re using. So the risk
of one of those telecommunication infrastructures falling over is another one we need to
focus on. And clearly leading into this situation, regulatory matters including anti-money
laundering were top of mind and will continue to be top of mind as we go forward.
For media enquiries contact:
Stephen Ries, +61 409 655 551
Nick Higginbottom, +61 403 936 262
Approved for distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee
---
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited ABN 11 005 357 522
ANZ Centre Melbourne, Level 9A, 833 Collins Street, Docklands VIC 3008
30 April 2020
Market Announcements Office
ASX Limited
Level 4
20 Bridge Street
SYDNEY NSW 2000
ANZ 2020 Half Year Results – Key Financial Data Summary
Attached is a document titled Half Year 2020 Financial Results. It has been approved for
distribution by ANZ’s Continuous Disclosure Committee.
Yours faithfully
Simon Pordage
Company Secretary
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
$1.8b
$1.55b
$0.6b
$1.4b
$0.7b
CUSTOMER
LENDING
+10%+
$93.6b
CUSTOMER
DEPOSITS
+5%
CUSTOMER
LENDING
+4%
$128.6b
$4.7b
REVENUE
-3% -2%
$329.8b$1.9b$0.8b
$0.6b
$0.2b
EXPENSES
CREDIT
IMPAIRMENT
CHARGE
CREDIT
IMPAIRMENT
CHARGE
CREDIT
IMPAIRMENT
CHARGE
+2%+$0.4b
+$0.7b
+$0.2b
$213.0b
CUSTOMER
DEPOSITS
+5%
$0.6b
CASH PROFIT
-38%
$2.8b
REVENUE
+5%
$1.3b
EXPENSES
-1%
$258.5b
CUSTOMER
DEPOSITS
2
+16%
+$16b
CORE LENDING
3
+12%
HALF YEAR 2020
AUSTRALIA
INSTITUTIONAL
NEW ZEALAND (IN NZD)
FINANCIAL RESULTS
KEY FINANCIAL RESULTS
1
DIVISIONAL RESULTS
1
INTERIM
DIVIDEND
DECISION
DEFERRED
- UPDATE IN
AUGUST
2020
$1.67b
CREDIT
IMPAIRMENT
CHARGE
+$1.3b
REVENUE
FL AT
STATUTORY
PROFIT
-51%
$1.41b
CASH
PROFIT
-60%
4.7%
RETURN ON
EQUITY
-732BPS
10.8%
CET1 CAPITAL
R ATIO
-73BPS
CASH PROFIT
-23%
CASH PROFIT
-20%
EXPENSES
1. All financials are on a Cash Profit Continuing Basis with dollar movements and growth rates compared to the half year ended 31 March 2019
unless otherwise stated.
2. Growth rates presented on an FX adjusted basis.
3. Excludes Markets. Dollar movements and growth rates compared to the half year ended 30 September 2019 on an FX adjusted basis.
~180k
$13b
$3.4m
anz.com
HOW WE’RE RESPONDING TO COVID-19
PROTECT THINGS THAT MATTER
ENGAGE WITH KEY STAKEHOLDERS
ADAPT FOR A NEW WORLD
PREPARE FOR THE FUTURE
Launched Australian & NZ retail
& commercial customer support
packages, helping
customers with
deferrals on loan
payments
Joint lead manager on record
Donated
Treasury bond for Australian Office
of Financial Management, helping
fund Australian Government’s
COVID-19 support package
to charity partners to help
support disadvantaged
people in Australia, NZ and
the Pacific
500
Relocated &
trained over
branch staff to assist with clearing call centre
back logs
95%
Over
of our people working from home globally
from 17 March 2020 while providing
essential banking services (excluding
Australian branch staff )
30k
Provided financial support
to over
NZ personal, home
and business
loan customers
through ~NZ$12b
of loan deferrals or
adjustments
300
Trained
extra staff to assist
customers in Australia
contacting us via digital
channels
~105k
Received
repayment deferral
requests on $36b
Australian home
loans, representing
14% of our portfolio
~$7. 5 b
Repayment
deferrals on
of lending to
Australian commercial
customers,
representing 15% of
our customer base
1,345
Granted
temporary overdraft
facilities to NZ
businesses needing
more working capital,
worth ~NZ$25m
$4b
Pre-approved
lending to 35k
Australian small
businesses with existing
transactional accounts
$16b
Provided
in extra lending to
mainly long-term
investment-grade
institutional customers
Analysing customer
behaviour and fast
tracking digital
investments in
readiness for future
opportunities
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- AIR — Air New Zealand: Air NZ reports interim profit, maintains interim dividend2020-02-26
“PRELIMINARY HALF YEAR REPORT ANNOUNCEMENT AIR NEW ZEALAND LIMITED Half Year Ended 31 December 2019 (referred to in this report as the "current half year") 1 Information prescribed by NZX (a ) A Statement of Financial Performance Refer to the Interim Financial Statements. (b) A…”